Skip to main content

Full text of "Practical ethics; a collection of addresses and essays"

See other formats


UC-NRLF 


B    3    T32    bDE 


A^^:\v\\v 


l\-^^^ 


^^^^#^ 


^^V^      ^V^\- 


.^^'xU 


LIBRARY 

OF    THE 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA. 
Class 


PRACTICAL    ETHICS 


PRACTICAL    ETHICS 


A  COLLECTION   OF 


ADDRESSES  AND  ESSAYS 


BY 

HENRY   SIDGWICK 

Knightbridge  Professor  of  Moral  Philosophy  in  the  University  of  Cambridge 

author  of 
"thh  methods  of  ethics";  "the  elements  of  politics" 

ETC.    etc. 


'-    UNIV 


LONDON 
SWAN   SONNENSCHEIN    &   CO.,   Lim. 

NEW  YORK:   THE  MACMILLAN   CO. 
1898 


THE  ETHICAL   LIBRARY. 


Edited  by  Professor  J.  H.  Muirhead,  M.A.  (Oxen.) 


The  Civilization  of  Christendom,  and  other  Studies. 

By  Bernard  Bosanquet,  M.A.  (Oxon.),  LL.D.  (Glas.)  4j.  6./. 

Short  Studies  in  Character. 

By  Sophie  Bryant,  D.Sc.   (Lond.)     4s.  ^d. 

Social  Rights  and  Duties. 

By  Leslie  Stephen.     2  vols.    9j. 

The  Teaching  of  Morality  in  the  Family  and  the  School. 

By  Sophie  Bryant,  D.Sc.  (Lond.)    Zs. 

Practical  Ethics. 

By  Professor  H.  Sidgwick.    4j.  6^. 


Other  Volumes  to  follow. 


PREFACE 

THE  greater  part  of  the  present  volume  consists 
of  addresses  delivered  before  one  or  other  of 
the  Ethical  Societies  that  were  founded  some  ten 
years  ago  in  London  and  Cambridge.  These  societies 
were  partly — though  not  entirely — modelled  on  the 
"  Societies  for  Ethical  Culture "  which  had  been 
started  in  America  a  few  years  before :  they  aimed 
at  meeting  a  need  which  was  believed  to  be  widely 
felt  for  the  intelligent  study  of  moral  questions  with  a 
view  to  elevate  and  purify  social  life.  At  the  first 
meeting  of  the  Cambridge  Ethical  Society,  in  May, 
1888,  I  endeavoured,  in  an  address  which  I  have 
placed  first  in  this  volume,  to  set  forth  my  con- 
ception of  the  work  that  the  Society  might  profitably 
undertake.  Four  years  later,  at  a  meeting  of  the 
London  Ethical  Society,  of  which  I  was  at  the  time 
President,  I  attempted  a  somewhat  fuller  analysis 
of  the  aims  and  methods  of  such  an  association. 
This  stands  second  in  the  volume.  In  three  other 
addresses,  delivered  before  one  or  other  of  these 
societies,  I  endeavoured  to  apply  my  general  con- 
ception to  particular  topics  of  interest  and  difficulty 


vi  PREFACE 

—the  "Morality  of  Strife,"  the  "Ethics  of  Con- 
formity," and  "  Luxury."  These  stand  respectively 
fourth,  fifth,  and  seventh  in  the  volume.  These 
addresses,  except  the  first,  have  already  appeared  in 
the  International  Journal  of  Ethics, 

Along  with  these  addresses  I  have  included  four 
papers,  having,  either  in  whole  or  in  part,  similarly 
practical  aims.  Two  of  these,  on  "  Public  Morality  " 
and  "  Clerical  Veracity,"  and  part  of  a  third,  on 
the  "  Pursuit  of  Culture,"  are  published  here  for 
the  first  time.  I  have  placed  each  of  the  three  either 
before  or  after  the  address  that  appeared  most 
cognate  in  subject.  The  connection  is  closest  in  the 
case  of  the  paper  on  "  Clerical  Veracity  "  ;  which  is, 
in  fact,  a  fuller  exposition — called  forth  by  contro- 
versy— of  my  views  on  a  portion  of  the  subject 
of  the  address  that  precedes  it.  The  last  paper  in 
the  volume — on  "  Unreasonable  Action  " — I  have  not 
included  without  some  hesitation,  as  it  was  written 
primarily  from  a  psychological  rather  than  a  practical 
point  of  view  :  but  on  the  whole  it  appeared  to 
me  to  have  sufficient  ethical  interest  to  justify  its 
inclusion. 

HENRY   SIDGWICK. 

Newnham  College,  Cambridge, 
November^  1897. 


CONTENTS 


I,  The    Scope    and    Limits    of    the    Work   of    an 

Ethical  Society. 

II.  The  Aims  and  jMethods  of  an  Ethical  Society 

«^III.  Public  Morality 

-     IV.  The  Morality  of  Strife 

-    V.  The  Ethics  of  Religious  Conformity 

^VI.  Clerical  Veracity  . 

.    VII.  Luxury       .  .  .  • 

/VIII.  The  Pursuit  of  Culture 

IX.  Unreasonable  Action 


PAGE 

I 

23 
52 

83 

142 
178 


^    UM' 


I. 


THE  SCOPE  AND  LIMITS  OF  THE  WORK 
OF  AN   ETHICAL   SOCIETY* 

I  HAVE  to  ask  you  to  regard  this  as  a  preliminary 
meeting  of  the  newly-formed  Ethical  Society, 
which  will  commence  its  ordinary  meetings  in  the 
Michaelmas  Term.  This  preliminary  meeting  is  held 
with  the  view  of  arriving  by  frank  discussion  at  a 
more  full  and  clear  notion  of  the  aims  and  methods 
of  such  a  society  than  could  conveniently  be  given 
in  the  printed  definition  of  its  objects  that  has  been 
circulated. 

In  order  to  set  an  example  of  frankness,  I  will 
begin  by  saying  that  I  am  not  myself  at  all  sanguine 
as  to  the  permanent  success  of  such  a  society  in 
realizing  what  I  understand  to  be  the  design  of  its 
founders,  i.e.,  to  promote  through  discussion  the 
interests  of  practical  morality.     I  think  that  failure 

*  An  address  delivered  at  the  preliminary  meeting  of  the  Cambridge 
Ethical  Society,  Friday,  May  i8th,  1888. 

B 


THE  SCOPE  AND  LIMITS   OF 


in  such  an  undertaking  is  more  probable  than 
success :  but,  lest  this  prognostication  should  be  too 
depressing,  I  hasten  to  add  that  while  permanent 
success  in  realizing  what  we  aim  at  would  be  a  result 
as  valuable  as  it  would  be  remarkable,  failure  would 
be  a  very  small  evil ;  indeed,  it  would  not  necessarily 
be  an  evil  at  all.  Even  supposing  that  we  become 
convinced  in  the  course  of  two  or  three  years  that  we 
are  not  going  to  attain  the  end  that  we  have  in  view 
by  the  method  which  we  now  propose  to  use,  we 
might  still  feel — I  have  good  hope  that  we  shall 
feel — that  our  discussions,  so  far  as  they  will  have 
gone,  will  have  been  interesting  and,  in  their  way, 
profitable ;  though  recognizing  that  the  time  has 
come  for  the  Ethical  Society  to  cease,  we  may 
still  feel  glad  that  it  has  existed,  and  that  we  have 
belonged  to  it. 

This  cheerfully  pessimistic  view — ^^if  I  may  so 
describe  it  —  is  partly  founded  on  an  experience 
which  I  will  briefly  narrate. 

Many  years  ago  I  became  a  member  of  a  Meta- 
physical Society  in  London ;  that  was  its  name, 
although  it  dealt  with  ethical  questions  no  less  than 
those  called  metaphysical  in  a  narrow  sense.  It 
included  many  recognized  representatives  of  different 
schools  of  thought,  who  met  animated,  I  am  sure,  by 
a  sincere  desire  to  pursue  truth  by  the  method  of 


THE    WORK  OF  AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY.        3 

discussion;  and  sought  by  frank  explanation  of  their 
diverse  positions  and  frank  statement  of  mutual 
objections,  to  come,  if  possible,  to  some  residuum 
of  agreement  on  the  great  questions  that  concern 
man  as  a  rational  being — the  meaning  of  human 
life,  the  relation  of  the  individual  to  the  universe, 
of  the  finite  to  the  infinite,  the  ultimate  ground  of 
duty  and  essence  of  virtue.  Well,  for  a  little  while 
the  Society  seemed  to  flourish  amazingly ;  it  was 
joined  by  men  eminent  in  various  departments  of 
practical  life — statesmen,  lawyers,  journalists,  bishops 
and  archbishops  of  the  Anglican  and  of  the  Roman 
persuasion  :  and  the  discussions  went  on,  monthly 
or  thereabouts,  among  the  members  of  this  hetero- 
geneous group,  without  any  friction  or  awkwardness, 
in  the  most  frank  and  amicable  way.  The  social 
result  was  all  that  could  be  desired ;  but  in  a  few 
years'  time  it  became,  I  think,  clear  to  all  of  us  that 
the  intellectual  end  which  the  Society  had  proposed 
'^  to  itself  was  not  likely  to  be  attained  ;  that,  speaking 
broadly,  we  all  remained  exactly  where  we  were, 

"  Affirming  each  his  own  philosophy," 

and  no  one  being  in  the  least  convinced  by  any  one 
else's  arguments.  And  some  of  us  felt  that  if  the 
discussions  went  on,  the  reiterated  statement  of 
divergent  opinions,  the  reiterated  ineffective  appeals 


THE  SCOPE  AND  LIMITS  OF 


to  a  common  reason  which  we  all  assumed  to  exist, 
but  which  nowhere  seemed  to  emerge  into  actuality, 
might  become  wearisome  and  wasteful  of  time.  Thus 
the  Metaphysical  Society  came  to  an  end ;  but  we 
were  glad — at  least,  I  certainly  was  glad — that  we 
had  belonged  to  it.  We  had  not  been  convinced  by 
each  other,  but  we  had  learnt  to  understand  each 
other  better,  and  to  sympathize,  in  a  certain  sense, 
with  opposing  lines  of  thought,  even  though  we  were 
unable  to  follow  them  with  assent. 

I  have  not,  however,  brought  in  this  comparison 
merely  to  show  why  I  am  not  afraid  of  failure ;  I 
have  brought  it  in  partly  to  introduce  one  counsel 
that  I  shall  give  to  the  Ethical  Society  with  the  view 
of  escaping  failure,  viz.,  that  it  should  be  as  much 
as  possible  unlike  in  its  aims  to  the  Metaphysical 
Society  to  which  I  have  referred.  I  think  we  should 
give  up  altogether  the  idea  of  getting  to  the  bottom 
of  things,  arriving  at  agreement  on  the  first  prin- 
ciples of  duty  or  the  Summum  Bonum.  If  our 
discussions  persist  in  taking  that  line,  I  can  hardly 
doubt  that  we  shall  imitate  the  example  of  failure 
that  I  have  just  set  before  you;  we  shall  not  convince 
each  other,  and  after  a  little  while  each  of  us,  like 
>^  the  Irish  juryman,  will  get  tired  of  arguing  with  so 
many  other  obstinately  unreasonable  persons.  In 
the  Metaphysical  Society  we  could  not  avoid  this ;  a 


THE    WORK  OF  AN  ETHICAL  SOCIETY.        5 

metaphysician  who  does  not  try  to  get  to  the  bottom 
X  of  things  is,  as  Kant  would  say,  an  "  Unding "  :  he 
has  no  raison  d'etre.  But  with  our  Ethical  Society 
the  case  is  different ;  the  aim  of  such  an  Ethical 
Society,  in  the  Aristotelian  phrase,  is  not  knowledge 
but  action:  and  with  this  practical  object  it  is  not 
equally  necessary  that  we  should  get  to  the  bottom 
of  things.  It  would  be  presumptuous  to  suppose 
that  in  such  a  Society  as  this,  including,  as  we  hope, 
many  members  whose  intellectual  habits  as  well  as 
their  aims  are  practical  rather  than  speculative,  we 
can  settle  the  old  controversies  of  the  schools  on 
ethical  first  principles  ;  but  it  may  be  possible  by 
steering  clear  of  these  controversies  to  reach  some 
results  of  value  for  practical  guidance  and  life.  But 
how  exactly  are  we  to  do  this  ? 

The  question  may  be  put  in  a  more  general  form, 
in  which  it  has  a  wider  and  more  permanent  interest 
than  we  can  presume  to  claim  for  the  special  purpose 
for  which  we  are  met  here  to-night.  What,  we  may 
ask,  are  the  proper  lines  and  limits  of  ethical  dis- 
cussion, having  a  distinctly  practical  aim,  and  carried 
on  among  a  miscellaneous  group  of  educated  persons, 
who  do  not  belong  exclusively  to  any  one  religious 
sect  or  philosophical  school,  and  possibly  may  not 
have  gone  through  any  systematic  stud}'  of  philo- 
sophy t     The  answer  that  I  am  about  to  give  to  this 


THE  SCOPE  AND  LIMITS   OF 


question  must  not  be  taken  as  in  any  way  official, 
nor  do  I  intend  it  to  be  in  any  way  cut  and  dried.  I 
should  like  to  be  free  to  adopt  a  materially  different 
view  as  the  result  of  further  experience  and  inter- 
change of  opinions.  But  at  present  the  matter 
presents  itself  to  me  in  this  light.  Moralists  of  all 
schools  have  acknowledged — and  usually  empha- 
sized, each  from  his  own  point  of  view — that  broad 
agreement  in  the  details  of  morality  which  we 
actually  find  both  among  thoughtful  persons  who 
profoundly  disagree  on  first  principles,  and  among 
\  plain  men  who  do  not  seriously  trouble  themselves 
about  first  principles.  Well,  my  view  is  that  we 
ought  to  start  with  this  broad  agreement  as  to  the 
dictates  of  duty,  and  keeping  close  to  it,  without 
trying  to  penetrate  to  the  ultimate  grounds,  the  first 
principles  on  which  duty  may  be  constructed  as  a 
rational  system,  to  make  this  general  agreement 
somewhat  more  explicit  and  clear  than  it  is  in  ordinary 
thought.  I  want  to  advance  one  or  two  degrees  in 
the  direction  of  systematizing  morality  without 
hoping  or  attempting  to  go  the  whole  way  ;  and 
in  the  clearer  apprehension  of  our  common 
morality  thus  gained  to  eliminate  or  reduce  the 
elements  of  confusion,  of  practical  doubt  and  dis- 
agreement, which,  at  the  present  day  at  least,  are 
liable    to   perplex   even   the   plainest   of    plain    men. 


THE    WORK  OF  AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY. 


I  sometimes  wonder  whether  the  great  Bishop 
Butler,  who  lays  so  much  emphasis  on  the  clear- 
ness and  certainty  of  the  dictates  of  a  plain 
man's  conscience, — I  wonder  whether  this  generally 
cautious  thinker  would  use  quite  the  same  language 
if  he  lived  now.  It  certainly  seems  to  me  that 
the  practical  perplexities  of  the  plain  man  have 
materially  increased  in  the  century  and  a  half  that 
have  elapsed  since  the  famous  sermons  to  which  I 
refer  were  preached.  Take,  e.g.^  the  case  of  com- 
passion. The  plain  man  of  Butler's  time  knew 
that  when  he  heard  the  cry  of  distress  he  ought  to 
put  his  hand  in  his  pocket  and  relieve  it  ;  but  now 
he  has  learnt  from  newspapers  and  magazines  that 
indiscriminate  almsgiving  aggravates  in  the  long  run 
the  evils  that  it  attempts  to  cure;  and,  therefore 
now,  when  he  hears  the  cry  of  woe,  it  is  apt  to 
^  stir  in  his  mind  a  disagreeable  doubt  and  conflict, 
instead  of  the  old  simple  impulse.  Well,  there  is 
a  solution  to  this  perplexity,  on  which  thinkers  of 
the  most  different  schools  and  sects  would  probably 
agree  :  that  true  charity  demands  of  us  money,  but 
also  something  more  than  money :  personal  service, 
sacrifice  of  time  and  thought,  and — after  all  —  a 
patient  endurance  of  a  partially  unsatisfactory  result, 
\  acquiescence  in  minimizing  evils  that  we  cannot 
cure. 


THE  SCOPE  AND  LIMITS   OF 


But  this  answer,  though  it  does  not  raise  any  of 
the  fundamental  questions  disputed   in   the  schools, 
is  yet  not  altogether  trite  and  obvious  ;    to  give  it 
in   a  fully  satisfactory  form    needs   careful    thinking 
over,  careful   development   and   explanation.      Thus 
this    case    may  serve  to   illustrate  my  view  of   the 
general  function  of  ethical  debate,  carried  on  by  such 
a  society  as  ours :    to  bring  into   a   more  clear  and 
consistent   form   the    broad    and    general    agreement 
as   to    the    particulars    of    morality   which   we   find 
among  moral  persons,  making  explicit  the  general 
conceptions  of  the  good  and  evil  in  human  life,  of 
the  normal  relation  of  a  man  to  his  fellows,  which 
this   agreement    implies.      We   should    do   this   not 
vaguely,  but  aiming  cautiously  at  as  much  precision 
as  the  subject  admits,  not  avoiding  difficulties,  but 
facing  them,  so  as  to  get  beyond  the  platitudes  of 
copybook   morality  to  results  which   may  be   really 
of  use  in  the  solution  of   practical  questions  ;    and 
yet    not    endeavouring     to    penetrate    to    ultimate 
principles,   on    which  —  as    I    have    said  —  we    can 
hardly  hope  to  come  to  rational   agreement  in   the 
present  state  of   philosophical   thought.      We   must 
remain  as  far  as  possible  in  the  "  region  of  middle 
axioms  " — if  I   may  be  allowed  the  technical  term. 
But  how  shall    we  mark  off  this    region   of   dis- 
cussion, in   which   we  look   for  middle  axioms,  from 


THE    WORK  OF  AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY. 


the  region  in  which  first  principles  are  sought  ? 
Well,  I  shall  not  try  to  do  this  with  any  definite- 
ness,  for  if  I  did  I  should  inevitably  pass  over 
into  the  region  that  I  am  trying  to  avoid ;  I  should 
illustrate  the  old  Greek  argument  to  prove  the 
necessity  of  philosophizing.  "We  must  philoso- 
phize, for  either  we  ought  to  philosophize,  or,  if 
we  ought  not,  we  must  philosophize  in  order  to 
demonstrate  that  we  ought  not  to  philosophize." 
So  if  I  tried  to  make  definite  our  general  con- 
ception of  the  kind  of  topics  we  ought  to  avoid, 
I  should  be  insensibly  drawn  into  a  full  discussion 
of  these  topics.  I  shall,  therefore,  leave  the  line 
vague,  and  content  myself  with  describing  some 
of  the  questions  that  lie  beyond  it. 

To  begin,  there  is  all  the  discussion  as  to  the 
nature,  origin  and  development  of  moral  ideas  and 
sentiments,  which — in  recent  times  especially — has 
absorbed  so  large  a  part  of  the  attention  of 
moralists ;  when  we  want  them  to  tell  us  what 
morality  is,  they  are  apt  to  slide  off  into  enter- 
taining but  irrelevant  speculations  as  to  how,  in 
^  pre-historic  times,  or  in  the  obscurity  of  the  infant's 
consciousness,  it  came  to  be.  I  think  that,  for  our 
present  purposes,  we  must  keep  clear  of  all  this  ; 
we  must  say,  with  the  German  poet,  "Wir,  wir 
leben  .  .  .  und   der   lebende  hat  Recht."     We  must 


lo  THE  SCOPE  AND  LIMITS   OF 


make  as  workable  a  system  as  we  can  of  our  own 
morality,  taking  it  as  we  find  it,  with  an  inevitable 
element  of  imperfection  and  error  which  I  hope 
posterity  will  correct  and  supplement,  just  as  we 
have  corrected  and  supplemented  certain  errors  and 
deficiencies  in  the  morality  of  preceding  ages. 

So  again,  I  hope  we  shall  not  waste  words  on 
the  question  of  the  freedom  of  the  will,  so  promi- 
nent in  the  writings  of  some  moralists.  I  do  not 
think  that  ought  to  be  included  among  the  problems 
of  practical  ethics.  Whether,  and  in  what  sense, 
we  could  have  realized  in  the  past,  or  can  realize 
in  the  future  the  ideal  of  rational  conduct  which 
we  have  not  realized,  is  not  needed  to  be  known 
for  our  present  purposes.  All  we  need  to  assume 
— and  I  suppose  we  may  assume  this  of  persons 
joining  an  Ethical  Society  —  is  that  they  have  a 
desire  of  a  certain  force  to  realize  their  common 
moral  ideal,  and  that  they  think  it  will  help  them 
to  get  their  conception  of  it  clearer. 

And  this  leads  me  to  another  topic,  more  difficult 
to  excise,  but  which  yet  I  should  like  to  omit. 
When  we  try  to  get  the  conception  of  rational 
conduct  clear  we  come  upon  the  "  double  nature 
of  Good,"  which,  as  Bacon  tells  us,  is  "formed  in 
everything  "  :  we  are  met  with  the  profound  difficulty 
of  harmonizing  the  good  of  the   individual  with  the 


THE    WORK   OF  AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY.      ii 

good  of  the  larger  whole  of  which  he  is  a  part 
or  member.  In  my  professional  treatment  of  ethics 
I  have  concerned  myself  much  with  this  question, 
— considering  it  to  be  the  gravest  formal  defect  of 
the  Utilitarianism  of  Mill  and  Bentham,  under  whose 
influence  my  own  view  was  formed,  that  it  treats  this 
problem  so  inadequately.  But  I  do  not  want  to 
introduce  it  into  the  discussions  of  our  Society ; 
I  should  prefer  to  assume — what  I  think  we  are 
all  prepared  to  assume — that  each  of  us  wants  to 
do  what  is  best  for  the  larger  whole  of  which  he 
is  a  part,  and  that  it  is  not  our  business  to  supply 
him  with  egoistic  reasons  for  doing  it.  In  saying 
this,  I  do  not  dispute  his  claim  to  be  supplied  with 
such  reasons  by  any  moralist  professing  to  construct 
a  complete  ethical  system.  When  J.  S.  Mill  says, 
in  the  peroration  of  a  powerful  address,  "  I  do  not 
attempt  to  stimulate  you  with  the  prospect  of  direct 
rewards,  either  earthly  or  heavenly ;  the  less  we 
think  about  being  rewarded  in  either  way  the  better 
for  us,"  I  think  it  is  a  hard  saying,  too  hard  for 
human  nature.  The  demand  that  happiness  shall 
be  connected  with  virtue  cannot  be  finally  quelled 
in  this  way  ;  but  for  the  purposes  of  our  Society 
I  am  ready  to  adopt,  and  should  prefer  to  adopt, 
Mill's  position. 

And   this   leads  me   naturally  to  a  point  of   very 


12  THE  SCOPE  AND  LIMITS   OF 


practical    moment — the   relation    of  our    Society   to 

the  Christian  Churches.     For  one  great  function  of 

the  rehgious  teaching  of  the  Churches — in  all  ages 

— has  been    the   supply   of  extra-mundane   motives 

stimulating  men  to  the  performance  of  duty.     Such 

motives  have  been  both  of  higher  and  lower  kinds, 

appealing  respectively  to  different   elements   of  our 

nature — fears    of    hell-fire    and    outer    darkness,  of 

A\.    wailing  and  gnashing  of  teeth,  for  the  brutal   and 

selfish  element  in  us,  that  can  hardly  be  kept  down 

without  these  coarse  restraints ;  while  to  our  higher 

part  it  has  been  shown  how  heavenly  love  in  saints 

has  fused  into  one  the  double  nature  of  good ;  how 

— like  earthly  love  in  its  moments  of  intensity — it 

has 

"  Touched  the  chord  of  self  that  trembling  passed  in  music  out 
of  sight." 

Well,  in  all  this — if  my  view  be  adopted — the  Ethical 
Society  will  make  no  attempt  to  compete  with  the 
Churches.  We  shall  contemplate  the  relation  of 
virtue  to  the  happiness  of  the  virtuous  agent,  as 
we  believe  it  actually  to  be  in  the  present  world, 
and  not  refer  to  any  future  world  in  which  we  may 
hope  for  compensation  for  the  apparent  injustices 
of  the  present.  And  in  thus  limiting  ourselves  to 
mundane  motives  we  shall,  I  hope,  keep  a  middle 
path    between    optimism    and    pessimism.      That   is, 


THE    WORK  OF  AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY.      13 

we   shall    not    profess   to    prove    that    the    apparent 

sacrifices    of    self-interest    which    duty   imposes   are 

never  in   the  long  run  real  sacrifices ;    nor,  on  the 

other  hand,  shall  we  ignore  or  underrate  the  noble 

and  refined  satisfactions  which  experience  shows  to 

attend  the  resolute  choice  of  virtue  in  spite  of  all 

such  sacrifices — 

"  The  stubborn  thistles  bursting 
Into  glossy  purples,  which  outredden 
All  voluptuous  garden-roses." 

It  may,  however,  be  said  that  it  is"  not  merely  the 
function  of  Churches  to  supply  motives  for  the 
performance  of  duty,  but  also  to  teach  what  duty 
is,  and  that  here  their  work  must  inevitably  coincide 
— and  perhaps  clash — with  that  undertaken  by  an 
Ethical  Society.  My  answer  would  be  that  there 
is  at  least  a  large  region  of  secular  duty  in  which 
thoughtful  Christians  commonly  recognize  that  an 
ideal  of  conduct  can  be,  and  ought  to  be,  worked 
out  by  the  light  of  reason  independently  of  revela- 
tion ;  and  I  should  recommend  our  Society  to 
confine  its  attention  to  this  secular  region.  Here 
no  doubt  some  of  us  may  pursue  the  quest  of  moral 
truth  by  study  or  discussion  in  a  non-religious  spirit, 
others  in  a  religious  spirit ;  but  I  conceive  that  we 
have  room  for  both.  As  a  Society,  I  conceive  that 
our   attitude   ought    to    be   at   once    unexciusive    as 


14  THE  SCOPE  AND  LIMITS   OF 


regards  the  non-religious,  and   unaggressive   as   re- 
gards all  forms  of  Christian  creed. 

In  saying  this,  I  keep  in  view  the  difficulty  that 
many  feel  in  separating  at  all  the  ideas  of  morality 
and  religion,  and  I  have  no  wish  to  sharpen  the 
distinction.  Indeed,  I  myself  can  hardly  conceive 
a  working  Ethical  Society  of  which  the  aim  would 
not  include  in  essentials  the  apostle's  definition  of 
the  pure  service  of  religion.  We  might  characterize 
it  as  the  aim  of  being  in  the  world  and  yet  not  of  it, 
working  strenuously  for  the  improvement  of  mun- 
dane affairs,  and  yet  keeping  ourselves,  as  the  apostle 
says,  "unspotted  of  the  world" — that  is,  in  modern 
phrase,  keeping  clear  of  the  compromises  with  sordid 
interests  and  vulgar  ambitions  which  the  practical 
standards  of  all  classes  and  sections  of  society  are 
too  apt  to  admit.  Of  such  compromises  I  will  say 
a  word  presently :  my  point  now  is  that  the  main- 
tenance of  an  ideal  in  this  sense  unworldly  must  be 
the  concern  of  any  Ethical  Society  worthy  of  the 
name,  nor  do  I  see  why  those  who  habitually  con- 
template this  ideal  from  a  religious  point  of  view 
should  be  unable  to  co-operate  with  those  who 
habitually  contemplate  it  from  a  purely  ethical  point 
of  view.  I  do  not  say  that  there  are  no  difficulties 
in  such  co-operation ;  but  I  am  sure  that  we  all 
bring   with   us  a  sincere   desire  to   minimize   these 


THE    WORK  OF  AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY 


difficulties,  and  if  so,  I  do  not  see  why  they  should 
not  be  avoided  or  overcome. 

To  sum  up  :  the  region  in  which  we  are  to  move 
I  conceive  as,  philosophically,  a  middle  region,  the 
place  of  intermediate  ethical  generalizations  which 
we  are  content  to  conceive  in  a  rough  and  approxi- 
mate way,  avoiding  fundamental  controversies  as  far 
as  we  can ;  while  from  a  religious  point  of  view  it 
is  a  secular  but  not  therefore  irreligious  region,  in 
which  we  pursue  merely  mundane  ends,  but  yet  not 
in  a  worldly  spirit. 

But  it  remains  to  define  more  clearly  its  relation 
to  particular  practical  problems.  In  the  present  age 
it  is  impossible  that  any  group  of  educated  persons, 
spontaneously  constituted  by  their  common  interest 
in  practical  ethics,  should  not  have  their  attention 
prominently  drawn  to  the  numerous  schemes  of 
social  improvement  on  which  philanthropic  effort 
is  being  expended.  In  this  way  we  may  be  easily 
led  in  our  ethical  discussions  to  debate  one  after 
another  such  practical  questions  as,  "  Shall  we  work 
for  State-aided  emigration,  or  promote  recreative 
education,  or  try  to  put  down  sweating }  Shall 
we  spend  our  money  in  providing  open  spaces  for 
the  poor,  or  our  leisure  on  a  Charity  Organization 
Committee } "  Now  I  have  no  doubt  myself  that 
persons  of  education,  especially  if  they  have  com- 


i6  THE  SCOPE   AND  LIMITS   OF 

parative  wealth  and  leisure,  ought  to  interest  them- 
selves in  sonae  or  all  of  these  things ;  and  I  think 
it  belongs  to  us  in  Cambridge,  not  only  to  diffuse 
a  general  conviction  of  the  importance  of  this  kind 
of  work,  but  also  to  encourage  a  searching  exam- 
ination of  the  grounds  on  which  particular  schemes 
are  urged  on  the  public  attention.  But  in  this 
examination  a  detailed  study  of  social  facts 
necessarily  comes  in  along  with  the  study  of 
principles,  and — though  I  have  no  wish  to  draw  a 
hard  and  fast  line — I  should  be  disposed  to  regard 
this  study  of  facts  as  lying  in  the  main  beyond 
the  province  of  our  Society,  whose  attention  should 
be  rather  concentrated  on  principles.  I  should 
propose  to  leave  it  to  some  economic  or  philan- 
thropic association  to  examine  how  far  an  alleged 
social  want  exists,  and  how  urgent  it  is,  and  by 
what  particular  methods  it  may  best  be  satisfied 
or  removed.  What  we  have  rather  to  consider  is 
how  far  the  eleemosynary  or  philanthropic  inter- 
vention of  private  outsiders  in  such  cases  is  in 
accordance  with  a  sound  general  view  of  the  relation 
of  the  individual  to  his  society.  It  is  with  the 
general  question,  "  What  social  classes  owe  to  each 
other,"  that  we  are  primarily  concerned,  though  in 
trying  to  find  the  right  answer  to  this  question  we 
may  obtain   useful  instruction   from   a  consideration 


THE    WORK  OF  AN  ETHICAL  SOCIETY.      17 

of  the   particular   fields    of  work   to  which    I    have 
referred. 

But  the  moral  problem  offered  by  the  social 
relations  of  different  classes  —  though  specially 
prominent  in  the  thought  of  the  present  age — is  not 
the  only  problem  causing  practical  perplexities  that 
such  discussions  as  ours  might  reduce.  There  are 
many  other  such  problems  in  our  complicated 
modern  life — even  omitting  those  obviously  unfit 
for  public  oral  discussion.  One  class  of  them  which 
specially  interests  me  is  presented  by  the  divergence 
of  the  current  practical  standards  of  particular 
sections  of  the  community,  on  certain  points,  from 
the  common  moral  ideal  which  the  community  as 
a  whole  still  maintains.  We  feel  that  such  diver- 
gences are  to  a  great  extent  an  evil,  the  worldliness 
which  we  have  to  avoid  ;  but  yet  we  think  them 
in  some  degree  legitimate,  and  the  difficulty  lies 
in  drawing  the  line.  Any  careful  discussion  of  such 
deflections  must  lead  to  what  bears  the  unpopular 
name  of  Casuistry.  I  think,  however,  that  the  odium 
which  in  the  seventeenth  century  overwhelmed  the 
systematic  discussion  by  theologians  of  difficult  and 
doubtful  cases  of  morals — though  undeniably  in  part 
deserved — went  to  an  unreasonable  length,  and 
obscured  the  real  importance  of  the  study  against 
which    it    was    directed.     There    is    no   doubt    that 

C 


i8  THE  SCOPE  AND  LIMITS  OF 

individuals  are  strongly  tempted  to  have  recourse  to 
casuistry  in  order  to  find  excuses  for  relaxing  in 
their  own  favour  the  restraints  of  moral  rules  which 
they  find  inconvenient;  and  hence  a  casuist  has  come 
to  be  regarded  with  suspicion  as  a  moralist  who  aims 
at  providing  his  clients  with  the  most  plausible 
excuses  available  for  this  purpose.  But  though 
certain  casuists  have  been  reasonably  suspected  of 
this  misapplication  of  their  knowledge  and  ingenuity, 
the  proper  task  of  casuistry  has  always  been  quite 
different ;  the  question  with  which  it  has  properly 
been  concerned  is  how  far,  in  the  particular  circum- 
stances of  certain  classes  of  persons,  the  common 
good  demands  a  special  interpretation  or  modifi- 
cation of  some  generally  accepted  moral  rule.  This, 
at  any  rate,  is  the  kind  of  casuistical  problem  that 
I  have  now  in  view :  and  I  think  that  any  morality 
that  refuses  to  deal  with  such  problems  must  confess 
itself  inadequate  for  the  practical  guidance  of  men 
engaged  in  the  business  of  the  world ;  since  modifica- 
tions of  morality  to  meet  the  special  needs  of  special 
classes  are  continually  claimed,  and  more  or  less 
admitted  by  serious  and  well-meaning  persons. 
Thus  it  is  widely  held  that  barristers  must  be 
allowed  to  urge  persuasively  for  their  clients 
considerations  that  they  know  to  be  false  or  mis- 
leading; that  a  clergyman  may  be  a  most  virtuous 


THE    WORK  OF  AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY.      19 


man  without  exactly  believing  the  creeds  he  says  or 
the  articles  he  signs  ;  that  a  physiologist  must  be 
allowed  to  torture  innocent  animals  ;  that  a  general 
,  in  war  must  be  allowed  to  use  spies  and  at  the  same 
time  to  hang  the  spies  of  the  conflicting  general.  I 
do  not  say  that  most  educated  persons  would  accept 
broadly  all  these  relaxations,  but  that  they  would  at 
least  admit  some  of  them  more  or  less.  Especially 
in  the  action  of  states  or  governments  as  such  is 
this  kind  of  divergence  admitted,  though  vaguely 
and  rather  reluctantly.  When  Pope  asked  —  using 
the  names  of  two  noted  criminals  : 

"  Is  it  for  Bond  or  Peter,  paltry  things. 
To  pay  their  debts  or  keep  their  faith  like  kings  ? " 

the  epigram  was  undeniably  deserved  :  still  we  do 
not  commonly  think  that  governments  are  bound 
to  keep  their  faith  quite  like  private  individuals ; 
we  do  not  think  that  repudiating  a  treaty  between 
nation  and  nation  is  quite  like  breaking  a  promise 
between  man  and  man.  On  all  these  and  similar 
points  I  think  it  would  be  of  real  practical  utility 
if  discussion  could  help  us  to  clearer  views.  For 
there  is  a  serious  danger  that  when  the  need  of 
such  relaxations  is  once  admitted  they  may  be 
carried  too  far;  that,  in  the  esoteric  morality  of 
any  particular  profession  or  trade,  ordinary  morality 
will   be   put    aside   altogether    on    certain    particular 


20  THE  SCOPE  AND  LIMITS   OF 

questions,  as  the  opinion  of  ignorant  outsiders  ;  and 
no  result  could  be  more  unfavourable  than  this  to 
the  promotion  of  ethical  interests. 

So  far  I  have  been  speaking  of  particular  and 
limited  conflicts  between  what  may  be  called 
sectional  morality  and  general  morality.  But  there 
are  departments  of  society  and  life  of  which  the 
relation  to  ethics  is  perplexing  in  a  more  broad 
and  general  way,  just  because  of  the  elevated  and 
ideal  character  of  their  aims — I  mean  art  and 
science.  The  practical  maxims  of  some  classes  of 
artists  and  scientific  men  are  liable  to  collide  with 
common  morality  in  the  manner  just  mentioned — 
e.g.^  certain  painters  or  novelists  may  deliberately 
disregard  the  claims  of  sexual  purity — but  it  is  not 
of  these  limited  conflicts  that  I  now  wish  to  speak, 
but  of  the  perplexity  one  finds  in  fixing  the  general 
relation  of  the  ends  of  Art  and  Science  to  moral 
ends.  Perhaps  it  will  be  impossible  to  deal  with  this 
without  falling  into  the  metaphysical  controversies 
that  I  have  abjured;  but  the  problem  often  presents 
itself  to  me  entirely  apart  from  the  questions  of 
the  schools.  When  I  surrender  myself  to  the  pur- 
suit of  truth  or  the  impressions  of  art,  I  find  myself 
in  either  case  in  a  world  absorbing  and  satisfying 
to  my  highest  nature,  in  which,  nevertheless,  morality 
seems   to  occupy   a   very   subordinate   place,  and   in 


THE    WORK  OF  AN  ETHICAL  SOCIETY.      21 

which  —  for  the  more  efifective  reah'zation  of  the 
aesthetic  or  scientific  ideal — it  seems  necessary  that 
morahty  should  be  thus  subordinated.  The  difficulty 
seems  to  be  greater  in  the  case  of  the  aesthetic 
ideal,  because  the  emotional  conflict  is  greater.  The 
lover  of  truth  has  to  examine  with  neutral  curiosity 
the  bad  and  the  good  in  this  mixed  world,  in  order 
to  penetrate  its  laws  ;  but  he  need  not  sympathize 
with  the  bad  or  in  any  way  like  its  existence.  But 
this  is  harder  for  the  lover  of  beauty  :  since  evil — 
even  moral  evil — is  an  element  in  the  contrasts  and 
combinations  that  give  him  the  delight  of  beauty. 
If,  as  Renan  says,  such  a  career  as  Cesar  Borgia's 
is  "  beautiful  as  a  tempest  or  an  abyss,"  it  is  difficult 
for  a  lover  of  beauty  not  to  rejoice  that  there  was 
a  Cesar  Borgia.  One  may  even  say  that  in  pro- 
portion as  the  sentiment  of  beauty  becomes  absorbing 
and  quasi-religious,  this  divergence  from  morality  is 
liable  to  become  more  marked :  because  what  is  bad 
in  a  picturesque  and  exciting  way  comes  to  be  more 
and  more  felt  as  discord  artfully  harmonized  in  the 
music  that  all  things  make  to  God. 

Well,  is  this  feeling  in  any  degree  legitimate }  and 
if  so,  how  is  it  to  be  reconciled  with  our  moral 
aspirations .''  I  do  not  expect  to  attain  a  single 
cogently-reasoned  answer,  which  all  must  accept,  to 
either  of  these  questions.     They  will  probably  always 


22       THE    WORK  OF  AN  ETHICAL  SOCIETY. 


be  somewhat  differently  answered  by  different  sets 
and  schools  of  thoughtful  persons.  But  I  think 
they  may  illustrate  the  kind  of  questions  on  which 
we  may  hope  to  clear  up  our  ideas  and  reduce 
the  extent  of  our  mutual  disagreement  by  frank 
and  sympathetic  discussion. 

[The  limits  above  suggested  were  thought  to  be  too 
narrow  by  the  leading  spirits  of  the  London  Ethical 
Society.  Accordingly,  as  the  reader  will  see,  in  the  next 
address — delivered  as  President  of  the  latter  body — I  tried 
to  adapt  my  general  view  of  the  nature  of  the  work  that 
such  a  society  might  profitably  undertake  to  a  wider 
conception  of  its  scope.] 


II. 


THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS  OF  AN 
ETHICAL    SOCIETY* 

T  N  taking  this  opportunity,  which  your  committee 
^  has  given  me,  of  addressing  the  London  Ethical 
Society,  in  the  honourable  but  gravely  responsible 
position  of  their  president,  I  have  thought  that  I 
could  best  fulfil  the  duties  of  my  station  by  laying 
before  you  one  or  two  difficulties  which  have  oc- 
curred to  my  mind,  in  thinking  how  we  are  to 
realize  the  declared  aims  of  our  Society  on  the  basis 
of  its  declared  principles.  I  hope,  indeed,  not 
merely  to  put  forward  difficulties,  but  to  offer  at 
least  a  partial  solution  of  them  ;  but  I  am  conscious 
that  it  is  easier  to  raise  questions  than  to  settle  them, 
and  that  there  is  a  danger  lest  the  effect  of  my 
remarks  may  be  to  repel  some  minds  from  the  study 
which  we  are  combined  to  promote.  Still,  after 
anxious    thought,    I    have   determined    to   face    this 

*  An  address  delivered  to  the  London  Ethical  Society  on  April  23, 
1893,  3-nd  published  in  the  International  Journal  of  Ethic s^  October, 
1893,  under  the  title  "  My  Station  and  its  Duties," 

23 


24  THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS   OF 

danger.  For  I  do  not  think  we  ought  to  conceal 
from  ourselves  that  the  task  we  have  proposed  to 
our  Society  is  one  of  which  the  complete  accom- 
plishment is  likely  to  be  very  difficult.  Indeed, 
were  it  otherwise,  it  would  hardly  have  been  left  for 
us  to  accomplish. 

I  will  begin  by  explaining  that  the  difficulties  of 
which  I  am  to  speak  only  affect  a  part  of  the  aims 
and  work  of  our  Society  ;  there  is  another  part — 
and  a  most  important  part  —  which  they  do  not 
affect.  The  first  and  most  comprehensive  of  the 
aims  that  we  have  stated  is 

"  To  assist  individual  and  social  efforts  after  right  living." 

Now,  what  are  the  obstacles  to  right  living }  Why 
does  not  each  of  us  completely  fulfil  the  duties  of 
his  station } 

First,  I  put  aside  such  obstacles  as  may  seem  to 
lie  in  external  circumstances  and  material  con- 
ditions. I  do  not  mean  that  such  circumstances 
and  conditions  may  not  cause  the  gravest  hindrances 
to  right  living,  which  a  Society  like  ours  should 
make  the  most  earnest  efforts  to  remove.  But 
important  as  it  is  to  diminish  these  hindrances,  it  is 
no  less  important  for  an  ethical  society  to  lay  stress 
on  the  old  truth — sometimes  apt  to  be  overlooked 
in  ardent  efforts  for  economic  improvement — that  it 


AN  ETHICAL  SOCIETY.  25 

is  possible  to  act  rightly  under  any  material  con- 
ditions. On  this  point  I  need  hardly  say  that  there 
is  an  overwhelming  agreement  among  moralists. 
The  ancient  thinkers  went  too  far,  no  doubt,  in 
saying  that  a  perfectly  wise  and  good  man  would 
be  perfectly  happy  in  the  extremest  tortures.  We 
moderns  cannot  go  so  far  as  that ;  but  we  must  still 
maintain,  as  a  cardinal  and  essential  ethical  truth, 
that  a  perfectly  wise  and  good  man  could  behave 
rightly  even  under  these  painful  conditions.  In 
short,  the  immediate  obstacles  to  right  conduct, 
however  they  may  be  caused,  lie  in  our  minds  and 
hearts,  not  in  our  circumstances. 

Looking  closer  at  these  obstacles,  we  find  that 
they  lie  partly  in  the  state  of  our  intellect,  partly 
in  the  state  of  our  desires  and  will.  Partly  we 
know  our  duty  imperfectly,  partly  our  motives  for 
acting  up  to  what  we  know  are  not  strong  enough 
to  prevail  over  our  inclination  to  do  something  else. 
The  two  kinds  of  obstacles  are  essentially  different, 
and  must  be  dealt  with  by  different  methods  ;  each 
method  has  its  own  problems,  and  the  problems 
require  very  different  treatment.  In  what  I  am  to 
say  to-day  I  shall  treat  mainly  of  the  intellectual 
obstacles  —  the  imperfection  of  knowledge.  But 
before  I  proceed  to  this  I  will  illustrate  the  manner 
in  which  the  two  obstacles  are  combined,  by  recalling 


26  THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS   OF 

an  anecdote  from  the  early  history  of  ethics.  It  is 
told  of  Socrates  that  he  once  met  a  professional 
teacher  of  Wisdom,  who  informed  him  that  he  had 
discovered  the  true  definition  of  Justice.  "  Indeed," 
said  Socrates,  "  then  we  shall  have  no  more  dis- 
putes among  citizens  about  rights  and  wrongs,  no 
more  fights  of  civic  factions,  no  more  quarrels  and 
wars  between  nations.  It  is,  indeed,  a  most  magni- 
ficent discovery ! " 

Now,  the  first  impression  that  this  remark  makes 
on  us  is  that  Socrates  is  speaking  ironically,  as  no 
doubt  he  partly  is.  We  know  that  men  and  nations 
continually  commit  injustice  knowingly ;  we  remem- 
ber the  old  fable  of  the  wolf  and  the  lamb — where 
the  wolf  pleads  his  own  cause,  and  then  pronounces 
and  immediately  executes  sentence  of  capital  punish- 
ment on  the  weaker  animal  —  and  we  surmise  that 
the  practical  result  of  this  famous  debate  would  not 
have  been  altered  by  our  supplying  the  wolf  with 
the  clearest  possible  formula  of  justice  ;  the  argu- 
ment might  have  been  cut  short,  but  it  would  have 
been  all  the  same  in  the  end  to  the  lamb. 

But  let  us  look  at  the  matter  again,  and  we  shall 
see  that  the  master's  meaning  is  not  entirely  ironical. 
Let  us  suppose  that  our  notion  of  justice  suddenly 
became  so  clear  that  in  every  conflict  that  is  now 
going  on  between  individuals  and  classes  and  nations, 


AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY.  27 

every  instructed  person  could  at  once  see  what 
justice  required  with  the  same  absolute  certainty 
and  exactness  with  which  a  mathematician  can  now 
see  the  answer  to  a  problem  in  arithmetic ;  so  that 
if  might  anywhere  overbore  right,  it  would  have  to 
be  mere  naked  brutal  force,  without  a  rag  of  moral 
excuse  to  hide  its  nakedness ;  suppose  this,  and  I 
think  we  see  at  once  that  though  all  the  injustice  in 
the  world  would  not  come  to  an  end  —  since  there 
is  a  good  deal  of  the  wolf  still  left  in  man — yet 
undoubtedly  there  would  be  much  less  injustice ; 
we  should  still  want  policemen  and  soldiers,  but 
we  should  have  much  less  occasion  for  their 
services. 

Now,  let  us  make  a  different  supposition  :  let 
us  suppose  the  state  of  our  knowledge  about  justice 
unchanged,  but  all  the  obstacles  on  the  side  of 
motive  removed ;  let  us  suppose  that  men's  ideas 
of  their  rights  are  still  as  confused  and  conflicting 
as  they  are  now,  but  that  every  one  is  filled  with 
a  predominant  desire  to  realize  justice,  strong  enough 
to  prevail  over  every  opposing  inclination.  Here 
again  we  must  admit  that  we  should  not  thus  get 
rid  of  injustice  altogether.  I  am  afraid  that  it 
would  still  be  true,  as  the  poet  says,  that 

"  New  and  old,  disastrous  feud. 
Must  ever  shock  like  armed  foes," 


28  THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS   OF 

and  we  must  still  look  to  have  serious  and  even 
sanguinary  conflicts  between  nations  and  parties, 
conscientiously  inscribing  on  their  banners  conflicting 
principles  of  Right.  But  though  unintentional  in- 
justice of  the  gravest  kind  might  still  be  done, 
what  a  reHef  it  would  be  to  humanity  to  have  got 
rid  of  all  intended  wrong ;  and  how  much  nobler, 
less  exasperating,  more  chivalrous,  would  be  the 
conflicts  that  still  had  to  go  on,  if  each  combatant 
knew  that  his  adversary  was  fighting  with  perfect 
rectitude  of  purpose. 

I  have  laid  stress  on  this  comparison  of  imaginary 
improvements,  because  I  think  that  those  who  are 
earnestly  concerned  for  the  moral  amelioration  of 
themselves  and  others  are  often  apt  to  attend  too 
exclusively  to  one  or  other  of  the  two  sets  of 
obstacles  that  I  have  distinguished.  They  are  either 
impressed  with  the  evils  of  moral  ignorance,  and 
think  that  if  anyone  really  knew  what  the  good 
life  was,  he  must  live  it ;  or,  what  is  more  common, 
they  are  too  exclusively  occupied  with  the  defects 
of  desire  and  will,  and  inclined  to  say  that  anyone 
knows  his  duty  well  enough  if  he  would  only  act 
up  to  his  knowledge.  Now,  I  hope  we  shall  agree 
that  an  ethical  society  worthy  of  the  name  must 
aim  at  removing  both  kinds  of  defects;  success 
in    both   endeavours    is   necessary    for  the  complete 


AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY.  29 

accomplishment  of  our  task  ;  but  as  success  in  either 
is  difficult,  it  may  encourage  us  somewhat  to  think 
how  much  would  be  gained  by  success  in  only  one  of 
these  endeavours,  even  if  the  other  is  supposed  to 
fail  altogether.  In  the  education  of  the  young  and 
in  the  practical  work  of  our  Society  the  aim  of 
developing  the  motives  to  right  action,  of  intensi- 
fying the  desire  for  the  good  life,  must  always  be 
prominent.  This  endeavour  has  its  own  difficulties 
and  dangers  of  failure,  and  I  do  not  propose  to  deal 
with  them  to-day.  But  before  I  pass  on  to  my 
special  subject  —  the  other  endeavour  to  remove 
the  defects  of  moral  knowledge — may  I  say  one 
thing,  out  of  my  observation  of  human  life,  as  to 
the  endeavour  I  leave  on  one  side.  Though  the 
gift  of  inspiring  enthusiasm  for  duty  and  virtue  is 
like  other  gifts,  very  unequally  distributed  among 
well-meaning  persons,  I  do  not  believe  that  anyone 
who  had  himself  an  ardent  love  of  goodness  ever 
failed  entirely  to  communicate  it  to  others.  He  may 
fail  in  his  particular  aims,  he  may  use  ill-devised 
methods,  meet  with  inexplicable  disappointments, 
make  mistakes  which  cause  him  bitter  regret;  but  we 
shall  find  that  after  all,  though  the  methods  may  have 
failed,  the  man  has  succeeded ;  somewhere,  somehow, 
in  some  valuable  degree,  he  has — if  I  may  use  an  old 
classical    image — handed    on   the    torch   of    his   own 


30  THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS   OF 

ardour  to  others  who  will  run  the  race  for  the  prize 
of  virtue. 

We  are  agreed,  then,  that  much  may  be  done  if 
we  simply  take  the  current  ideal  of  what  is  right, 
and  earnestly  endeavour  to  develop  a  desire  to  realize 
it  in  ourselves  and  others.  But  this  is  not  the  whole 
of  our  aim.  We  are  conscious  of  defects  in  this 
current  ideal,  and  it  is  impossible  for  us  really  to  care 
for  it  and  at  the  same  time  to  sit  down  content 
with  these  defects.  Hence  we  state  it  as  our  second 
aim  "to  free  the  current  ideal  of  what  is  right  from 
all  that  is  merely  traditional  and  self-contradictory, 
and  thus  to  widen  and  perfect  it." 

With  this  view  we  invite  all  our  members  "to 
assist  in  constructing  a  Theory  or  Science  of  Right, 
which,  starting  with  the  reality  and  validity  of  moral 
distinctions,  shall  explain  their  mental  and  social 
origin,  and  connect  them  in  a  logical  system  of 
thought." 

It  is  to  the  difficulties  involved  in  the  task  thus 
defined  that  my  thoughts  have  chiefly  turned  in 
meditating  what  I  was  to  say  to  you  to-day. 

I  think  that  no  instructed  person  can  regard  it 
as  other  than  arduous.  Speaking  broadly,  what  we 
propose  to  do  is  what  ancient  thinkers  had  been 
trying  to  do  for  many  centuries,  before  the  Christian 
churches  monopolized  the  work  of  moralizing  man- 


AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY. 


kind  in  this  quarter  of  the  globe ;  and  it  is  also  what 
a  long  line  of  modern  thinkers  have  been  trying  to  do 
for  several  centuries  more,  since  independent  ethical 
thought  revived  in  Europe,  after  the  long  mediaeval 
period  of  submission  to  ecclesiastical  authority. 

Yet  the  phrase  we  use — "  assist  in  constructing  " — 
implies  that  after  all  these  efforts  the  construction  yet 
remains  to  be  effected.  We  must,  then,  hardly  be 
surprised  if  we  do  not  find  it  easy. 

Still  there  is  a  Greek  proverb  that  says  "the  fine 
things  are  difficult,"  and  I  by  no  means  wish  to  say  a 
word  to  dissuade  anyone  from  devoting  his  energies 
to  so  noble  a  cause,  especially  since  a  large  part  of 
my  own  life  has  been  spent  in  working  for  this  end. 

And  in  order  that  I  may  be  as  little  discouraging 
as  possible,  I  will  begin  with  a  difficulty  which  seems 
to  me  sufficiently  important  to  be  worth  discussing, 
but  which  I  hope  to  be  able  to  remove  completely. 

At  first  sight  it  might  seem  as  if  the  task  that  we 
have  undertaken,  the  task  of  "  explaining  the  mental 
and  social  origin  of  moral  distinctions,  and  connecting 
them  in  a  logical  system  of  thought,"  was  one  that 
could  only  be  carried  out  by  experts — i.e.y  by  persons 
who  have  gone  through  a  thorough  training  in 
psychology,  sociology,  and  logic  —  in  short,  by 
philosophers.  But  the  plan  on  which  our  Society 
has  been  framed — and   I   believe  the  same  is  true  of 


32  THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS   OF 

all  other  ethical  societies  which  have  been  founded — 
invites  the  co-operation  of  all  thoughtful  persons  who 
sympathize  with  its  principles  and  aims,  whether  they 
are  experts  in  psychology  and  sociology  or  not.  And 
if  our  movement  succeeds,  the  element  of  non-experts 
is  evidently  likely  largely  to  outnumber  the  experts, 
unless  the  philosophers  of  the  community  should  in- 
crease in  number  more  than  is  to  be  expected,  or 
perhaps  even  desired. 

The  question  then  arises,  can  this  unphilosophic 
majority  really  aid  in  the  task  of  constructing  a 
Theory  of  Right  which  shall  eliminate  error  and 
contradiction  from  current  morality,  reduce  all 
valid  moral  perceptions  and  judgments  to  their 
elements  or  first  principles,  and  present  them  as 
connected  in  a  logical  system  of  thought  ?  Ought 
we  not,  at  least,  to  divide  and  distribute  our  task 
more  clearly  and  thoroughly  ?  Does  not  our  in- 
vitation at  present  seem  to  hand  over  a  work  of 
intellectual  construction,  requiring  the  highest  gifts 
and  the  completest  training,  to  persons  who  are  not, 
and  who  cannot  be  expected  to  become,  duly  qualified 
for  the  work  ?  Will  not  these  untrained  builders 
build  with  untempered  mortar  ? 

I  have  stated  this  difficulty  plainly,  because  I  at 
first  felt  it  strongly  myself,  and  therefore  think  that 
others  may  have  felt  it.     But  reflection  convinced  me 


AN  ETHICAL  SOCIETY.  ^-^ 


that  if  your  society  has  been  right  —  and  I  hope 
experience  may  show  that  it  has  been  right — in 
undertaking  the  noble  but  arduous  task  which  it 
has  proposed  to  itself,  there  is  much  to  be  said  for 
the  broad  and  comprehensive  basis  which  it  has 
adopted.  There  are  serious  reasons  for  thinking 
that  the  work  undertaken  cannot  be  thoroughly  well 
done  by  philosophers  alone ;  partly  because  alone 
they  are  not  likely  to  have  the  requisite  knowledge 
of  facts ;  and  partly  because  their  moral  judgment 
on  any  particular  question  of  duty,  even  supposing 
them  to  have  obtained  all  available  information  as 
to  the  particular  facts  of  the  case,  is  not  altogether 
to  be  trusted,  unless  it  is  aided,  checked,  and  con- 
trolled by  the  moral  judgment  of  persons  with  less 
philosophy  but  more  special  experience. 

First,  as  I  say,  the  philosopher's  knowledge  is  likely 
to  be  inadequate  for  the  accomplishment  of  our  aim. 
Our  aim  is  to  frame  an  ideal  of  the  good  life  for 
humanity  as  a  whole,  and  not  only  for  some  par- 
ticular section  ;  and  to  do  this  satisfactorily  and 
completely  we  must  have  adequate  knowledge  of 
the  conditions  of  this  life  in  all  the  bewildering 
complexity  and  variety  in  which  it  is  actually  being 
lived.  This  necessity  is  imposed  on  us  by  the  modern 
ethical  ideal  which  our  Western  civilization  owes  to 
Christianity.     We   cannot    any    longer    decline — as 

D 


34  THE  AIMS  AND   METHODS   OF 

Aristotle  would  have  declined — to  work  out  an  ideal 
of  good  life  for  mechanics  and  tradesmen,  on  the 
ground  that  such  persons  are  incapable  of  any  high 
degree  of  virtue.  But  if  we  are  to  frame  an  ideal 
of  good  life  for  all,  and  to  show  how  a  unity  of  moral 
spirit  and  principle  may  manifest  itself  through  the 
diversity  of  actions  and  forbearances,  efforts  and 
endurances,  which  the  diversity  of  social  functions 
renders  necessary — we  can  only  do  this  by  a  com- 
prehensive and  varied  knowledge  of  the  actual 
opportunities  and  limitations,  the  actual  needs  and 
temptations,  the  actually  constraining  customs  and 
habits,  desires  and  fears,  of  all  the  different  species 
of  that  "  general  man "  who,  as  Browning  says, 
"  receives  life  in  parts  to  live  in  a  whole."  And  this 
knowledge  a  philosopher — whose  personal  experience 
is  often  very  limited — cannot  adequately  attain  unless 
he  earnestly  avails  himself  of  opportunities  of  learn- 
ing from  the  experience  of  men  of  other  callings. 

But,  secondly,  even  supposing  him  to  have  used 
these  opportunities  to  the  full,  the  philosopher's 
practical  judgment  on  particular  problems  of  duty 
is  liable  to  be  untrustworthy,  unless  it  is  aided  and 
controlled  by  the  practical  judgment  of  others  who 
are  not  philosophers.  This  may  seem  to  some  a  para- 
dox. It  may  be  thought  that  so  far  as  a  philoso- 
pher has  a  sound  general  theory  of  right,  he  must 


AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY.  35 

be  able  to  apply  it  to  determine  the  duties  of  any 
particular  station  in  life,  if  he  has  taken  due  pains 
to  inform  himself  as  to  that  station  and  its  cir- 
cumstances. And  this  would  doubtless  be  true  if 
his  information  could  be  made  complete  ;  but  this  it 
cannot  be.  He  can  only  learn  from  others  the  facts 
which  they  have  consciously  observed  and  re- 
membered ;  but  there  is  an  important  element  in 
the  experience  of  themselves  and  their  predecessors 
— the  continuous  experience  of  social  generations — 
which  finds  no  place  in  any  statement  of  facts  or 
reasoned  forecast  of  consequences  that  they  could 
furnish  ;  it  is  only  represented  in  their  judgments 
as  to  what  ought  to  be  done  and  aimed  at.  Hence 
it  is  a  common  observation  that  the  judgments  of 
practical  men  as  to  what  ought  to  be  done  in 
particular  circumstances  are  often  far  sounder  than 
the  reasons  they  give  for  them ;  the  judgments 
represent  the  result  of  experience  unconsciously  as 
well  as  consciously  imbibed ;  the  reasons  have  to 
be  drawn  from  that  more  limited  part  of  experience 
which  has  been  the  subject  of  conscious  observation, 
information,  and  memory.  This  is  why  a  moral 
philosopher,  in  my  opinion,  should  always  study 
with  reverent  care  and  patience  what  I  am 
accustomed  to  call  the  Morality  of  Common  Sense. 
By  this  I  do  not  mean  the  morality  of  "  the  world  " 


36  THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS   OF 

— /.^.,  the  moral  notions  and  judgments  of  persons 
who  are  not  seriously  concerned  about  their  moral 
duty — who  are  always  perhaps  in  a  majority.  Such 
persons,  indeed,  have  a  morality,  and  it  is  better 
than  their  actions  ;  they  approve  rules  which  they 
do  not  carry  out,  and  admire  virtues  which  they 
do  not  imitate.  Still,  taking  the  morality  of  the 
worldly  at  its  best,  it  would  be  wasted  labour  to 
try  to  construct  it  into  a  consistent  system  of 
thought ;  what  there  is  in  it  of  wisdom  and  truth 
is  too  much  intermixed  with  a  baser  element, 
resulting  from  want  of  singleness  of  heart  and 
aim  in  those  whose  thoughts  it  represents.  What 
the  worldly  really  want — if  I  may  speak  plainly — 
is  not  simply  to  realize  the  good  life  in  virtue  of 
its  supreme  worth  to  humanity,  but  to  realize  it 
as  much  as  they  can  while  keeping  terms  with 
all  their  appetites  and  passions,  their  sordid  in- 
terests and  vulgar  ambitions.  The  morality  that  the 
world  works  out  in  different  ages  and  countries 
and  different  sections  of  society,  under  the  influence 
of  the  spirit  of  compromise,  is  not  without  interest 
for  the  historian  and  the  sociologist ;  but  it  was 
not  to  this  mixed  stuff  that  I  just  now  referred 
when  I  said  that  the  moral  philosopher  should  study 
with  reverent  and  patient  care  the  Morality  of 
Common  Sense.     I  referred  to  the  moral  judgments 


AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY.  37 

— and  especially  the  spontaneous  unreflected  judg- 
ments on  particular  cases,  which  are  sometimes 
called  moral  intuitions — of  those  persons,  to  be 
found  in  all  walks  and  stations  of  life,  whose 
earnest  and  predominant  aim  is  to  do  their  duty ; 
of  whom  it  may  be  said  that 

"  though  they  slip  and  fall, 
They  do  not  blind  their  souls  with  clay," 

but  after  each  lapse  and  failure  recover  and  renew 
their  rectitude  of  purpose  and  their  sense  of  the 
supreme  value  of  goodness.  Such  persons  are  to  be 
found,  not  alone  or  chiefly  in  hermitages  and  retreats 
— if  there  are  still  any  hermitages  and  retreats — but 
in  the  thick  and  heat  of  the  struggle  of  active  life,  in 
all  stations  and  ranks,  in  the  churches  and  outside 
the  churches.  It  is  to  them  we  have  appealed  for 
aid  and  sympathy  in  the  great  task  that  we  have 
undertaken  ;  and  it  is  to  their  judgments  on  the 
duties  of  their  station,  in  whatever  station  they  may 
be  found,  that  the  moral  philosopher  should,  as 
I  have  said,  give  reverent  attention,  in  order  that 
he  may  be  aided  and  controlled  by  them  in  his 
theoretical  construction  of  the  Science  of  Right. 

Perhaps  some  of  my  audience  may  think  that  in 
what  I  have  just  been  saying  I  have  been  labouring 
the  wrong  point ;  that  it  needs  no  argument  to  show 
that  the  moral  philosopher,  if  he  tries  to   work  out 


38  THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS   OF 


a  reasoned  theory  of  duty  by  which  all  the  particular 
duties  of  particular  stations  may  find  their  places  in 
one  harmonious  and  coherent  system,  cannot  dis- 
pense with  the  aid  and  guidance  of  the  special  moral 
experience  of  practical  men  ;  but  that  what  requires 
to  be  proved  is  rather  that  the  practical  man,  who 
desires  earnestly  to  know  and  fulfil  the  particular 
duties  of  his  particular  station,  has  any  need  of 
the  philosopher.  And  certainly  I  must  admit  that 
there  is  a  widespread  opinion,  supported  by  moralists 
of  great  repute,  that  he  has  hardly  any  such  need  ; 
that,  as  Butler  says,  "  any  plain  honest  man  in  almost 
any  circumstances,  if,  before  he  engages  in  any  course 
of  action,  he  asked  himself,  '  Is  this  I  am  going  about 
right,  or  is  it  wrong  ? '  would  answer  the  question 
agreeably  to  truth  and  virtue."  Or  if  it  be  granted 
that  such  a  plain  honest  man  has  any  need  of  philo- 
sophers, it  is  said  to  be  only  to  protect  him  against 
other  philosophers ;  it  is  because  there  are  bad  philoso- 
phers— what  we  call  sophists — about,  endeavouring  to 
undermine  and  confuse  the  plain  man's  naturally  clear 
notions  of  duty,  that  there  has  come  to  be  some  need 
of  right-minded  thinkers  to  expose  the  sophistries 
and  dispel  the  confusions.  It  is  held,  in  short,  that  if 
any  assistance  can  be  obtained  from  the  moral  philo- 
sopher by  a  plain  man  who  is  making  serious  efforts 
after   right   living,   it   is    not    the   positive    kind    of 


AN  ETHICAL  SOCIETY,  39 

assistance  which  a  physician  gives  to  those  who 
consult  him  for  rules  of  diet,  but  a  merely  negative 
assistance,  such  as  the  policeman  gives  who  warns 
suspicious  characters  off  the  premises. 

This  view  is  so  often  put  forward  that  I  cannot  but 

infer  that   it  is  really  very  widely  entertained,  and 

that  it  corresponds  to  the  moral  experience  of  many 

persons ;    that   many   plain    honest   men    really   do 

think  that  they  always  know  what  their  duty  is — at 

any  rate,  if  they  take  care  not  to  confuse  their  moral 

sense    by    bad    philosophy.     In    my   opinion    such 

persons  are,  to  some  extent,  under  an  illusion,  and 

really  know  less   than  they  think.     But  whether    I 

could  convince  them  of  this,  or  whether,  if  I  could 

convince  them,  it  would  be  really  for  their  advantage, 

are  questions  which  I  need  not  now  consider,  because 

I  think  it  hardly  likely  that  such  persons  have  joined 

our  Ethical    Society  in   any  considerable   numbers. 

For  to  practical  men  of  this  stamp  the  construction 

of  a  theory  or  science   of  right  must  seem  a  work 

of   purely  speculative   interest,  having  no   particular 

value  whatever ;    a  work,    therefore,   which   persons 

who    have     not    studied    psychology    or    sociology 

had  better  leave  to  those  who  profess  these  subjects. 

It  is  not  to  plain  men  of  this  type  that  our  appeal  is 

made,  but  rather  to  those  whose  reflection  has  made 

them  aware  that  in  their  individual  efforts  after  right 


40  THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS   OF 

living  they  have  often  to  grope  and  stumble  along 
an  imperfectly-lighted  path ;  whose  experience  has 
shown  them  uncertainty,  confusion,  and  contradiction 
in  the  current  ideal  of  what  is  right,  and  has  thus  led 
them  to  surmise  that  it  may  be  liable  to  limitations 
and  imperfections,  even  when  it  appears  clear  and 
definite.  Practical  men  of  this  stamp  will  recognize 
that  the  effort  to  construct  a  Theory  of  Right  is  not 
a  matter  of  mere  speculative  interest,  but  of  the 
deepest  practical  import ;  and  they  will  no  more  try 
to  dispense  with  the  aid  of  philosophy  than  the 
moral  philosopher — if  he  knows  his  own  limitations 
-*^will  try  to  dispense  with  the  aid  of  moral 
f/common  sense. 

Well,  may  I  say  that  here  is  one  difficulty  re- 
moved ?  But  I  am  afraid  that  removing  it  only 
brings  another  into  view.  We  have  seen  how  and 
why  philosophers  are  to  co-operate  with  earnest  and 
thoughtful  persons  who  are  not  philosophers  in  con- 
structing an  ethical  system  ;  but  the  discussion  has 
made  it  evident  that  the  main  business  of  construc- 
tion and  explanation — on  the  basis  of  psychology 
and  sociology — must  be  thrown  on  the  philosophers  ; 
and  then  the  question  arises,  how  are  they  to  co- 
operate among  themselves }  The  reason  why  the 
work  remains  to  be  done  lies  in  the  fundamental 
disagreement     that    has     hitherto     existed     among 


AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY.  41 

philosophers  as  to  the  principles  and  method  of 
ethical  construction  ;  and  so  long  as  this  disagree- 
ment continues,  how  is  co-operation  possible? 
Well,  I  think  it  may  be  said  on  the  hopeful  side, 
that  there "  is  more  willingness  now  to  co-operate 
than  there  has  been  in  other  times  not  very  remote. 
Fundamental  disagreements  on  principles  and 
methods  can  only  be  removed  by  systematic  con- 
troversy ;  but  it  was  difficult  to  conduct  philo- 
sophical controversy  in  a  spirit  of  mutual  aid  and 
co-operation,  so  long  as  philosophers  had  the  bad 
habit  of  arguing  in  as  exasperated  a  tone  as  if  each 
had  suffered  a  personal  injury  through  the  publica- 
tion of  views  opposed  to  his  own.  This  bad  habit 
has  now  nearly  passed  away,  and  a  glance  at  the 
names  of  our  committee  will  show  that  moralists  of 
the  most  diverse  philosophical  schools  are  willing 
to  combine  in  the  work  of  an  ethical  society.  But 
this  willingness  does  not  altogether  remove  the 
difficulty,  or  rather  it  removes  it  as  regards  a  part 
of  our  aims,  but  not  as  regards  another  part.  It 
is  easy  to  see  how  philosophers  of  diverse  schools 
may,  by  sympathetic  efforts  at  mutual  understand- 
ing and  interpenetration  of  ideas,  assist  each  other  in 
constructing  a  theory  or  science  of  right ;  but  even 
under  these  favourable  conditions  the  labour  of  this 
construction  is  likely  to  be  long,  and  how,   in  the 


42  THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS   OF 


meantime — so  long  as  their  fundamental  disagree- 
ments are  unremoved — can  they  effectually  combine 
to  assist  individual  and  social  efforts  after  right 
living?  So  long  as  they  are  not  agreed  on  the 
ultimate  end  of  action — so  long  as  one  holds  it  to 
be  moral  perfection,  another  "general  happiness," 
another  "  efficiency  of  the  social  organism " — how 
can  any  counsels  they  may  combine  to  give,  as  to 
the  right  way  of  living  so  as  best  to  realize  the  end, 
be  other  than  discordant  and  bewildering  to  those 
who  seek  their  counsels?  The  difficulty  would  be 
avoided  if  all  the  philosophers  of  the  Ethical  Society 
belonged  to  the  same  school,  for  then  they  could 
assist  those  who  were  not  philosophers  by  reasoned 
deductions  from  the  accepted  principles  of  the 
school.  They  would  have  to  admit  that  other 
philosophers  held  fundamentally  different  principles, 
but  they  would  explain  to  their  hearers  that  the 
other  philosophers  were  wrong.  But,  then,  if  our 
movement  flourished  and  was  found  to  meet  a  social 
need,  these  other  philosophers  would  be  led  to  form 
ethical  societies  of  their  own.  The  non-philosophic 
members  of  the  different  societies  could  not  be 
thoroughly  competent  judges  of  the  philosophical 
disputes ;  but  loyalty  and  esprit  de  corps  would 
lead  them  to  stand  firmly  by  their  respective 
philosophers ;    and    the    result    must    be    that    any 


AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY.  43 


assistance  rendered  by  these  competing  ethical 
societies  to  individual  and  social  efforts  after  right 
living  would  be  hampered  by  the  grave  drawbacks 
of  sectarian  rivalries  and  conflicts.  In  short,  it 
seemed  to  me  that  the  ethical  movement  was  in  a 
dilemma ;  if  each  school  had  its  own  ethical  society, 
it  incurred  the  dangers  of  sectarianism  ;  if  different 
schools  combined  to  work  in  the  same  society,  it 
incurred  the  danger  of  a  bewildering  discord  of 
counsels. 

In  this  perplexing  choice  of  alternatives,  I  think 
that  our  Society  has  adopted  the  right  course  in 
accepting  the  difficulty  that  attaches  to  combined 
efforts ;  and  I  think  that  if  this  difficulty  is  con- 
templated fairly  and  considerately,  though  we 
cannot  completely  remove  it,  we  can  find  a  pro- 
visional solution  of  it  sufficient  for  practical 
purposes. 

I  find  this  solution  in  the  generally-admitted  fact, 
that  there  is  much  greater  agreement  among  thoughtful 
persons  on  the  question  what  a  good  life  is,  than  on 
the  question  why  it  is  good.  When  they  are  trying 
to  define  the  ultimate  end  of  right  actions,  the 
conceptions  they  respectively  apply  seem  to  be  so 
widely  divergent  that  the  utmost  efforts  of  mutual 
criticism  are  hardly  sufficient  to  enable  them  even 
to  understand  each  other.     But  when,  from  the  effort 


44  THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS   OF 

to  define  the  ultimate  end  of  right  conduct,  we  pass 
to  discuss  right  conduct  itself,  whether  viewed  on  its 
inner  or  its  outer  side — the  spirit  in  which  a  good 
life  is  to  be  lived,  the  habits  of  thought  and  feeling 
that  it  requires,  the  external  manifestations  of  this 
inner  rectitude  in  the  performance  of  duty  and  the 
realization  of  virtue  —  then  the  disagreement  is 
reduced  to  a  surprising  extent.  I  do  not  say  that 
it  becomes  insignificant,  that  there  is  no  important 
difference  of  opinion  among  philosophers  as  to  the 
details  and  particulars  of  morality.  Were  this  so, 
the  task  of  an  ethical  society  would  be  less  arduous 
than  I  have  felt  bound  to  represent  it ;  but  it  is  at 
any  rate  not  sufficient  to  prevent  a  broad,  substantial 
agreement  as  to  the  practical  ideal  of  a  good  life. 
And  I  think  that  philosophers  of  the  most  diverse 
schools  may  combine  on  the  basis  of  this  broad  and 
general  agreement  with  each  other,  and  with  earnest 
and  thoughtful  persons  who  are  not  philosophers  in 
their  practical  ideals  ;  and  letting  their  fundamental 
differences  on  ultimate  principles  drop  into  the  back- 
ground may  hopefully  co-operate  in  efforts  to  realize 
the  second  of  our  aims,  to  free  this  current  ideal 
from  all  that  is  merely  traditional  and  self-con- 
tradictory, and  thus  to  widen   and  perfect  it. 

But  I  am  afraid  you  will  think  that  our  task,  as 
I  conceive  it,  is  like  the  climbing  of  a  mountain,  of 


AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY.  45 

which  the  peaks  are  hidden  one  after  another  behind 
lower  peaks  ;  for  when  one  difficulty  is  surmounted  it 
brings  another  into  view.  We  have  agreed  that  our 
business  is  to  "  free  the  current  ideal  of  what  is  right 
from  all  that  is  merely  traditional "  ;  but  we  are  also 
agreed — it  is  one  of  our  express  principles — that  the 
good  life  "  is  to  be  realized  by  accepting  and  acting 
in  the  spirit  of  such  common  obligations  as  are 
enjoined  by  the  relationships  of  family  and  society." 
But  when  we  look  closer  at  these  common  obliga- 
tions, we  find  that  they  are  actually  determined  by 
tradition  and  custom  to  so  great  an  extent  that,  if  we 
subtracted  the  traditional  element,  it  would  be  very 
difficult  to  say  what  the  spirit  of  the  obligation  was. 
This  is  not  perhaps  clear  at  first  sight,  because  the 
moral  tradition,  familiar  to  us  from  childhood  up- 
ward, blends  itself  so  completely  with  our  conception 
of  the  facts  that  it  seems  to  the  unreflecting  mind  to 
arise  out  of  them  naturally  and  inevitably ;  but  if 
we  take  any  such  common  obligation  and  compare 
the  different  conceptions  of  it  as  we  find  them  in 
different  ages  and  countries,  the  large  space  occupied 
by  the  traditional  element  becomes  clear  through  the 
great  range  of  its  variations.  Take,  for  instance,  the 
family  relations.  As  we  trace  these  down  the  stream 
of  time  we  see  them  undergoing  remarkable  changes, 
both  in  extent  and  content.     The  mutual  claims  of 


46  THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS   OF 

kindred  more  remote  than  the  descendants  of  the 
same  parents  or  grandparents,  which  in  primitive 
times  are  strong  and  important,  become  feeble  and 
evanescent  as  civilization  goes  on  ;  while  within  the 
narrower  circle,  within  which  the  tie  still  remains 
strong,  the  element  of  authority  on  the  one  hand  and 
of  obedience  on  the  other — authority  of  husbands 
over  wives  and  parents  over  children — is  subject  to 
a  similar,  though  not  an  equal,  diminution  ;  on  the 
other  hand,  the  interference  of  the  State  in  the 
domestic  control  and  provision  for  children's  welfare, 
which  was  at  first  left  entirely  to  parents,  is  a  marked 
feature  of  recent  social  progress.  During  the  whole 
of  this  process  of  historic  change  the  recognized 
mutual  obligations  of  members  of  the  family  have 
been  determined  by  the  actual  state  of  traditional 
morality  at  any  given  time ;  when,  then,  from  this 
historic  survey  we  turn  to  scrutinize  our  own  ideal 
of  family  duty,  how  are  we  to  tell  how  much  of 
it  belongs  to  mere  tradition,  which  the  river 
of  progress  will  sweep  away,  and  how  much 
belongs  to  the  indestructible  conditions  of  the 
well-being  of  life,  propagated  as  human  life 
must  be  propagated?  And  the  same  may  be 
said  when  we  pass  from  domestic  to  social  and 
political  relations :  what  social  classes  owe  to 
each   other,   according   to    our    commonly  -  accepted 


AN  ETHICAL  SOCIETY.  47 

ideal  of  morality,  depends  on  traditions  which 
result  from  a  gradual  development,  are  going 
through  a  process  of  change,  and  are  actually 
assailed  by  doubts  and  controversies  often  of  a 
deep  and  far  -  reaching  kind.  How  can  we  find 
in  this  moving,  though  slowly  moving,  mass  of 
traditional  rules  and  sentiments,  which  is  the  element 
in  which  our  outward  moral  life  is  necessarily  lived, 
any  stable  foundation  on  which  to  build,  and  to 
invite  others  to  build,  the  structure  of  a  good  life? 
And  yet,  on  the  other  hand,  we  have  pledged  our- 
selves not  to  acquiesce  in  "  mere  tradition "  when 
recognized  as  such,  for  which  indeed  we  can  hardly 
feel,  or  hope  to  inspire,  any  enthusiasm. 

Of  this  difficulty  there  is,  I  think,  no  complete 
solution  possible,  until  our  task  of  constructing  a 
theory  or  science  of  Right  has  been  satisfactorily 
accomplished ;  but  some  suggestions  may  be  made, 
helpful  towards  the  provisional  solution  which  we 
practically  require,  and  with  these  I  will  now  briefly 
conclude : 

First,  the  same  historic  survey  which  shows  us  the 
process  of  continual  change  through  which  human 
morality  has  passed  also  shows  us  that, — like  the 
structures  of  physical  organisms, — it  tends  to  be 
continually  adapted,  in  a  subtle  and  complex 
manner,  to  the  changing  conditions  and  exigencies 


48  THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS   OE 

of  human  society.  This  tendency  does  not,  indeed, 
suffice  to  place  traditional  morality  above  criticism  ; 
since  we  have  no  ground  for  regarding  its  adaptation 
to  social  needs  as  being  at  any  time  perfect,  and 
critical  discussion  is  an  indispensable  means  of 
improving  it.  But  a  contemplation  of  the  pro- 
foundly important  part  played  by  morality,  as  it 
changes  and  developes  along  with  other  elements 
in  the  complex  fact  of  social  evolution,  should  make 
our  critical  handling  of  it  respectful  and  delicate, 
and  should  quell  that  temper  of  rebellion  against 
tradition  and  convention,  into  which  the  reflective 
mind  is  apt  to  fall,  in  the  first  reaction  against  the 
belief  in  the  absolute  validity  of  current  and  accepted 
rules. 

Secondly,  though  the  traditional  and  conventional 
element  of  current  morality  cannot  belong  to  our 
moral  ideal  as  abstractly  contemplated,  it  may  none 
the  less  incontrovertibly  claim  a  place  in  the  concrete 
application  of  that  ideal  to  present  facts.  For  in- 
stance, a  refined  sense  of  justice  will  require  us  to 
fulfil  the  expectations  warranted  by  any  implied 
and  tacit  understandings  into  which  we  may  have 
entered,  no  less  than  those  which  depend  on  express 
and  definite  contracts:  and  the  implied  and  mutually- 
understood  conditions  of  our  voluntary  social  relations 
are  in  most  cases  largely  determined  by  tradition  and 


AN  ETHICAL  SOCIETY.  49 

custom.  On  the  other  hand,  if  in  reflecting  on  the 
moraHty  of  our  age  we  find  it  to  contain  palpable 
inconsistencies ;  if  accepted  particular  rules  cannot 
be  reconciled  with  equally  accepted  general  principles, 
or  tolerated  practices  reconciled  with  accepted  rules  ; 
if  there  is  an  arbitrary  inequality,  based  on  no 
rational  grounds,  in  the  commonly  approved  treat- 
ment of  human  beings  ;  if,  to  take  a  simple  case, 
we  find  that  we  can  find  no  real  moral  distinction 
between  conduct  which  we  have  judged  legitimate 
on  our  own  part  towards  others  and  conduct  which 
we  have  judged  illegitimate  on  the  part  of  others 
towards  us — then  in  such  inconsistencies  we  may 
recognize  a  sure  sign  of  error  and  need  of  change 
in  our  ethical  view. 

Thirdly,  in  considering  difficulties  of  detail  we 
should  never  lose  grasp  of  the  importance  of  that 
rectitude  of  purpose,  that  mental  attitude  and  habit 
of  devotion  to  universal  good,  which  constitutes  the 
core  and  centre  of  the  good  life.  Whatever  else 
shifts,  as  life  and  thought  changes,  this  central 
element  is  stable  and  its  moral  value  indestructible  ; 
and  it  not  only  consoles  us  to  rest  on  this  certitude 
when  practical  doubts  and  perplexities  assail  us,  but 
it  may  sometimes  afford  a  solution  of  these  doubts. 
It  is,  indeed,  a  dangerous  error  to  hold  that  it  does 
not  matter  what  we  do  so  long  as  we  do  it  in  the 

£ 


50  THE  AIMS  AND  METHODS   OF 

right  spirit.  But  though  a  dangerous  error,  it  is  still 
only  an  exaggeration  of  the  truth ;  for  there  are 
many  cases  where  it  really  does  not  matter  very 
much  to  ourselves  or  to  others  which  of  two  alterna- 
tive courses  we  adopt,  so  long  as  we  take  whichever 
we  do  take  in  a  spirit  of  sincere  devotion  to  the 
general  good,  and  carry  it  through  in  the  manner 
and  mood  of  thought  and  feeling  which  belong  to 
this  spirit. 

Further,  we  may  make  this  old  and  abstract  con- 
ception of  the  general  good  more  full  and  definite  by 
combining  it  with  the  more  modern  conception  of 
society  as  an  organism  :  in  which  each  individual 
worker  in  any  trade  or  profession  is  to  be  regarded 
as  a  member  of  an  organ,  having  his  share  of  re- 
sponsibility for  the  action  of  this  organ.  We  shall 
thus  recognize  that  the  right  condition  of  any  such 
organ  depends  on  the  service  it  renders  to  the  whole 
organism  ;  so  that  if  the  accepted  moral  rules  and 
sentiments  of  any  such  social  class  are  seen  to  tend 
to  the  benefit  of  the  part  at  the  expense  of  the 
whole  they  stand  condemned.  It  does  not  follow 
that  the  rules  should  be  at  once  set  aside — as  this 
might  cause  a  greater  evil  in  the  way  of  disappoint- 
ment and  disturbance — but  we  must  recognize  the 
need  of  change  and  begin  the  process.  Similarly, 
if   we  find  that  elements  of   human  good,  such  as 


AN  ETHICAL   SOCIETY.  51 

knowledge  and  art,  important  in  the  life  of  the 
whole,  are  not  sufficiently  recognized  in  our  current 
moral  ideal,  the  same  principle  will  require  us  to 
enlarge  and  extend  this  ideal  to  admit  them. 

And  if  it  be  said  that  after  all  is  done  the  moral 
ideal  of  our  age,  however  purged  of  inconsistencies 
and  inspired  and  expanded  by  a  steady  self-devotion 
to  the  most  comprehensive  notion  of  good  that  we 
can  form,  is  still  imperfect  and  mutable ;  and  that  it 
must  be  expected  to  undergo,  in  the  future,  trans- 
formations now  unforeseen  ;  it  yet  need  not  painfully 
disturb  us  that  the  best  of  our  possessions  should  be 
thus  subject  to  the  inexorable  conditions  of  mundane 
existence.  It  need  not  hinder  us  from  cherishing  and 
holding  to  the  best  we  have  so  long  as  it  remains  the 
best.  Life  is  essentially  change,  and  the  good  life 
must  be  essentially  life ;  it  is  enough  if  it  contain 
unchanged  amid  the  change  that  aspiration  after  the 
best  life,  which  is  itself  a  chief  source  and  spring  of 
change. 


III. 

PUBLIC    MORALITY^ 

^  I  ^HERE  are  two  distinct  ways  of  treating  ethical 
-*-  questions,  the  difference  between  which,  in 
respect  of  method,  is  fundamental ;  though  it  does 
not  necessarily  lead  to  controversy  or  diversity  of 
systems.  We  may  begin  by  establishing  funda- 
mental principles  of  abstract  or  ideal  morality,  and 
then  proceed  to  work  out  deductively  the  particular 
rules  of  duty  or  practical  conceptions  of  human  good 
or  well-being,  through  the  adoption  of  which  these 
principles  may  be  as  far  as  possible  realized,  under 
the  actual  conditions  of  human  life.  Or,  we  may 
contemplate  morality  as  a  social  fact — "positive 
morality"  as  it  has  been  called — i.e.y  the  body  of 
opinions  and  sentiments  as  to  right  and  wrong,  good 
and  evil,  which  we  find  actually  prevalent  in  the 
society  of  which  we  are  members ;  and  endeavour, 
by     reflective     analysis,    removing    vagueness     and 

*  An  essay  read  on  Jan.  26,   1897,  at  a  meeting  of  a  Cambridge 
essay-club  called  "The  Eranus." 

52 


PUBLIC  MORALITY.  53 

ambiguity,  solving  apparent  contradictions,  correct- 
ing lapses  and  supplying  omissions,  to  reduce  this 
body  of  current  opinions,  so  far  as  possible,  to  a 
rational  and  coherent  system.  The  two  methods 
are  in  no  way  antagonistic  :  indeed,  it  may  reason- 
ably be  contended  that  if  pursued  with  complete 
success,  they  must  lead  to  the  same  goal  —  a 
perfectly  satisfactory  and  practical  ideal  of  conduct. 
But  in  the  actual  condition  of  our  intellectual  and 
social  development,  the  respective  results  of  the  two 
methods  are  apt  to  exhibit  a  certain  divergence, 
which,  for  practical  purposes,  we  have  to  obliterate — 
more  or  less  consciously — by  a  rough  compromise. 

In  the  present  discourse,  I  shall  adopt  primarily 
the  second  method.  I  shall  accordingly  mean  by 
"  public  morality ''  prevalent  opinions  as  to  right  and 
wrong  in  public  conduct ;  that  is,  primarily  in  the 
conduct  of  governments — whether  in  relation  to  the 
members  of  the  states  governed,  or  in  dealings  with 
other  states.  We  must,  however,  extend  the  notion, 
especially  in  states  under  popular  government,  to 
include  opinions  as  to  the  conduct  of  private  indi- 
viduals and  associations,  so  far  as  they  influence  or 
control  government ;  or  we  might  put  it  otherwise, 
by  saying  that  in  such  states  every  man  who 
possesses  the  franchise  has  a  share  in  the  functions 
and  responsibilities  of  government.      Thus,  in  such 


54  PUBLIC  MORALITY. 

states  the  morality  of  party  strife  is  a  department 
of  public  morality.  The  limits  of  my  discourse  will 
compel  me  to  concentrate  attention  mainly  on 
government  in  the  ordinary  sense  —  the  persons 
primarily  responsible  for  governmental  action,  and 
to  whose  conduct  the  judgment  of  right  and  wrong 
applies  in  the  first  instance.  But  it  seemed  desirable 
to  notice  at  the  outset  the  wider  extension  of  govern- 
mental responsibilities  that  belongs  to  democracy  ; 
because  on  this  largely  depends,  in  my  view,  not 
the  theoretical  interest,  but  the  practical  urgency 
of  the  question  that  I  am  about  to  raise. 

For  the  most  important  inquiry  which  my  subject 
at  the  present  time  suggests  is  whether  there  is 
any  deep  and  fundamental  distinction  between 
public  and  private  morality ;  any  more  difference, 
that  is,  than  between  the  moralities  belonging 
respectively  to  different  professions  and  callings. 
We  all,  of  course,  recognize  that  in  a  certain 
sense  the  application  of  moral  rules  varies  for 
different  professions :  certain  kinds  of  duty  be- 
come specially  important  for  each  profession,  and 
accordingly  come  to  be  defined  for  it  with  special 
precision  ;  and  certain  minor  problems  of  conduct 
are  presented  to  members  of  one  profession  which 
are  not  presented  to  another.  In  this  way  some 
variations  are  thus  caused  in  the  practical  casuistry 


PUBLIC  MORALITY.  55 

belonging   to  different    callings ;    so  that   we   might 
speak     of    clerical     morality,    legal     morality,    and 
medical  morality ;  but  in  so  speaking  we  should  be 
commonly  understood  to  refer  to  variations  in  detail 
of  comparatively   minor   importance.     It  would    be 
a   violent    paradox    to    maintain    that   the    ordinary 
rules    of   veracity,    justice,    good    faith,    etc.,    were 
suspended  wholly  or  partially  in  the  case  of  any  of 
these    professions.     But    the   case    is    different   with 
the    department  of   morality   which  deals   with   the 
conduct  of   states  or   governments.     In  this  region 
paradoxes  of  the   kind  just   mentioned   have   been 
deliberately  maintained   by  so   many  grave  persons 
that  we   can    hardly  refuse   them   serious   attention. 
Indeed,  if  anyone  will  study  the  remarkable  catena 
of  authorities  quoted   by   Lord   Acton   in  his  intro- 
duction   to    Burd's   edition    of    Machiavelli's  Prince, 
he  will,  I  think,  be  left  in  some  doubt  how  far  the 
proposition,  that  statesmen  are  not  subject   in  their 
public  conduct  even  to  the  most  fundamental  rules 
of   private   morality,  can    properly    be   called    para- 
doxical   any    longer,    for    persons    duly    instructed 
in    modern    history,   and    modern    political    thought. 
It    is    still,    no    doubt,    a    paradox    to    the    vulgar. 
It     is     not     a     proposition     that     a     candidate     for 
Parliament    would    affirm    on    a    public    platform  ; 
but   the    extent    to   which    it    is    adopted,  explicitly 


56  PUBLIC  MORALITY. 

or  implicitly,  by  educated  persons  is  already 
sufficient  to  introduce  into  popular  morality  an 
element  of  perplexity  and  disturbance,  which  it 
would  be  desirable,  if  possible,  to  remove ;  and  this 
perplexity  and  disturbance  must  be  expected  to 
increase,  in  proportion  as  democracy  increases  the 
responsibility — and  the  sense  of  responsibility — of 
the  ordinary  citizen. 

Observe  that  in  speaking  of  "morality"  I  have 
in  view  the  standard  by  which  men  are  judged,  not^ 
the  standard  of  their  practice.  It  is  not  merely  that 
the  statesman  frequently  violates  the  rules  of  duty, 
for  that  we  all  do.  Nor  is  it  merely  that,  in  view 
of  the  greatness  of  his  temptations  or  the  nobleness 
of  his  patriotic  motives,  more  indulgence  is  shown 
to  his  breaches  of  justice,  veracity,  or  good  faith, 
than  would  be  shown  to  similar  transgressions  in 
private  life ;  that  the  historian  is  "  a  little  blind " 
to  the  faults  of  a  man  who  has  rendered  valuable 
services  to  his  country.  For  this  kind  of  indulgence 
is  also  sometimes  shown  to  persons  in  other  voca- 
tions, when  subject  to  special  temptations  or  moved 
by  fine  impulses  ;  but  it  does  not  commonly  amount 
to  a  modification  of  the  rule  by  which  men  are 
judged,  but  only  to  an  alteration  in  the  weight 
of  the  censure  attached  to  a  breach  of  the  rule. 
Thus   public   opinion    is  indulgent   to   the  amorous 


PUBLIC  MORALITY.  57 

escapades  of  gallant  soldiers  and  sailors,  though 
it  would  condemn  similar  conduct  severely  in 
schoolmasters  ;  but  no  one  would  gravely  argue 
that  the  Seventh  Commandment  is  not  binding  on 
military  men.  So  again,  we  all  sympathize  with 
the  Jacobite  servant  who  "  would  rather  trust  his 
soul  in  God's  hands  than  his  master  in  the  hands 
of  the  Whigs,"  and  therefore  committed  perjury  to 
avoid  the  worse  alternative ;  but  our  sympathy 
does  not  lead  us  to  contend  that  domestic  loyalty 
has  a  licence  to  swear  falsely  on  suitable  occasions. 
Nor,  further,  is  the  fact  I  am  considering  merely 
that  there  is,  or  has  been,  an  esoteric  professional 
morality  current  among  politicians,  in  which  con- 
siderable relaxations  are  allowed  of  the  ordinary 
rules  of  veracity,  justice,  and  good  faith.  This  is 
doubtless  a  part  of  the  fact ;  but  if  this  were  all, 
it  would  be  easy  to  find  analogies  for  it  in  several 
other  professions  and  callings,  which  are  all  liable 
to  similar  esoteric  relaxations  of  ordinary  morality. 
For  instance,  I  suppose  that  there  is  now  an 
esoteric  morality  widely  spread  among  retail  traders 
which  allows  of  secret  payments  to  cooks  and 
butlers  in  order  to  secure  their  custom ;  but  we 
do  not  hear  the  bribery  approved  or  defended 
outside  the  circles  of  retail  tradesmen  and  domestic 
servants.     So,  again,  it  would   seem  that  in   certain 


58  PUBLIC  MORALITY. 

ages  and  countries  the  current  morality  among 
priests  has  regarded  "  pious  fraud "  as  legitimate ; 
but  the  success  of  this  method  of  promoting  the 
cause  of  religion  would  seem  to  depend  upon  its 
being  kept  strictly  esoteric ;  and  I  am  not  aware 
that  it  was  ever  openly  defended  in  works  pub- 
lished for  the  edification  of  the  laity.  The 
peculiarity  of  the  divergence  of  political  from 
ordinary  morality  is  that  it  has  been  repeatedly 
thus  defended,  not  only  by  the  statesmen  them- 
selves, but  by  literary  persons  contemplating  the 
statesman's  work  in  the  disengaged  attitude  of 
students  of  life  and  society. 

Nor,  finally,  is  it  merely  that  the  statesman's 
breaches  of  morality,  if  successful,  are  liable  to  be 
approved  by  the  popular  sentiment  of  the  nation 
which  profits  by  them,  so  that  the  writers  of 
this  nation  are  inadvertently  led  into  fallacies  and 
sophistries  in  order  to  justify  the  immoralities  in 
question.  This  doubtless  occurs,  and  cannot  much 
surprise  us.  Adam  Smith  has  explained  how  con- 
science— the  imaginary  impartial  spectator  within 
the  breast  of  each  of  us — "  requires  often  to  be 
awakened  and  put  in  mind  of  his  duty  by  the 
presence  of  the  real  spectator";  and  how,  when  the 
real  spectator  at  hand  is  interested  and  partial, 
while    the    Impartial    ones    are    at    a    distance,   the 


PUBLIC  MORALITY.  59 

propriety  of  moral  sentiments  is  apt  to  be  cor- 
rupted. No  doubt  this  partly  explains  the  low 
state  of  international  morality,  and  of  the  morality 
of  party  warfare,  as  compared  with  ordinary  private 
morality;  but  this  explanation  will  not  suffice  to 
account  for  the  divergence  that  I  am  now  con- 
sidering. It  is^not  merely  that  particular  cases  in 
which  leading  statesmen  have  employed  immoral 
means  for  patriotic  ends  are  sophistically  defended 
by  patriotic  contemporaries  belonging  to  the  same 
nation.  The  point  is  that  the  approval  of  such 
breaches  is  formulated  in  explicit  general  maxims, 
raised  into  a  system,  and  deliberately  applied  by 
eminent  students  of  history  and  political  science  to 
the  acts  of  statesmen  in  remote  ages  and  countries. 
This  seems  to  be  especially  the  case  in  Germany, 
where  men  of  letters  have  in  recent  times  taken 
the  lead  in  advocating  the  emancipation  of  the 
statesman  from  the  restraints  of  ordinary  morality. 
It  is  not  merely  that  the  German  defends  his 
Frederic  or  his  Bismarck  to  the  best  of  his  ability  ; 
his  historical  and  philosophical  soul  is  not  content 
with  that.  To  do  him  justice,  he  is  equally  earnest 
in  defending  the  repudiation  by  Rome  of  the  treaty 
with  the  Samnites  after  the  incident  of  the  Caudine 
Forks, —  or  any  similar  act  of  bad  faith  or  aggression 
perpetrated  by  that  remarkably  successful  common- 
wealth. 


6o  PUBLIC  MORALITY. 

Let  us  contemplate  more  closely  the  principles 
of  this  charter  of  liberation  from  the  ordinary  rules 
of  morality,  issued  to  statesmen  and  states  by 
respectable  thinkers  of  our  century.  And,  first,  I 
may  begin  by  distinguishing  the  explicitly  anti- 
moral  propositions  that  I  have  in  view  from  other 
propositions  in  some  measure  cognate,  which  yet 
do  not  definitely  imply  them.  For  instance,  when 
a  writer  speaks  of  the  "irresistible  logic  of  facts," 
or  tells  us  that  history  furnishes  the  only  touch- 
stone for  political  ideals,  that  great  designs  and 
great  enterprises  can  only  prove  themselves  such 
by  succeeding,  that  achievement  is  the  only  criterion 
of  the  true  statesman,  etc.,  etc. —  this  does  not 
necessarily  imply  the  emancipation  of  the  states- 
man from  ordinary  moral  restraints.  It  may  merely 
mean  that  the  construction  of  the  finest  possible 
Utopia  is  not  statesmanship,  and  that  the  true 
statesman's  ideas  must  be  adapted  for  realization 
with  the  means  at  his  disposal  and  under  given 
conditions  ;  it  need  not  be  taken  to  deny  that  the 
restraints  of  common  morality  are  among  these 
conditions.  No  doubt  this  kind  of  language  strongly 
suggests  the 

Si  possis  rede  si  7W7i  quocu7ique  modo 

of   Horace ;   but   though   it  suggests   this   meaning, 
it   does   not   strictly  justify   us    in    attributing   it  to 


PUBLIC  MORALITY.  6t 


the  writer.  For  one  might  similarly  say  that  the 
possession  of  the  art  of  medicine  can  only  be 
proved  by  success,  and  that  the  one  business  of 
the  physician  is  to  cure  his  patient,  without  in- 
tending to  imply  that  it  does  not  matter  what 
commandments  the  physician  may  break,  provided 
only  the  cure  is  effected. 

So,  again,  when  it  is  said  that  morality  varies 
from  age  to  age,  and  from  country  to  country, 
that  the  code  shifts  with  the  longitude  and  alters 
with  the  development  of  society,  and  that  in 
judging  any  statesman  we  must  apply  the  standard 
of  his  age  and  country, — all  this  seems  directed 
rather  to  the  emancipation  of  the  historian  from 
moral  narrowness  in  his  judgments  than  to  the 
emancipation  of  the  statesman  from  moral  restraint 
in  his  conduct.  For  this  language  assumes  that 
the  statesman  is  bound  by  the  established  moral 
code  of  his  society ;  it  only  points  out  that  that 
court  for  the  award  of  praise  and  blame,  in  which 
the  historian  from  time  to  time  appoints  himself  to 
sit  as  judge  and  jury,  is  subject  to  the  difficulties 
arising  from  the  diversity  and  conflict  of  laws,  and 
that  the  judicious  historian  must  take  care  to  select 
and  apply  the  right  code.  Whether  this  view  is 
sound  or  not,  it  has  no  logical  connection  with  the 
doctrine  that  sets  a  statesman  free  from  the  funda- 


62  PUBLIC  MORALITY. 


mental   rules  of   morality,  recognized   as  binding  in 
his  own  age  and  country. 

One  more  distinction,  and  then  I  come  to  the 
point.  I  suppose  that  if  there  is  any  one  his- 
toric name  with  which  this  anti- moral  doctrine 
is  to  be  specially  connected,  it  is  the  name  of 
Machiavelli ;  I  might  indeed  have  referred  to  it 
briefly  as  "  Machiavellianism,"  only  that  I  am 
anxious  to  examine  it  rather  in  its  nineteenth 
century  than  its  sixteenth  century  form.  Now, 
competent  historians  of  thought  have  regarded  it  as 
the  essential  principle  of  Machiavelli  that  "the  end 
justifies  the  means";  and  certainly  this  principle  is 
expressly  laid  down  by  the  great  Florentine,  not 
only  in  the  paradoxical  and  variously  interpreted 
Prince^  but  in  the  more  moderate  and  straightforward 
Discourses  07t  Livy, — which  have  largely  escaped 
the  reprobation  piled  on  the  more  famous  treatise. 
He  lays  this  principle  down  in  treating  of  a  case 
so  remote  from  modern  interest  as  the  slaying  of 
Remus  by  Romulus ;  he  admits  that  this  fratricide 
was  objectionable  in  itself,  but  holds  it  justified  when 
we  take  Romulus'  ends  into  account.  "A  good 
result  excuses  any  violence."  And  probably  for 
ordinary  readers  this  statement  sufficiently  charac- 
terizes Machiavelli's  doctrine  as  anti-moral ;  but  it 
must   be  obvious   that  it  cannot   so  characterize  it 


PUBLIC  MORALITY.  63 


for  those  who,  like  myself,  hold  that  the  only  true 
basis  for  morality  is  a  utilitarian  basis.  I  desire 
here  to  digress  as  little  as  may  be  into  this  con- 
troversy of  the  schools :  but  I  must  refer  to  it  to 
avoid  confusion  and  misunderstanding.  For  in  the 
view  of  utilitarians  the  proposition  that  "  the  end 
justifies  the  means"  cannot  possibly  be  taken  to 
characterize  the  anti-moral  position  of  Machiavelli 
or  his  nineteenth  century  followers.  In  our  view 
the  end  must  always  ultimately  justify  the  means — 
there  is  no  other  way  in  which  the  use  of  any 
means  whatever  could  possibly  be  justified.  Only 
it  must  be  a  universal  end ;  not  the  preservation  of 
any  particular  state,  still  less  its  aggrandisement  or 
the  maintenance  of  its  existing  form  of  government; 
but  the  happiness  or  well-being  of  humanity  at 
large — or,  rather,  of  the  whole  universe  of  living 
things,  so  far  as  any  practical  issue  can  be  raised 
between  these  two  conceptions  of  the  universal 
end.  According  to  us,  then,  the  immorality  of 
Machiavellianism  does  not  lie  in  its  affirmation  that 
the  bindingness  of  all  moral  rules  is  relative,  or 
that  the  moral  value  of  actions  is  to  be  estimated 
by  their  consequences — if  only  a  sufficiently  wide 
view  is  taken  of  these  consequences.  It  only 
begins  when  the  end  in  view  and  the  regard  for 
consequences    is     narrowed     and     restricted;    when 


64  PUBLIC  MORALITY. 

the  interest  of  a  particular  state  is  taken  as  the 
ultimate  and  paramount  end,  justifying  the  em- 
ployment of  any  means  whatever  to  attain  it, 
whatever  the  consequences  of  such  action  may  be 
to  the  rest  of  the  human  race. 

And  this  "  national  egoism "  is,  I  think,  the 
essence  of  the  Neo-Machiavellianism,  which, — though 
views  somewhat  similar  have  frequently  found  ex- 
pression from  the  sixteenth  century  onward,— has 
been  especially  prominent  in  the  political  thought 
of  the  last  forty  years,  and,  as  I  have  said,  has 
found  the  most  unreserved  and  meditated  expression 
in  the  writings  of  Germans.  I  may  give  as  an 
example  the  statements  of  an  able  and  moderate 
writer,  who  is  by  no  means  an  admirer  of  Machiavelli. 
"  The  state,"  says  Rumelin,*  "  is  self-sufficient." 
"Self-regard  is  its  appointed  duty;  the  maintenance 
and  development  of  its  own  power  and  well-being, — 
egoism,  if  you  like  to  call  this  egoism, — is  the 
supreme  principle  of  all  politics."  "The  state  can 
only  have  regard  to  the  interest  of  any  other  state 
so  far  as  this  can  be  identified  with  its  own  interest." 
"  Self-devotion    is   the   principle   for   the   individual, 

*  These  sentences  are  taken  from  an  address,  "  Ueber  das 
Verhaltniss  der  Politik  zur  Morale,"  published  in  1875,  among  the 
Reden  und  Aufsdtze  of  Gustro  Rumelin,  Chancellor  of  the  University 
of  Tubingen. 


PUBLIC  MORALITY.  65 

self-assertion  for  the  state."  "The  maintenance  of 
the  state  justifies  every  sacrifice,  and  is  superior  to 
every  moral  rule." 

It  may  perhaps  be  said  that  this  adoption  of 
national  interest  as  a  paramount  end  does  not 
necessarily  involve  a  collision  with  established 
morality :  that  it  may  be  held  along  with  a  belief 
that  veracity,  good  faith,  and  justice  are  always 
the  best  policy  for  states  and  for  individuals.  But 
the  common  sense  of  Christendom  does  not  affirm 
this  of  individuals,  if  mundane  consequences  alone 
are  taken  into  account :  and  though  Bentham  and 
an  important  section  of  his  earlier  followers  were 
prepared  to  base  private  morality  on  pure  self- 
interest  empirically  ascertained  and  measured,  this 
doctrine  has  few  defenders  now.  And  the  cor- 
responding doctrine  as  regards  national  interest  is 
certainly  not  to  be  attributed  to  the  German 
writers  to  whom  I  refer :  their  practical  aim  in 
affirming  national  egoism  is  almost  always  expressly 
to  emancipate  the  public  action  of  statesmen  from 
the  restraints  of  private  morality. 

The  origin  of  this  Neo-Machiavellianism  may  be 
traced  to  various  causes.  It  is  partly  due  to  a 
reaction  from  the  political  idealism  of  the  later 
eighteenth  century  —  a  reaction  in  which  moral 
rules  have  been  thrown  overboard  along  with  con- 

F 


66  PUBLIC  MORALITY. 

stitutional  principles ;  partly  to  a  reaction  from  the 
cosmopolitanism  of  the  same  period,  tending  to  an 
exaggerated  affirmation  of  the  self-sufficiency  and 
absolute  moral  independence  of  the  nation-state ; 
partly,  perhaps,  to  a  kind  of  Neo-paganism,  striving 
to  make  patriotism  take  the  place  of  Christianity. 
Partly  it  seems  to  be  connected  with  the  triumph 
of  the  historical  method,  influenced  in  its  earlier 
stage  by  the  Hegelian  change  of  Idealism  through 
Optimism  into  its  opposite,  summed  up  in  the 
famous  declaration  that  the  Real  is  Rational;  from 
which  it  seems  an  obvious  inference  that  the  man 
who  succeeds  is  always  in  the  right,  whatever  his 
path  to  success,  the  man  who  fails  always  in  the 
wrong.  In  any  case,  I  think  the  nineteenth  century 
study  of  history  has  tended  to  enlarge  and  systematize 
the  demand  for  the  moral  emancipation  of  the 
statesman.  Doubtless  from  the  time  of  Machiavelli 
downwards  it  has  been  a  common  view  of  practical 
politicians  that  "  good  men "  are  unsuited  for 
political  crises,  because  they  will  not,  as  Walpole 
puts  it,  "go  the  necessary  lengths."  But  so  long 
as  Traditional  and  Ideal  Legitimacy  were  carrying 
on  their  constitutional  struggle  with  confident 
conviction  on  both  sides,  the  required  relaxation 
from  moral  restraints  was  commonly  limited  to  crises 
sincerely  believed  to  be  exceptional.     "  Revolutions 


PUBLIC  MORALITY.  67 

and  wars  are  not  made  with  rose  water,"  said 
the  political  idealist;  "but  when  once  we  have 
emancipated  nations,  and  established  in  them  free 
and  equal  democratic  governments,  revolutions  and 
wars  will  be  things  of  the  past."  "We  have  to 
violate  rules  of  right  to  defend  the  right,"  said 
the  party  of  order,  "in  the  present  tempest  of 
revolutionary  madness ;  but,  once  the  madness  is 
over,  the  powers  ordained  of  God  will,  of  course, 
conform  to  the  moral  order  which  they  are  essentially 
required  to  maintain."  But  the  convictions  of  both 
parties  belong  to  a  stage  which  the  movement  of 
nineteenth  century  thought  has  now  left  behind  it. 
The  study  of  history  has  caused  the  view  to  prevail 
that  "  the  great  world  "  is  to 

"Spin  for  ever  down  the  ringing  grooves  of  change"; 

and,  consequently,  at  every  turn  of  this  rotatory 
movement  forward,  there  would  seem  likely  to  be 
an  ever  recurrent  need  for  the  morally  emancipated 
\  statesman — the  statesman  who,  when  circumstances 
drive  him  to  cruelty,  rapacity,  breach  of  faith,  false- 
hood, will  not  waver  and  whine  about  the  "painful 
necessity";  but,  with  simple  decision,  unhampered 
by  scruples,  take  the  course  that  leads  straightest 
to  the  next  stage  of  the  everlasting  progress. 
In    the    extreme    form    which    this    doctrine    not 


68  PUBLIC  MORALITY. 


unfrequently  assumes,  and  in  which  I  have,  for 
clearness,  presented  it,  it  neither  invites  nor  requires 
a  formal  refutation;  since  it  neither  appeals  to  the 
common  moral  consciousness  of  mankind,  which, 
indeed,  it  frankly  claims  to  override,  nor  to  any 
principles  which  have  ever  been  accepted  by 
philosophers.  For  egoism  pure  and  simple,  the 
doctrine  that  each  individual's  interest  must  be  for 
him  ultimately  paramount  to  all  other  considerations, 
there  is,  in  abstract  ethical  discussion,  much  to  be 
said ;  but  I  have  never  seen,  nor  can  I  conceive,  any 
ethical  reasoning  that  will  provide  even  a  plausible 
basis  for  the  compound  proposition  that  a  man  is 
bound  to  sacrifice  his  private  interest  to  that  of  the 
group  of  human  beings  constituting  his  state,  but  that 
neither  he  nor  they  are  under  any  similar  obligation 
to  the  rest  of  mankind.  And  to  do  them  justice, 
the  advocates  of  this  doctrine  do  not  commonly 
resort  to  ethical  deductions  to  justify  their  position. 
They  prefer  to  appeal  to  facts ;  and  certainly  it  is 
not  difficult  to  find  examples  of  statesmen  who 
have  attained  their  ends  by  such  breaches  of  current 
morality  as  this  doctrine  defends:  but  obviously  no 
appeal  to  facts  can  settle  the  question  of  right 
without  a  palpable  petitio  principii. 

There    is,   however,   one    objection    that   may   be 
taken    to    this    doctrine    on    the    purely    historical 


PUBLIC  MORALITY.  69 

ground  on  which  its  advocates  usually  argue.  I  do 
not  think  that  the  history  of  polity  and  of  political 
ideas  gives  us  any  reason  for  believing  that  this 
emancipation  from  morality,  if  once  admitted,  will 
stop  where  the  Neo-Machiavellians  desire  it  to 
stop — at  national  egoism.  The  moral  emancipation 
allowed  to  governments  for  the  promotion  of  the 
interests  of  the  nation  will  be  used  by  governments 
for  the  maintenance  of  their  power,  even  against  the 
interests  of  the  nation  ;  the  distinction  between  what 
may  be  done  to  hold  power  and  what  may  be  done 
to  acquire  it  will  come  to  be  recognized  as  arbitrary ; 
and  so  by  an  easy  inclined  plane  we  shall  pass 
from  the  Machiavellianism  of  the  Discourses  o?i  Livy 
to  the  Machiavellianism  of  the  Prince.  Or,  again, 
granting  that  some  kind  of  corporate  sentiment  is 
maintained,  there  is  still  no  ground  for  confidence 
that  it  will  always  attach  itself  to  the  particular 
corporation  called  the  state.  If  everything  is  per- 
mitted in  national  struggles  for  the  sake  of  the 
nation,  it  will  be  easy  to  think  that  everything  is 
permitted  in  party-struggles  or  class-struggles  for 
the  sake  of  the  party  or  class.  The  tendencies  of 
modern  democracy  are  running  strongly  towards 
the  increase  of  corporate  sentiments  and  the  habits 
of  corporate  action  in  industrial  groups  and  classes, 
and  so  towards  dividing  civilized  humanity  by  lines 


^o  PUBLIC  MORALITY. 

that  cut  across  the  Hnes  separating  nations  ;  and 
history  certainly  does  not  justify  us  in  confidently 
expecting  that  when  the  rules  of  private  morality  are 
no  longer  held  to  apply  to  public  action,  patriotism 
will  still  keep  class  feeling  and  party  feeling  within 
the  bounds  required  by  national  peace  and  well- 
being.  It  is  in  the  later  period  of  free  Greece — the 
civilized  fourth  century — that  the  class  conflict  is 
most  disintegrative,  which  makes,  as  Plato  says, 
"two  cities  in  one,  the  city  of  the  rich  and  the 
city  of  the  poor":  and  similarly  in  mediaeval  Italy, 
whereas  in  the  twelfth  century  the  chronicle  ran 
simply,  "  Parma  fights  Piacenza,"  before  the  end  of 
the  thirteenth  it  ran,  "  Parma,  with  the  exiles  from 
Piacenza,  fights  Piacenza." 

I  conclude,  then,  that  this  Neo-Machiavellian 
doctrine  is  really  condemned  by  history — the  Caesar 
to  which  it  appeals — no  less  than  by  the  old- 
fashioned  moral  philosophy  that  it  despises.  But 
I  am  far  from  wishing  to  dismiss  it  with  a  bare 
negation.  The  extent  to  which  it  has  found  favour 
with  thoughtful  persons  affords  a  prijua  facie  pre- 
sumption that  there  are  elements  of  sound  reason 
in  it,  which  have  been  exaggerated  into  dangerous 
paradox  ;  and,  if  so,  it  seems  very  desirable  to  get 
these  clear.  The  most  important  of  these  elements 
— especially  as   regards  international  conduct — is,  I 


PUBLIC  MORALITY.  71 

think,  more  easily  discernible  in  the  work  of  Hobbes 
than  in  that  of  Machiavelli ;  the  Englishman  being 
a  more  systematic  and  philosophical  thinker  than 
his  Florentine  master,  though  a  less  acute  and 
penetrating  analyst  of  political  experience.  Hobbes, 
as  is  well  known,  accepted  fully  the  Machiavellian 
view  of  human  relations — outside  the  pale  of  a 
(political  society  compacted  through  unquestioning 
obedience  into  peace  and  order.  Outside  this  pale 
he  certainly  held  any  aggression  or  breach  of 
compact  conducive  to  self-preservation  to  be  lawful 
to  the  human  individual  or  group,  struggling  to 
maintain  its  existence  in  the  anarchy  called  a  state 
of  nature ;  but  he  justified  this  licence  on  the  ground 
that  a  member  of  such  a  "natural  society"  who 
may  observe  moral  rules  can  have  no  reasonable 
expectation  of  reciprocal  observance  on  the  part  of 
others,  and  must  therefore  merely  "  make  himself 
a  prey  to  others."  In  Hobbes'  view,  morality — 
the  sum  of  the  conditions  of  harmonious  human 
living  in  society — is  a  system  that  man  is  always, 
bound  to  keep  before  his  mind  as  an  ideal ;  but.. 
his  obligation  to  realize  it  in  act  is  conditional 
on  a  reasonable  expectation  of  reciprocity.  This 
condition  is,  I  think,  with  careful  limitations  and 
qualifications,  sound ;  and  the  error  of  Hobbes 
does  not  lie  so  much  in    making   this  demand   for 


72  PUBLIC  MORALITY, 

reciprocity — though  he  makes  it  too  unguardedly — 
as  in  his  palpable  exaggeration  of  the  difference 
between  human  relations  in  a  so-called  "  natural " 
society  and  in  the  state  of  political  order.  The 
exaggeration  is  palpable — since  {e.g)  the  mere  fact 
that  the  habit  of  making  compacts  prevails  among 
states  is  evidence  of  a  prevalent  confidence  that 
they  will  be  more  or  less  observed  —  but  the 
exaggeration  should  not  blind  us  to  the  real 
divergence  that  exists  between  the  rules  of  public 
and  of  private  duty,  or  to  its  connection  with  the 
cause  that  Hobbes  assigns  for  it. 

This  divergence,  observe,  does  not  arise  in  the 
main  from  any  fundamental  difference  in  the  general 
principles  of  ideal  morality  for  states  and  individuals 
respectively,  but  from  the  actual  difference  of  their 
relations.  A  similar,  if  not  an  equal,  divergence 
would  exist  for  a  virtuous  individual  who  found 
himself  in  a  society  where,  whether  from  anarchy 
or  from  other  causes,  the  moral  standard  maintained 
in  ordinary  conduct  was  as  low  as  the  moral 
standard  of  international  conduct  actually  is. 

As  Mr.  Spencer*  forcibly  says — 

*'  Ideal  conduct  ....  is  not  possible  for  the  ideal 
man    in    the    midst   of    men   otherwise    constituted.     An 

*  Principles  of  Ethics^  Part  I.,  chap,  xv.,  p.  280. 


PUBLIC  MORALITY.  73 

absolutely  just  or  perfectly  sympathetic  person,  could  not 
live  and  act  according  to  his  nature  in  a  tribe  of  cannibals. 
Among  people  who  are  treacherous  and  utterly  without 
scruple,  entire  truthfulness  and  openness  must  bring  ruin. 
If  all  around  recognize  only  the  law  of  the  strongest,  one 
whose  nature  will  not  allow  him  to  inflict  pain  on  others, 
must  go  to  the  wall.  There  requires  a  certain  congruity 
between  the  conduct  of  each  member  of  a  society  and 
others'  conduct.  A  mode  of  action  entirely  alien  to  the 
prevailing  modes  of  action,  cannot  be  successfully  persisted 
in — must  eventuate  in  death  to  itself,  or  posterity,  or 
both." 

I  do  not  mean  that  the  customary  conduct  of 
nations  to  each  other  is  accurately  represented  by 
Spencer's  description ;  but  it  is  liable  to  resemble 
this  description  much  more  closely  than  the 
customary  conduct  of  individuals  in  a  civilized 
society.  Nor,  again,  do  I  mean  that  a  state,  any 
more  than  an  individual,  can  justify  conduct  which 
ideal  morality  condemns  by  simply  alleging  the 
similar  conduct  of  other  states — even  the  majority 
of  other  states :  if  this  u^ere  so,  moral  progress 
would  be  almost  impossible  in  international  relations. 
From  the  fact  that  unprovoked  aggression,  com- 
mitted with  impunity  and  successful  in  its  immediate 
aims,  is  a  phenomenon  that  continually  recurs 
throughout  modern  European  history,  I  do  not  infer 
that    it    is    right    for   a    modern    European    state    to 


74  PUBLIC  MORALITY, 

commit  an  act  of  unprovoked  aggression  ;  what  I 
contend  is  that  this  fact  materially  alters  the  moral 
relations  between  states  by  extending  the  rights  and 
duties  of  self-protection. 

The  difference  thus  introduced  is  unmistakably, 
though  vaguely,  recognized  in  ordinary  moral 
thought;  all  we  have  to  do  —  according  to  the 
plan  of  the  present  essay — is  to  bring  it  clearly 
before  our  minds,  and  assign  its  limits  as  pre- 
cisely as  we  can.  Thus  it  has  long  been  tacitly 
recognized  that  in  international  relations  the  con- 
ditions are  wanting  under  which  the  morality  of 
passive  submission  and  resignation,  specially  distinc- 
tive of  Christianity,  is  conducive  to  the  general 
well-being.  It  has  been  comprehended  by  the 
common  sense  of  the  Christian  world  that  the 
precept  to  turn  the  other  cheek,  and  repay  coercion 
and  encroachment  with  spontaneous  further  con- 
cessions, was  not  given  to  nations ;  and  that  the 
meek  who  are  to  inherit  the  earth  must  be  under- 
stood to  be  meek  individuals,  protected  by  a 
vigorous  government  from  the  disastrous  conse- 
quences to  themselves  that  meekness  in  a  state  of 
anarchy  would  entail. 

The  case  is  different  with  the  rules  of  veracity, 
good  faith,  abstinence  from  aggression  on  person  or 
property,  which  are  not  specially  Christian  :  it  would 


PUBLIC  MORALITY,  75 

be  absurd  to  interpret  popular  morality  as  allowing 
governments  a  general  licence  to  dispense  them- 
selves from  the  obligation  of  these  rules  when  they 
find  it  convenient,  in  view  of  the  general  tendency  to 
transgress  them.  But  to  an  important  extent,  in 
special  cases,  such  a  licence  is  commonly  conceded. 
Take  the  case  of  veracity.  We  should  not  condemn 
a  general  in  war  for  disseminating  false  statements  to 
nuslea<l_ttl£„£aeiny^_or  for  sending  spies  to  obtain 
information  as  to  the  enemy's  movements  by  pro- 
cesses involving  an  indefinite  amount  of  falsehood.  A 
similar  licence  is  commonly  conceded  to  governments 
—  or  at  least  to  their  subordinates — in  performing 
the  task  of  maintaining  order  within  the  community 
governed.  We  recognize  that  in  the  ceaseless  contest 
with  secret  crime,  the  business  of  the  detective  police 
— which  involves  continual  deception — is  practically 
indispensable ;  and  must  therefore  be  regarded  as 
a  legitimate,  if  not  highly  honourable,  calling.  There 
is  at  present  no  such  general  toleration  of  the  use  of 
falsehood  and  spies  and  stratagems  in  diplomacy ; 
times  are  changed,  I  am  told,  since  the  definition  of 
a  diplomatist  as  a  person  "  sent  to  lie  abroad  for  the 
benefit  of  his  country,"  was  from  a  scientific  point  of 
view  admissible.  But  here  again,  I  think,  a  reason- 
able expectation  of  reciprocity  is  practically  accepted 
as  a  condition  of  the  stringency  of  the  rule  prohibit- 


76  PUBLIC  MORALITY. 

ing  such  artifices — a  plot  would  be  held  to  justify 
a  counterplot,  at  any  rate  if  there  were  no  other 
effective  means  of  defeating  it. 

In  the  case  of  breach  of  engagements,  the  exten- 
sion of  the  scope  of  self-protection  is  of  a  somewhat 
different  character.  Our  common  morality  does  not 
justify  treacherous  promises,  made  without  intention 
of  fulfilling  them,  even  in  dealing  with  states  that 
have  been  guilty  of  such  treachery.  Speaking 
broadly,  the  right  mode  of  dealing  with  such  a 
state  is  clearly  to  treat  its  promises  as  idle  words, 
unless  there  is  some  adequate  ground,  other  than 
the  promise  itself,  for  expecting  its  fulfilment. 
But  when  modern  states  have  failed  to  carry  out 
their  compacts  —  and  history  abounds  in  instances 
of  such  failure — they  have  usually  made  excuses, 
alleging  ambiguity  of  terms,  material  change  of 
circumstances,  or  the  non-fulfilment  of  promises  on 
the  other  side.  Now,  in  dealing  with  a  government 
which — in  order  to  free  itself  from  inconvenient 
treaty-obligations — is  in  the  habit  of  using  pleas  of 
this  kind  in  a  strained  and  unreasonable  manner, 
I  conceive  that  any  other  government  would  not 
be  liable  to  censure  for  claiming  a  similar  freedom 
— at  any  rate,  in  case  of  urgent  need. 

It  will  be  observed  that,  according  to  the  moral 
view    that    I    am    endeavouring    to    express,    urgent 


PUBLIC  MORALITY,  77 

need  is  held  to  be  required — as  well  as  the  ante- 
cedence of  similar  acts  on  the  other  side — in  order 
completely  to  justify  a  breach  of  veracity  or  good 
faith.  Without  urgent  need,  the  fact  that  any 
particular  act  of  unveracity  or  bad  faith  is  merely 
imitative  and  retaliatory  affords  an  excuse,  but  not 
an  adequate  justification  ;  since  even  a  retaliatory 
act  of  this  kind  has  the  mischievous  effect  of  a 
bad  precedent,  and  tends  to  depress  the  customary 
standard  of  morality  between  nations. 

I  may  here  mention  one  special  difference  between 
public  and  private  morality  arising  from  the  same 
absence  of  a  common  government  which  has  hitherto 
rendered  wars  between  nations  inevitable, —  the 
different  view  that  is  and  must  be  taken  of  the 
bindingness  of  compacts  imposed  by  force  in  the 
two  cases.  In  an  orderly  state,  a  promise  obtained 
from  any  person  by  unlawful  force  has,  of  course, 
no  legal  validity :  and  it  is  at  least  doubtful  whether 
it  has  any  moral  validity.  If  in  England  a  robber 
were  to  force  me,  under  threat  of  death,  to  promise 
him  a  large  sum  of  money,  I  conceive  that  no 
thoughtful  person  would  censure  me  for  breaking 
my  promise,  though  he  might  feel  a  sentimental 
preference  for  the  opposite  course.  But  in  the  case 
of  states,  we  cannot  similarly  treat  wrongful  force 
^s   invalidating   obligations   deliberately   undertaken 


78  PUBLIC  MORALITY. 

under  its  pressure :  to  do  this —  as  I  have  elsewhere 
said — "  would  obviously  tend  to  aggravate  the  evils 
of  unjust  victory"  in  war :  "  as  the  unjust  victor, 
being  unable  to  rely  on  the  promises  of  the  van- 
quished community,  would  be  impelled  by  self- 
interest  to  crush  it  utterly."  At  the  same  time, 
there  is  an  opposite  danger  in  treating  oppressive 
conditions  thus  imposed  as  finally  and  permanently 
binding :  as  this  would  increase  the  temptation — 
already  sufficiently  strong — to  skilfully-timed  acts  of 
violent  aggression.  In  this  dilemma,  international 
morality  has,  I  think,  to  adopt  a  somewhat  vague 
compromise,  and  to  regard  such  obligation  as  having 
I  a  limited  validity,  but  tending  to  lose  their  force 
;  through  lapse  of  time,  and  the  change  of  circum- 
stances that  lapse  of  time  brings  with  it.* 
'  So  far  I  have  been  speaking  of  international 
relations ;  but  the  general  principles  that  I  have 
applied  to  them  must,  I  think,  be  admitted  to  some 
extent  in  respect  of  internal  crises  in  the  life  of  a 
political  society.  Here,  however,  I  must  guard 
against  a  misunderstanding.  I  do  not  think  we 
should  assume  that  the  changes — even  the  greater 
changes — in   internal    polity,   which    the   future   has 

*  This  general  view  may  be  made  a  little  less  vague  by  distinguish- 
ing different  kinds  of  conditions  imposed  by  unjust  force.  See  my 
Elements  of  Politics.,  chap,  xvi.,  p.  6. 


PUBLIC  MORALITY.  79 


doubtless  in  store  for  European  states,  must  neces- 
sarily involve  violent  breaches  of  political  order, 
in  respect  of  which  the  ordinary  rules  of  morality 
are  to  be  suspended.  Revolutions  and  coups  d'etat 
are  fraught  with  such  wide  and  far-reached  mischief 
that  the  efforts  to  avoid  them  should  never  be 
relaxed  :  if  political  meteorologists  unite  in  affirming 
that  one  or  other  must  come  "sooner  or  later,"  the 
true  patriot  should  answer,  with  Canning,  that  he 
"prefers  it  later."  The  same  is,  of  course,  true  of 
wars :  but  there  is  at  present  more  reason  to  hope 
for  the  ultimate  success  of  such  efforts  in  the  case 
of  internal  strife  owing  to  the  greater  strength  of 
the  bonds  of  interest  and  sympathy  that  unite 
members  of  the  same  state.  But  if  ever  such  efforts 
seem  doomed  to  fail,  and  the  minds  of  men  are 
turning  to  the  violent  courses  that  appear  inevitable, 
an  enlargement  of  the  right  of  self-protection  — 
somewhat  similar  to  that  which  we  have  just 
recognized  in  international  relations  —  must  be 
conceded  to  any  of  the  sections  into  which  the 
state  is  suffering  a  transient  moral  disintegration  ; 
or  rather  to  the  statesmen  acting  on  behalf  of  such 
a  section. 

The  last  sentence  leads  me  to  notice  a  reason 
sometimes  given  for  divergence  between  public 
and    private   morality,    which    I    have    not  yet  con- 


8o  PUBLIC  MORALITY. 

sidered.  It  is  said  that  the  actions  of  states  have 
generally  to  be  judged  as  actions  of  governments ; 
and  that  governments  hold  a  position  analogous 
to  that  of  trustees  in  relation  to  the  community- 
governed,  and  therefore  cannot  legitimately  incur 
risks  which  a  high  morality  would  require  individuals 
to  incur  in  similar  cases.  I  think  that  there  is  some 
force  in  the  argument,  but  that  it  is  only  applicable 
within  a  very  narrow  range.  Trustees,  whether  for 
private  or  collective  interests,  are  bound  to  be  just ; 
and  the  cases  are  at  any  rate  very  rare  in  which 
the  highest  morality  applicable  in  the  actual 
condition  of  international  relations  would  really 
require  states  to  be  generous  at  the  definite  sacrifice 
of  their  interests.  For  a  state  to  embark  on  a 
career  of  international  knight  -  errantry  would, 
generally  speaking,  be  hardly  more  conducive  to 
the  interests  of  the  civilized  world  than  to  those 
of  the  supposed  Quixotic  community.  Still  I 
admit  that  cases  may  occur  in  which  intervention 
of  this  kind,  at  a  cost  or  risk  to  the  intervening 
community  beyond  what  strict  self-regard  could 
justify,  would  be  clearly  advantageous  to  the  world, 
and  that  in  such  cases  the  "quasi-trusteeship" 
attaching  to  the  position  of  government  might 
render  its  duty  doubtful.  It  would  seem  that  in 
a  case  of  this  kind  the  moral  responsibility  for  public 


PUBLIC  MORALITY.  8i 

conduct  is  properly  transferred  in  a  large  measure 
from  the  rulers  to  the  ruled.  The  government  may 
legitimately  judge  that  it  is  right  to  run  a  risk  with 
the  support  of  public  opinion  which  it  would  be 
wrong  to  run  without  it ;  so  that  it  becomes  the 
duty  of  private  persons — in  proportion  as  they 
contribute  to  the  formation  of  public  opinion — to 
manifest  a  readiness  to  give  the  required  support. 

To   sum    up   briefly   the   main   result   of    a    long 

discussion.      So    far    as    the    past    conduct   of    any 

foreign    state    shows    that    reciprocal    fulfilment    of 

international     duty — as     commonly     recognized  — 

cannot    reasonably   be    expected    from   it,    I   admit 

that  any  other   state   that  may  have  to  deal  with 

it   must   be  allowed  a   corresponding   extension    of 

the    right    of    self- protection,    in    the    interest    of 

humanity  at  large  no  less  than  in  its  own  interest. 

'   It   must   be   allowed   to  anticipate  attack  which   it 

has  reasonable  grounds  for  regarding  as  imminent, 

;   to  meet  wiles  with  wiles  as  well  as  force  with  force, 

I  and    to    be  circumspect    in    the    fulfilment    of   any 

i  compact    it    may   make    with    such    a    state.      But 

I  do  not  regard  this  as  constituting  a  fundamental 

difference    between    public    and    private    morality  ; 

similar  rights  may  have  to  be  exceptionally  claimed 

and  exercised  between  man  and   man  in  the  most 

orderly   society    that    we   have    experience    of;    the 

G 


82  PUBLIC  MORALITY, 

difference  is  mainly  in  the  degree  of  exceptionality 
of  the  claim.  It  remains  true  that  in  both  cases 
equally  it  must  be  insisted  that  the  interest  of  the 
part  is  to  be  pursued  only  in  such  manner  and 
degree  as  is  compatible  with  the  interests  of  the 
larger  community  of  which  it  is  a  part ;  and  that 
any  violation  of  the  rules  of  mutual  behaviour 
actually  established  in  the  common  interests  of  this 
community,  so  far  as  it  is  merely  justified  by  its 
conduciveness  to  the  sectional  interest  of  a  particular 
group  of  human  beings,  must  receive  unhesitating 
and  unsparing  censure. 


\  ^* 


IV. 

THE   MORALITY   OF   STRIFE* 

A  LL  who  have  thought  earnestly  on  moral 
-^^^  questions,  and  in  particular  have  reflected  on 
the  causes  of  and  the  remedies  for  the  failure  to 
do  what  is  right  in  themselves  and  others,  must  have 
recognized  that  the  causes  of  this  failure  divide 
themselves  naturally  under  two  distinct  heads. 
Firstly,,  men  do  not  see  their  duty  with  sufficient 
clearness ;  secondly,  they  do  not  feel  the  obligation 
to  do  it  with  sufficient  force.  But  there  are  great 
differences  of  opinion  among  thoughtful  persons  as 
to  the  relative  importance  of  these  different  sources 
of  wrong  conduct.  The  commonest  opinion  is 
disposed  to  lay  most  stress  on  the  latter,  the  defect 
of  feeling  or  will,  and  even  to  consider  the  defect 
of  intellectual  insight  as  having  comparatively  little 
practical  importance.  It  is  not  uncommon  to  hear 
it   said    by   preachers    and    moralizers    that   we   all 

*  An  address  delivered  to  the  London  Ethical  Society  in  the  year 
1S90. 

83 


84  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE. 

know  our  duty  quite  sufficiently  for  practical  pur- 
poses, if  we  could  only  spur  or  brace  our  wills 
into  steady  action  in  accordance  with  our  convictions. 
And  it  is  no  doubt  true  that,  if  we  suppose  all 
our  intellectual  errors  and  limitations  to  remain 
unchanged,  and  only  the  feebleness  of  character 
which  prevents  our  acting  on  our  convictions  re- 
moved, an  immense  improvement  would  take  place 
in  many  departments  of  human  life.  But  it  is 
important  not  to  overlook  other  inevitable  results 
of  the  supposed  change,  which  would  certainly  not 
be  improvements.  We  all  recognize  the  dangers 
of  fanaticism.  But  what  is  a  fanatic?  Surely  we 
all  mean  by  a  "  fanatic  "  a  person ,  who  .acts  up  to 
his  convictions,  resolutely  and  perhaps  vehemently, 
when  they  are  opposed  to  the  common  sense  of 
mankind,  and  when — in  the  judgment  of  common 
sense — his  acts  are  likely  to  lead  to  gravely  mis- 
chievous consequences.  If,  therefore,  we  suppose 
that  the  element  of  intellectual  error  in  the  causes 
of  wrong  action  remains  unchanged,  while  the 
element  of  feebleness  of  character,  weakness  of 
motive  or  will  to  do  duty,  is  entirely  removed,  we 
must  suppose  fanaticism  greatly  increased.  We 
must  also  suppose  an  increase  in  the  bad  effects 
of  more  widespread  errors  in  popular  morality, 
which    are    now  often    prevented    from    causing   the 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE.  85 

full  evil  which  they  tend  to  cause,  by  the  actual 
feebleness  of  the  mistaken  resistance  which  they 
oppose  to  healthy  natural  impulses.  Hence,  when 
we  had  to  strike  the  balance  of  gain  and  loss  to 
human  happiness  resulting  from  the  change — though 
I  have  no  doubt  that  the  gain  on  the  whole  would 
be  great — we  must  recognize  that  the  drawbacks 
would  be  serious  and  substantial. 

Considerations  of  this  kind  have  led  some  thought- 
ful minds  to  take  an  exactly,  ^opposite  view,  and 
to  regard  it  of  paramount  importance  to  remove 
the  intellectual  source  of  error  in  conduct,  holding 
with  Socrates  that  the  true  good  of  each  individual 
man  is  really  consistent  and  harmonious  with  the 
true  good  of  all  the  rest ;  and  that  what  every  man 
really  wants  is  his  own  true  good,  if  he  only  knew 
it.  But  this  view  also  is  too  simple  and  unqualified  ; 
since,  in  the  first  place,  a  man  often  sacrifices  what 
he  rightly  regards  as  his  true  interest  to  the  over- 
mastering influence  of  appetite  or  resentment  or 
ambition ;  and,  secondly,  if  we  measure  human 
well-being  by  an  ordinary  mundane  standard,  and 
suppose  men's  feelings  and  wants  unaltered,  we 
i  must  admit  that  the  utmost  intellectual  enlighten- 
ment would  not  prevent  the  unrestrained  pursuit 
of  private  interest  from  being,  sometimes,  anti-social, 
anarchical,    and    disorganizing.      Still,   allowing    all 


86  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE. 

this,  it  seems  to  me  not  only  that  a  very  substantial 
gain  would  result  if  we  could  remove  from  men's 
minds  all  errors  of  judgment  as  to  right  and  wrong, 
good  and  evil,  even  if  we  left  other  causes  of  bad 
conduct  unchanged  ;  but  that  the  gain  in  this  case 
would  be  more  unmixed  than  in  the  former  case. 
Suppose,  for  instance,  that  every  one  who  is  liable 
to  drink  too  much  had  clearly  present  to  his  mind, 
in  the  moment  of  temptation,  the  full  amount  of 
harm  that  his  insobriety  was  doing  to  his  bodily 
health,  his  reputation,  his  means  of  providing  for 
those  dependent  on  him ;  some,  no  doubt,  would 
drink  all  the  same,  but  the  great  majority  of  those 
not  yet  in  bondage  to  the  unnatural  craving  would 
draw  back.  Suppose,  again,  that  any  one  who  is 
wronging  a  neighbour  saw,  as  clearly  as  any  im- 
partial judge  or  friend  would  see,  the  violation  of 
right  that  he  is  committing;  surely  only  a  thoroughly 
bad  man  would  persist  in  his  wrong-doing.  And 
thoroughly  bad  men  are  after  all  rare  exceptions 
among  the  beings  of  mingled  and  chequered  moral 
nature  of  whom  the  great  mass  of  mankind  consists, 
and  who  on  the  whole  mean  only  to  maintain  their 
own  rights  and  not  to  encroach  upon  the  rights 
of  others;  though  doubtless,  from  a  mixture  of 
intellectual  muddle  with  passionate  impulse  or  selfish 
negligence,  they  are  continually  liable  to  wrong  others. 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE.  87 

I  have  drawn  attention  to  this  fundamental 
distinction  between  (i)  improvement  in  moral  in- 
sight and  (2)  improvement  in  feeling  and  will, 
because  I  think  it  important  that  we  should  have 
a  clear  view  of  its  general  character  before  we  enter 
on  the  special  discussion  of  the  "  Morality  of  Strife," 
which  is  the  subject  of  the  present  paper.  I  ought 
perhaps  to  explain  that  in  speaking  of  strife  I 
shall  have  primarily  and  chiefly  in  view  that  most 
intense  form  of  conflict  which  we  call  war,  in  which 
masses  of  civilized  men  elaborately  try  to  destroy 
each  other's  lives  and  incidentally  to  take  each 
other's  property.  This  is  the  strife  which,  from  its 
fundamental  nature  and  inevitable  incidents,  causes 
the  most  intense  and  profound  moral  aversion  and 
perplexity  to  the  modern  mind.  At  the  same  time 
it  seems  to  me  that  the  deepest  problems  presented  by 
war,  and  the  deepest  principles  to  be  applied  in  dealing 
with  them,  are  applicable  also  to  the  milder  conflicts 
and  collisions  that  arise  within  the  limits  of  an  orderly 
and  peaceful  community,  and  especially  to  those 
struggles  for  wealth  and  power  carried  on  by  classes 
and  parties  within  a  state.  Indeed,  these  latter — 
though  conducted  by  the  milder  methods  of  debate 
and  vote — often  resemble  wars  very  strongly  in  the 
states  of  thought  and  feeling  that  they  arouse,  and 
also  in  some  of  the  difficulties  that  they  suggest. 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE'. 


Now,  in  considering  the  morality  of  strife,  the 
difference  of  opinion  which  I  have  been  discussing, 
as  to  the  causes  of  wrong  conduct  in  general,  meets 
us  with  especial  force.  Thus  many  will  say,  when 
they  hear  of  moralizing  war,  that  the  moralist  ought 
not  to  acquiesce  in  its  existence  ;  he  ought  to  trace 
it  to  its  source,  in  the  lack  of  kindly  feeling  among 
human  beings.  Spread  kindness  and  goodwill ; 
make  altruism  predominate  over  egoism ;  and  wars 
between  states  will  come  to  an  end  among  civilized 
men,  because  there  will  be  no  hostile  emotions  to 
rouse  them,  while  within  states  strife  will  resolve 
itself  into  a  competition  for  the  privilege  of  doing 
good  to  others.  I  do  not  deny  that  a  solution  of 
the  problem  of  war  for  the  world  might  be  found 
in  this  diffusion  of  kindly  feeling,  if  sufficiently 
ardent  and  universal.  But  for  this  effect  the  uni- 
versality is  necessary  as  well  as  the  ardour.  The 
increase  of  the  "enthusiasm  of  humanity"  in  a 
moral  minority,  in  a  world  where  most  men  are 
still  as  selfish  as  now,  would  have  no  decisive 
tendency  to  prevent  strife ;  for  if  around  us  some 
are  wronging  others,  the  predominance  of  altruism 
in  ourselves,  though  it  will  diminish  our  disposition 
to  fight  in  our  own  quarrels,  will  make  us  more 
eager  to  take  part  with  others  who  are  wronged ; 
and   since,  so  long   as   we   are   human    beings,  our 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE.  89 


kindly  feelings  must  flow  more  strongly  in  special 
channels,  as  they  grow  in  intensity  we  shall  exhibit 
greater  energy  in  defending  against  unjust  attacks 
the  narrower  communities  and  groups  in  which  we 
take  special  interest.  Increase  of  sympathy  among 
human  beings  may  ultimately  do  away  with  strife ; 
but  it  will  only  be  after  a  long  interval,  during  which 
the  growth  of  sympathetic  resentment  against  wrongs 
seems  not  unlikely  to  cause  as  much  strife  as  the 
diminution  of  mere  selfishness  prevents.  The 
Founder  of  Christianity  is  recorded  to  have  said 
that  he  "came  not  to  bring  peace  on  earth,  but 
a  sword,"  and  the  subsequent  history  of  Christianity 
offers  ample  and  striking  confirmation  of  the  truth 
of  the  prediction.  And  the  same  may  be  said, 
with  at  least  equal  truth,  of  that  ardour  for  the 
secular  amelioration  of  mankind  which  we  find 
presented  to  us  in  these  latter  days  as  a  substitute 
for  Christian  feeling. 

The  extinction  of  strife  through  the  extension 
of  amity  being  thus  at  best  a  remote  event,  we 
may  allow  ourselves  to  dwell  for  a  moment  on  the 
brighter  aspects  of  the  continuance  of  war.  War 
is  an  evil ;  but  it  is  not,  from  an  ethical  point  of 
view,  an  unmixed  evil.  Indeed,  its  value  as  a  school 
of  manly  virtue  led  the  greatest  thinkers  of  ancient 
Greece — even    in    the   civilized    fourth    century — to 


90  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE. 

regard  the  fighting  part  of  the  community  as  the 
only  part  on  whose  education  it  was  worth  while 
to  bestow  labour  and  care ;  the  occupations  of  the 
trader  and  the  artisan  being  considered  an  in- 
superable bar  to  the  development  of  fine  moral 
qualities.  Christianity  and  the  growth  of  free 
industry  combined  have  carried  European  thought 
so  far  away  from  the  point  of  view  of  Plato  and 
Aristotle,  that  their  utterances  on  this  topic  now 
seem  to  most  of  us  startlingly  narrow-minded  and 
barbaric ;  but  the  element  of  truth  that  they  contain 
still,  from  time  to  time,  forces  itself  on  the  modern 
mind,  and  finds  transient  expression  in  a  modified 
form.  There  are,  I  believe,  even  at  the  end  of 
the  nineteenth  century,  some  thoughtful  persons 
seriously  concerned  for  moral  excellence,  who  would 
regret  the  extinction  of  war ;  attracted  not  so 
much  by  the  showy  virtue  of  valour  in  battle,  but 
by  the  unreserved  devotion,  the  ardour  of  self- 
sacrifice  for  duty  and  the  common  good,  which  war 
tends  to  develop.  If  this  acceptance  of  war  as 
an  indispensable  school  of  virtue  were  widespread 
enough  to  impede  the  drift  of  modern  opinion  and 
sentiment  towards  universal  peace  as  an  ideal,  it 
might  be  necessary  to  argue  against  it  as  a 
dangerous  paradox.  In  such  an  argument  we 
should    not   lay   stress   exclusively   or   even    mainly 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE,  91 

on  its  physical  mischief;  but  still  more  on  its 
moral  evils,  its  barbarous  inadequacy  as  a  means 
of  settling  disputes  of  right,  the  frequent  triumphs 
of  injustice  and  their  demoralizing  consequences, 
the  constant  tendency  of  the  bitter  resentments  and 
the  intensification  of  national  self-regard,  which  war 
brings  with  it,  to  overpower  the  sentiments  of 
humanity,  and  confuse  and  obscure  those  of  justice 
and  good  faith.  But  I  need  not  labour  these  points ; 
the  evils  of  war  are  so  keenly  felt  that  the  moralist 
may  without  danger  allow  himself  to  make  the 
most  of  the  opportunities  of  moral  development 
that  it  affords. 

What  I  rather  wish  now  to  point  out  is,  that 
the  moral  benefits  of  war,  such  as  they  are, 
depend  largely  on  the  fact  that  war  is  not  usually 
— as  cynics  imply — a  mere  collision  of  passions 
and  cupidities;  it  is  a  conflict  in  which  each  side 
conceives  itself  to  be  contending  on  behalf  of 
legitimate  interests.  In  the  wars  1  have  known, 
as  a  contemporary,  this  has  been  strikingly  mani- 
fested in  the  sincere  belief  of  religious  persons 
generally — ordinary  plain  honest  Christians  on  either 
side — that  God  would  defend  their  cause.  In  the 
wars  of  ancient  history  a  people's  belief  in  special 
divine  protection  was  not  equally  an  evidence  of 
its   belief    in    the   justice    of    its   cause,   since    each 


92  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE. 

nation  had  its  own  deities  who  were  expected  to 
take  sides  with  their  worshippers ;  but  in  a  war 
between  modern  Christian  nations,  worshipping  the 
same  God,  the  favour  of  heaven  impHes  the  justice 
of  the  cause  favoured  ;  and  it  is  sometimes  starthng 
to  see  that  not  only  is  each  side  convinced  of  its 
overwhelming  claims  to  the  favour  of  heaven,  but 
it  can  hardly  believe  in  a  similar  sincere  conviction 
on  the  other  side.  Perhaps  some  of  my  readers 
may  remember  how,  in  the  Franco -German  war  of 
1870,  the  pious  utterances  of  the  Emperor  William 
excited  the  derision  of  Frenchmen  and  their  friends ; 
it  seemed  to  the  latter  not  only  evident  that  the 
invading  Germans  were  brigands,  but  even  impossible 
to  conceive  that  they  did  not  know  that  they  were 
brigands.  This  strikingly  shows  how  war  among 
human  beings,  supposing  them  to  possess  the  degree 
of  rationality  that  average  civilized  humanity  has 
at  present  reached,  is  normally  not  a  mere  conflict 
of  interests,  but  also  a  conflict  of  opposing  views 
of  right  and  justice. 

I  must  not  exaggerate.  I  do  not  mean  that  in 
modern  times  unscrupulous  statesmen  have  never 
made  wars  that  were  substantially  acts  of  conscious 
brigandage,  and  have  never  been  applauded  for  so 
doing  by  the  nations  whom  they  led,  who  have 
suffered  a  temporary  obscurity  of  their  moral  sense 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE  93 

under  the  influence  of  national  ambition.  I  do  not 
say  that  this  has  not  occurred  ;  but  I  do  not  think 
it  is  the  normal  case,  and  I  shall  leave  it  out  of 
account,  partly  because  it  does  not  seem  to  me  to 
give  rise  to  any  moral  problem  which  we  can 
profitably  discuss.  The  immorality  of  such  un- 
scrupulous aggression  is  simple;  and  the  duty  is 
no  less  clear  for  any  individual  in  the  aggressing 
country  to  use  any  moral  and  intellectual  influence 
he  may  possess — facing  unpopularity — to  prevent 
the  immoral  act.  It  may  be  difficult  to  say  exactly 
how  far  he  should  go  in  such  opposition  ;  but  the 
answer  to  this  question  depends  so  much  on  cir- 
cumstances that  an  abstract  discussion  of  it  is 
hardly  profitable. 

It  is  still  more  true  that  in  any  strife  of  parties 
and  classes  within  a  modern  civilized  state,  when 
there  is  a  conflict  of  interests,  it  is  not  of  bare  in- 
terests, but  of  interests  clothed  in  the  garb  of  rights — 
and  in  the  main  the  garb  is  not  hypocritically  worn. 
In  such  a  state  the  sentiment  of  fellow-citizenship, 
the  habit  of  co-operating  for  common  ends,  the 
community  of  hopes  and  fears  stirred  by  the 
vicissitudes  of  national  prosperity,  tend  powerfully 
to  reinforce  the  wider  sentiments  of  humanity  and 
justice  to  men  as  men.  Hence,  though  the  pre- 
datory  type   of    human    being   cannot    be   said    to 


94  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE. 

be  rare  in  any  civilized  society,  it  is  still  an  ex- 
ceptional type ;  the  average  member  of  such  a 
society  is  too  moral  to  enter  into  a  struggle  on 
behalf  of  interests  which  he  knows  to  be  "  sinister 
interests" — to  use  Bentham's  apt  phrase.  I  do  not 
say  that  he  is  not  easily  led  to  believe  that  what  is 
conducive  to  his  interests  is  just — men's  proneness 
to  such  belief  is  proverbial  —  but  the  belief  is 
generally  sincere ;  and  though,  again,  in  the  heat 
of  party  conflict  many  things  are  done  from  passion 
and  eagerness  to  win  which  are  known  to  be  wrong, 
these  are  deplorable  incidents  of  party  strife,  they 
do  not  make  up  its  moral  texture. 

If,  then,  normal  human  strife  is  due  not  merely 
to  colliding  interests,  but  to  conflicting  views  of 
rights,  it  would  seem  that  we  might  hope  to  reduce 
its  worst  eflects  to  a  sporadic  and  occasional  evil, 
if  we  could  only  find  and  make  clear  the  true 
definition  of  the  rights  in  question.  For  though 
the  interests  of  all  individuals,  classes,  and  nations 
are  not  harmonious,  their  rights  are ;  that  is  the 
essential  difference  between  the  two.  You  cannot 
be  sure  of  bringing  disputants  into  harmony  and 
peace  by  enlightening  them  as  to  their  true  interests, 
though  you  may  in  some  cases ;  but  you  must  do 
this  if  you  can  really  and  completely  enlighten  them 
as  to  their  true  rights,  unless  they  are  bad  enough 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE.  95 


to  fight  on  in  conscious  wrongful  aggression.  Such 
completeness  of  enlightenment,  however,  we  cannot 
reasonably  expect  to  attain ;  the  complexity  of 
human  relations,  and  the  imperfection  of  our  intel- 
lectual methods  of  dealing  with  them,  preclude  the 
hope  that  we  can  ever  solve  a  problem  of  rights 
with  the  demonstrative  clearness  and  certainty  with 
which  we  can  solve  a  problem  of  mathematics.  The 
practical  question  therefore  is,  how  we  can  attain 
a  tolerable  approximation  to  such  a  solution. 

To  many  the  answer  to  this  question  seems  simple. 
They  propose  to  settle  the  disputes  of  right  between 
nations,  and  the  disputes  of  right  between  classes 
and  sections  within  any  state,  by  applying  what 
I  will  call  an  external  method ;  i.e.^  by  referring 
the  dispute  to  the  judgment  of  impartial — and,  if 
possible,  skilled — outsiders,  as  the  legal  disputes  of 
individual  members  of  a  civilized  community  are 
referred  to  arbitrators,  judges,  and  juries.  I  call  this 
an  external  method,  because  it  does  not  require 
any  effect  to  be  produced  on  the  intellects  and 
consciences  of  the  disputants ;  they  are  allowed 
to  remain  in  their  onesided  and  erroneous  con- 
victions ;  indeed,  they  are  almost  inevitably  left  to 
concentrate  their  attention  on  their  own  onesided 
views,  and — if  I  may  so  say — harden  themselves 
in  their  onesidedness,  because  their   function  in   the 


96  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE. 

process  of  settlement  is  to  advocate  their  own  case 
before  the  outside  arbiter ;  they  are  not  supposed 
to  be  convinced  by  his  decision,  but  merely  to 
accept  it  for  the  sake  of  peace. 

The  method  takes  various  forms,  according  to 
circumstances.  In  the  case  of  disputes  between 
nations  it  takes  the  form  of  a  substitution  of 
arbitration  for  war ;  the  practical — or,  perhaps  I 
may  say,  the  technical — problem  comes  to  be  how 
to  get  a  wise  and  impartial  court  of  international 
arbitration.  A  similar  method  is  widely  advocated 
for  the  settlement  of  those  disputes  between  em- 
ployers and  employed — within  the  limits  drawn 
by  the  existing  law — which  have  been  so  long  a 
prominent  feature  of  our  present  industrial  condition. 
But  in  the  still  deeper  disputes  between  classes 
and  sections  within  a  community,  which  tend  to 
changes  in  the  established  legal  order,  the  expedient 
commonly  recommended  is  somewhat  different ;  it 
consists  in  the  construction  of  a  legislature  on  the 
representative  system,  so  adjusted  and  balanced  that 
each  class  and  section  has  enough  representatives 
to  advocate  its  claims,  but  not  enough  to  constitute 
it  a  judge  in  its  own  cause ;  the  decision  on  any 
proposed  change  in  laws  or  taxation,  affecting  the 
interests  of  different  sections  in  opposite  ways,  is 
always  to  rest  with  the  presumably  impartial  repre- 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE,  97 

sentatlves  of  other  sections.  Now,  I  do  not  wish 
to  undervalue  the  external  method  in  any  of  these 
cases ;  I  think  the  attention  of  statesmen  should 
be  seriously  directed  to  making  it  as  perfect  as 
possible.  But  I  cannot  believe  that  it  is  in  any 
case  safe  to  rely  on  it  for  a  complete  and  final 
removal  of  the  evils  of  strife. 

Let  us  place  ourselves  at  the  point  of  view  of 
a  nation  that  is  being  drawn  into  what  it  regards 
as  a  just  war,  according  to  the  received  principles 
of  international  justice.  It  is  obvious  that  any 
serious  and  unprovoked  violation  of  international 
duty  must  be  held  to  give  a  state  whose  rights 
are  violated  a  claim  for  reparation  ;  and  if  repara- 
tion be  obstinately  refused,  it  would  seem  that — 
so  long  as  states  are  independent — the  offending 
state  must  be  held  to  have  a  right  to  obtain  it  by 
force,  with  the  aid  of  any  other  states  that  can  be 
persuaded  to  join  it.  This  exercise  of  force  need 
not  necessarily  amount  to  war.  For  instance,  if 
the  property  belonging  to  a  state  or  any  of  its 
members  has  been  unjustly  seized  by  another  state, 
reparation  may  be  obtained  by  reprisals ;  but  it  is 
most  probable  that  such  reprisals,  being  resisted, 
will  lead  to  the  thorough-going  appeal  to  physical 
force  as  a  means  of  settlement,  which  we  call  war. 
Well,  at   this   point   it    is   asked,  by   many  earnest 

H 


98  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE 

philanthropists,  "  Why  should  not  the  offended  state 
make  a  proposal  to  submit  its  claims  to  arbitration, 
and  why  should  not  the  offending  state  be  made, 
by  the  pressure  of  public  opinion,  to  accept  this 
proposal?"  I  am  far  from  waiving  this  suggestion 
aside  as  out  of  the  range  of  practical  politics. 
Much  may  be  hoped,  in  the  way  of  reduction  of 
the  danger  of  war  between  civilized  states,  from 
improvements  in  the  machinery  of  arbitration,  and 
a  more  extensive  adoption  of  the  improved  ma- 
chinery ;  and  the  efforts  of  those  who  keep  urging 
these  points  on  the  attention  of  statesmen  and  of 
the  public  deserve  our  warmest  sympathy.  But  I 
think  that  such  efforts  are  more  likely  to  attain 
the  limited  success  which  can  alone  be  reasonably 
hoped,  if  those  who  urge  them  bear  in  mind  the 
inevitable  limitations  of  the  applicability  of  arbitra- 
tion to  the  disputes  of  right  between  nations. 

In  the  first  place,  the  violation  of  right  which 
leads  to  a  conflict  may  be  a  continuing  evil,  which 
requires  immediate  abatement  as  well  as  reparation ; 
and  the  violence  required  for  this  abatement  is 
likely  to  lead  to  further  violence  on  the  other  side, 
so  that  the  conflicting  states  may  be  drawn  into 
the  condition  of  war  by  a  series  of  steps  too  rapid 
to  allow  of  the  delay  necessary  for  arbitration,  and 
which  involve  so  many  fresh  grounds  of  complaint 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE.  99 

that  the  decision  of  the  original  dispute  may  easily 
sink  into  insignificance.  But  there  are  other  reasons 
of  more  importance  and  wider  application.  On  the 
one  hand,  the  interests  at  stake  may  be  so  serious 
that  a  state,  believing  itself  able  to  obtain  redress 
by  its  own  strong  hand,  cannot  reasonably  be  ex- 
pected to  run  the  risk  of  arbitration,  unless  it  can 
feel  tolerably  secure  of  impartiality  in  the  arbitrator ; 
or,  to  keep  closer  to  the  moral  problem  actually 
presented,  I  should  rather  say  that  the  government 
of  a  community  cannot  feel  justified  in  thus  risking 
the  interests  of  the  community  intrusted  to  it.  On 
the  other  hand,  where  the  quarrel  is  one  that  in- 
volves a  conflict  of  principles,  widely  extended 
among  civilized  states,  there  may  be  an  insuperable 
difficulty  in  finding  an  arbiter  on  whose  impar- 
tiality both  sides  could  rely.  A  similar  difficulty 
may  be  caused  by  the  ties  of  interest  and  alliance 
binding  nations  into  groups.  Thus,  in  the  sixteenth 
and  seventeenth  centuries  it  would  have  been  almost 
impossible  to  find  such  an  arbiter  in  Europe  in 
any  quarrel  between  a  Catholic  and  a  Protestant  state. 
In  the  nineteenth  century  it  would  be  almost  im- 
possible to  find  such  an  arbiter  in  any  quarrel 
caused  by  the  claims  of  a  nationality  struggling 
for  independence ;  while  in  the  intervening  period 
the   combinations    of    states  —  formed,    to    a    great 


loo  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE. 

extent,  for   the   legitimate   end  of   maintaining  the 
"balance  of  power" — presented  a  similar  obstacle. 

Now,  I  think  that  history  shows  that  minor 
violations  of  international  rights — such  as  arbitra- 
tion undoubtedly  might  settle — have  rarely  been  the 
real  causes,  though  they  have  often  been  the  osten- 
sible causes  and  the  real  occasions^  of  momentous 
wars.  The  most  serious  wars  of  the  European 
group  of  states  have  resulted  from  conflicting 
fundamental  principles,  religious  or  political,  or 
conflicting  national  interests  of  great  real  or  sup- 
posed importance,  or  more  often  a  combination 
of  the  two.  Hence,  though  the  international  law 
which  arbitrators  can  administer  may  be  most  useful 
in  removing  minor  occasions  of  controversy  and 
in  minimizing  the  mischief  resulting  from  graver 
conflicts,  we  can  hardly  look  to  it  to  provide  such 
a  settlement  for  the  graver  controversies  as  will 
enable  us  to  dispense  with  war.  This  will  perhaps 
appear  more  clearly  if  we  reflect  for  a  moment 
on  the  special  difficulties  that  beset  the  definition 
of  international  rights,  in  consequence  of  which 
opposite  views  of  imperfectly- defined  rights  tend 
to  be  combined  with  discordant  interests.  Such 
difficulties  arise  partly  from  the  absence  of  a  central 
government  of  the  community  of  nations ;  partly 
from  the  imperfect  unity  and  cohesion  of  a  nation 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE.  loi 


as  compared  with  individual  human  beings  ;  partly 
from  the  great  difference  in  degrees  of  civilization 
in  the  society  of  nations ;  and  practically  we  have 
also  to  take  into  account  the  comparatively  small 
number  of  civilized  states,  and  the  consequent 
greater  importance  of  an  individual  nation — and 
still  more  of  a  group  of  allied  nations — relatively  to 
the  whole  community  whose  affairs  international  law 
is  designed  to  regulate.  The  first  of  these  causes 
renders  necessary  and  legitimate  an  extension  of 
the  right  and  duty  of  self-defence,  which  it  is  very 
difficult  to  limit.  War  is  not  only  obviously  just 
against  actual  aggression,  but  when  aggression  is 
unmistakably  being  prepared,  the  nation  threatened 
cannot  be  condemned  for  striking  the  first  blow, 
if  this  is  an  important  gain  for  self-defence.  But 
this  easily  passes  over  into  anticipation  of  a  blow 
that  is  merely  feared,  not  really  threatened.  Indeed, 
this  enlarged  right  of  self-protection  against  mere 
danger  has  often  been  further  extended  to  justify 
hostile  interference  to  prevent  a  neighbour  growing 
strong  merely  through  expansion  or  coalescence 
with  other  states.  I  think  that  moral  opinion  should 
set  itself  steadily  against  this  latter  extension  of  the 
right  of  self-protection  ;  still,  it  is  obviously  difficult 
to  define  exactly  the  degree  of  alarm  that  would 
justify  hostile  action.      It   is  still    more  difficult  to 


ro2  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE. 

decide,  on  any  clearly  just  principles,  how  far  the 
right  of  national  self-preservation  may  be  legiti- 
mately extended  into  the  right  to  prevent  interference 
with  "  national  development "  —  e.g.,  if  nation  A 
appropriates  territory  over  which  nation  B  is  hoping 
to  extend  its  sway  some  time  or  other.  At  the 
same  time,  this  is  a  cause  of  strife  that  we  must, 
I  think,  expect  to  operate  more  intensely  as  the 
world  gets  fuller.  With  each  successive  generation 
the  demand  for  expansion  on  the  part  of  civilized 
nations  is  likely  to  grow  stronger ;  and  the  more 
serious  the  interests  involved,  the  more  difficult  it 
will  be  to  obtain  acquiescence  in  the  rules  deter- 
mining the  legitimate  occupation  of  new  territory, 
which  must  inevitably  be  to  some  extent  arbitrary. 
And  the  question  is  complicated  by  the  differences 
in  grade  of  civilization,  to  which  I  have  referred  ; 
for  the  nations  most  advanced  in  civilization  have 
a  tendency  —  the  legitimacy  of  which  cannot  be 
broadly  and  entirely  disputed  —  to  absorb  semi- 
civilized  states  in  their  neighbourhood,  as  in  the 
expansion  of  England  and  Russia  in  Asia,  and  of 
France  in  Africa.  As,  I  say,  the  tendency  cannot 
be  altogether  condemned,  since  it  often  seems  clearly 
a  gain  to  the  world  on  the  whole  that  the  absorp- 
tion should  take  place;  still  it  is  obviously  difficult 
to  define  the  conditions  under  which  this   is  legiti- 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE.  103 

mate,  and  the  civilized  nation  engaged  in  this  process 
of  absorption  cannot  be  surprised  that  other  civiHzed 
nations  think  that  they  have  a  right  to  interfere  and 
prevent  the  aggression. 

When  we  turn  to  the  part  of  the  earth  tolerably- 
filled  with  civilized  nations — to  Western  Europe — 
it  seems  that  the  duty  of  avoiding  substantial  en- 
croachment would  be  so  clear  that  it  could  not 
be  violated  without  manifest  immorality,  if  only 
such  nations  had  perfect  internal  unity  and  co- 
herence. I  do  not  see,  e.g.,  how  any  quarrel  could 
easily  arise  between  France  and  Spain — apart  from 
collisions  of  interest  in  other  parts  of  the  world — 
except  of  the  minor  kind  which  arbitration  might 
settle,  unless  there  was  something  like  avowed 
brigandage  on  one  side  or  the  other.  But  we  have 
only  to  look  at  Germany  and  Italy  to  see  that 
even  Western  Europe  is  far  from  being  composed 
of  states  of  this  type ;  and  even  if  internal  unity 
were  attained  for  a  time,  it  might  always  be  broken 
up  again  by  some  new  division. 

I  therefore  think  it  inevitable  that,  at  least  for 
a  long  time  to  come,  every  nation  in  the  most 
important  matters — as  individuals  in  matters  not 
within  the  range  of  law  courts — must  to  an  im- 
portant extent  be  judge  in  its  own  cause ;  it  may 
refer   some   of    its   disputes   to   arbitration  —  and    I 


I04  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE. 

hope  the  number  may  increase — but  there  are  others 
which  it  cannot  so  refer,  and  its  judgment  must 
determine  the  Hmits  of  such  reference.  Other  con- 
siderations might  be  adduced,  tending  to  restrict  still 
further  the  normal  application  of  arbitration  in  inter- 
national controversies  ;  e.g.^  it  might  be  shown  that 
even  where  both  sides  in  such  a  controversy  are 
animated  by  an  adequate  and  preponderant  desire 
for  peace,  an  acceptable  compromise  is  often  more 
likely  to  be  attained  by  direct  negotiation  than  by 
reference  to  an  arbitrator.  But  it  belongs  to  a 
political  rather  than  an  ethical  discussion  to  dwell 
on  points  like  these.  I  have  said  enough  to  show 
why  even  civilized  nations,  in  which  the  majority 
are  so  far  moral  as  to  be  sincerely  unwilling  to 
fight  for  a  cause  clearly  known  to  be  wrong,  cannot 
be  expected  to  avoid  war  by  arbitration,  except  to 
a  very  limited  extent. 

If,  then,  a  moral  acquiescence  in  war  is  at  present 
inevitable,  what  is  to  be  the  aim  of  morality  with 
regard  to  it  ?  Chiefly,  it  would  seem,  twofold :  to 
reduce  its  causes  by  cultivating  a  spirit  of  justice, 
and  to  minimize  its  mischievous  effects  by  the 
prevalence  of  a  spirit  of  humanity.  Now  in  this 
latter  point  the  progress  of  modern  civilization 
shows  a  steady  and  considerable  improvement, — 
though  it  must  be  admitted  that  the  progress  starts 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE.  105 

from  a  very  low  level.  The  growth  of  humane 
,  sentiment  has  established  rule  after  rule  of  military 
'practice,  tending  to  limit  the  mischief  of  war  to 
the  minimum  necessary  for  the  attainment  of  its 
ends.  Thus  bond-fide  non-combatants  have  been 
more  and  more  completely  exempted  from  personal 
injury,  while  as  regards  their  property,  the  old 
indiscriminate  pillage  has  given  place  to  regulated 
requisitions  and  contributions,  the  severity  of  which 
at  any  rate  falls  short  of  cruelty.  In  the  case  of 
combatants,  the  use  of  instruments — such  as  ex- 
plosive bullets — which  tend  to  cause  pain  out  of 
proportion  to  disablement  has  been  expressly  pro- 
hibited, and  the  old  liberty  of  refusing  quarter 
practically  abandoned  ;  while  elaborate  provision  has 
been  made  for  humane  tending  of  sick  and  wounded 
soldiers ;  and  humane  treatment  of  prisoners,  even 
at  considerable  inconvenience  to  their  captors,  is 
decisively  imposed  by  the  opinion  of  the  civilized 
world.  Much,  no  doubt,  might  yet  be  done  in  the 
same  direction  ;  but  considering  the  aims  of  war, 
and  the  deadly  violence  inevitable  in  its  methods, 
I  think  that  civilized  humanity,  at  the  end  of  the 
nineteenth  century,  may  look  with  some  complacency 
on  the  solid  amount  of  improvement  achieved. 

The    case    is    different    when    we    turn     to    the 
other  duty  of  cultivating  a  spirit  of  justice.      We 


io6  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE. 

all  admit  that — as  we  must  be  judges  in  our  own 
cause — we  ought  to  endeavour  to  be  just  judges  ; 
but  there  is  hardly  any  plain  duty  of  great  im- 
portance in  which  civilized  men  fail  so  palpably 
as  in  this.  Doubtless  the  impartiality  required  is 
difficult ;  still,  I  am  persuaded  that  even  the  im- 
perfect beings  who  compose  modern  nations  might 
perform  with  more  success  the  judicial  function— 
which,  in  a  modern  state  under  popular  government, 
has  become,  in  some  degree,  the  business  of  every 
man — if  national  consciences  could  be  roused  to 
feel  the  nobility,  and  grapple  practically  and 
persistently  with  the  difficulties  of  the  task.  At 
any  rate,  the  thoughtful  and  moral  part  of  every 
community  might  fit  themselves  for  this  judicial 
function  with  more  care,  and  perform  it  under  a 
sense  of  graver  responsibility  than  is  now  the  case. 
I  am  not  urging  that  they  should  keep  coldly  aloof 
from  patriotic  sentiment ;  but  at  any  rate  before 
the  struggle  has  actually  commenced,  when  the 
cloud  of  discord  that  is  to  cover  the  sky  is  as 
yet  no  bigger  than  a  man's  hand,  it  is  surely  the 
imperative  duty  of  all  moral  persons,  according  to 
their  gifts  and  leisure,  to  make  an  earnest  and 
systematic  attempt  to  form  an  impartial  view  of  the 
points  at  issue. 

There  are  three  stages  in  such  an  attempt,  which 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE.  107 

are  not  always  distinguished.  First,  we  may  en- 
deavour to  put  ourselves  in  the  opponent's  place, 
carrying  with  us  our  own  principles  and  views  of 
right,  and  see  whether,  when  we  look  at  the 
opponent's  case  from  the  inside,  there  is  not  more 
to  be  said  for  it  than  appeared  when  we  contem- 
plated it  from  the  outside.  Secondly,  if  we  have 
no  doubt  that  our  opponent  is  in  the  wrong, 
according  to  principles  of  right  that  we  sincerely 
hold,  we  still  have  to  ask  ourselves  whether  we 
apply  these  principles  not  merely  in  claiming  our 
rights,  but  also  in  practically  determining  the  per- 
formance of  our  duties.  For  if  there  has  been 
divergence  between  our  actions  and  our  principles, 
though  it  may  not  always  be  a  reason  for  abandoning 
a  present  claim — for  two  wrongs  do  not  make  a  right 
— it  is  an  argument  for  mildness  and  for  a  spirit 
of  compromise.  And,  thirdly,  if  there  seems  to 
us  to  be  a  real  difference  of  principles,  then  comes 
the  most  difficult  duty  of  endeavouring  to  place 
ourselves  in  an  impartial  position  for  contemplating 
the  different  sets  of  principles,  and  seeing  if  there 
is  not  an  element  of  truth  in  the  opponent's  view 
which  we  have  hitherto  missed.  It  is  hard  to  bring 
a  man  to  this  when  once  the  complex  collision  of 
principles  and  interests  has  begun,  and  it  is  still 
harder  to    bring  a  nation   to  it ;    but  it  is  a  plain 


io8  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE, 

duty  imposed  on  us  by  reason,  and  it  is  the  most 
essential  part  of  the  internal  method  of  aiding 
the  transition  from  strife  to  concord,  without  which 
the  perfecting  of  the  machinery  of  arbitration  does 
not  seem  to  me  likely  to  achieve  very  great  results. 
Fortunately  it  is  not,  for  practical  needs,  indispensable 
that  the  opposing  views  of  justice  should  be  com- 
pletely harmonized  ;  it  is  practically  sufficient  if  the 
divergence  be  so  far  reduced  by  reciprocal  admissions 
that  the  difference  remaining  may  appear  to  both 
less  important  than  the  evils  of  war.  Thus  the  effort 
at  mutual  comprehension,  even  if  it  does  not  lead 
to  anything  like  agreement,  may  still  avert  strife. 
For,  finally,  one  great  argument  for  the  strenuous 
use  and  advocacy  of  what  I  may  distinguish  as 
the  spiritual  method  of  avoiding  the  appeal  to 
brute  force  in  international  disputes — the  cultivation 
of  a  spirit  of  justice — is  that  it  tends  to  promote 
the  application  of  the  external  or  political  method. 
If  we  school  ourselves  to  seek  no  more  than  is 
our  due  in  any  dispute,  and  to  take  pains  to 
ascertain  what  this  is,  we  shall  be  practically  more 
willing  to  submit  our  claims  to  arbitration;  and, 
further,  if  a  keen  interest  in  international  justice 
spreads  through  civilized  nations,  confidence  in 
arbitrators  will  tend  to  increase. 

I   pass   to   consider   briefly  the   burning  question 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE.  109 


of  the  strife  between  industrial  classes,  that  is  an 
increasingly  prominent  feature  of  modern  civilized 
society ;  the  strife  which,  so  far  as  physical  violence 
is  excluded  by  political  order,  is  carried  on  between 
two  groups  of  producers — ordinarily  manual  labourers 
and  employers — by  means  of  concerted  refusals  to 
exchange  productive  services  except  on  terms  fixed 
by  one  or  other  of  the  opposing  groups.  There  is 
no  kind  of  strife  to  which  the  application  of  the 
method  of  arbitration  appears  at  first  sight  more 
reasonable,  or  is  more  commonly  demanded  ;  but 
there  is  none  in  which  the  nature  of  the  case 
ordinarily  presents  greater  obstacles  to  the  satis- 
factory application  of  it.  The  difficulty  here  is  not 
so  much  to  find  an  arbitrator  adequately  free  from 
bias  as  to  find  principles  of  distributive  justice 
which  the  common  sense  of  both  the  classes  con- 
cerned accepts.  This  is  a  difficulty  that  seems  to 
reach  its  maximum  in  the  present  state  of  society, 
which  is  distracted  between  two  opposing  ideals. 
According  to  the  individualistic  ideal,  monopoly 
and  combination  would  only  exist  to  an  insignificant 
extent,  and  every  individual  worker  would  obtain, 
through  unlimited  competition,  the  market  value — 
representing  the  social  utility — of  the  services 
rendered  by  him  to  society.  On  the  other  hand, 
so  far  as  we  can  conceive  a  completely  socialistic 


no  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE. 

regime  to  exist  at  all,  we  must  suppose  that  the 
remuneration  allowed  to  different  classes  of  pro- 
ducers— beyond  the  minimum  which  anyone  could 
obtain  from  the  state  in  return  for  the  work  which 
it  would  have  to  provide  for  him  somehow — would 
be  determined  by  some  administrative  organ  of 
government,  on  principles  laid  down  by  the  legis- 
lature. In  neither  case  would  there  be  an  opening 
for  the  industrial  strife  that  naturally  occurs  in  our 
present  intermediate  system,  in  which  the  pursuit 
of  self-interest  is  more  and  more  prompting  to 
combined  instead  of  simply  competitive  action.  In 
this  system  the  problem  of  determining  the  just 
or  equitable  division  of  any  product,  between  two 
or  more  groups  of  the  persons  who  have  produced 
it,  only  admits  of  a  rough  and,  to  a  great  extent, 
arbitrary  solution.  Compulsory  arbitration  in  the 
disputes  thus  arising  would  involve  serious  risks  in 
a  fully-peopled  state ;  for  the  rules  to  be  applied  by 
the  arbitrator  would  in  the  last  resort  have  to  be 
determined  by  government ;  and  a  state  that  under- 
took to  fix  the  terms  of  industrial  bargains  would 
be  responsible  for  any  want  of  employment  that 
might  result,  and  would  therefore  be  in  a  logically 
weak  position  for  refusing  to  provide  employment  on 
the  terms  thus  laid  down ;  while  if  it  attempted  any 
such   provision,  full-blown   Socialism  would   be  well 


THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE.  in 

in  sight.  And  even  voluntary  arbitration  is,  under 
these  conditions,  only  applicable  when  the  two  parties 
have  been  somehow  brought  to  agreement  as  to 
the  general  rules  by  which  any  particular  dispute 
should  be  decided  ;  and  the  difficult  problem  is 
how  to  bring  them  to  this  agreement.  Here  again, 
therefore,  the  external  method  of  composing  strife 
requires  the  aid  of  the  spiritual  method.  For  the 
reason  I  have  explained,  to  appeal  to  the  sense  of 
justice,  strictly  speaking,  of  the  opposing  parties 
would  be  rather  ineffective  rhetoric.  But  we  may 
none  the  less  endeavour  to  develop  the  elements 
from  which  the  moral  habit  of  justice  springs — on 
the  one  hand,  sympathy,  and  the  readiness  to 
imagine  oneself  in  another's  place  and  look  at  things 
from  his  point  of  view ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  the 
intelligent  apprehension  of  common  interests.  In 
this  way  we  may  hope  to  produce  a  disposition  to 
compromise,  adequate  for  practical  needs,  even  when 
the  adjustment  thus  attained  can  only  be  rough, 
and  far  removed  from  what  either  party  regards 
as  ideally  equitable. 

My  limits  do  not  allow  me  to  discuss  the  larger 
questions  raised  by  the  other  external  method  of 
realizing  justice  between  classes  in  a  state — I  mean 
the  construction  of  a  supreme  government  that  will, 
in  legislation  and  taxation  and  the  control  of  adminis- 


112  THE  MORALITY  OF  STRIFE. 

tration,  keep  a  just  balance  between  different  sections 
of  the  community.  I  can  only  express  my  conviction 
that  the  most  skilfully-adjusted  representative  system 
will  not  really  protect  us  against  a  majority,  formed 
by  a  combination  of  selfish  interests,  becoming 
practically  judge  in  its  own  cause ;  and  the  belief  in 
the  natural  right  of  the  majority  of  any  community 
to  do  what  it  likes  is  a  political  superstition  which 
is  rapidly  passing  to  the  limbo  of  such  superstitions. 
The  only  sure  way  of  preventing  strife  within  modern 
states  from  growing  continually  more  bitter  and 
dangerous  lies  in  persuading  the  citizens,  of  all 
classes  and  sections,  that  it  is  not  enough  to  desire 
justice  sincerely ;  it  is  needful  that  they  fit  them- 
selves, by  laborious  and  sustained  efforts  to  under- 
stand the  truths  mingled  with  opposing  errors,  for 
the  high  and  deeply  responsible  function,  which 
democracy  throws  on  them,  of  determining  and 
realizing  social  justice  so  far  as  it  depends  on 
government.  Otherwise,  there  seems  grave  reason  to 
fear  that  the  strife  of  sections  within  a  community 
may  lead  to  war  in  the  future,  as  it  has  done  in 
the  past. 


V. 


THE    ETHICS    OF    RELIGIOUS 
CONFORMITY* 

T  HAVE  taken  as  the  subject  of  my  address  to- 
-■-  day  the  "  Ethics  of  ReHgious  Conformity."  What 
I  wish  to  discuss  is  the  duty  which  the  persons  who 
form  the  progressive — or,  to  use  a  neutral  term,  the 
deviating — element  in  a  religious  community  owe  to 
the  rest  of  that  community  ;  the  extent  to  which  they 
ought  to  give  expression  and  effect  to  their  opinions 
within  the  community ;  and  the  point  at  which  the 
higher  interests  of  truth  force  them  to  the  disruption 
of  old  ties  and  cherished  associations.  There  can,  I 
think,  be  little  doubt  that  this  is  an  ethical  question 
of  much  importance.  But  it  may  reasonably  be 
doubted  whether  it  is  one  with  which  we  are  here 
called  upon  to  concern  ourselves.  I  will  begin  by 
trying  to  remove  this  doubt. 

*  A  lecture  delivered  to  the  West  London  Ethical  Society,  Novem- 
ber 24,  1S95,  and  published  in  the  International  Journal  of  Ethics, 
April,  1896. 

I  ZI3 


114  THE  ETHICS   OF 

The  aim  of  our  Society  is  to  be  a  moralizing 
agency,  to  assist  "individual  and  social  efforts  after 
right  living."  Now,  actually,  in  the  world  we  live 
in,  the  great  moralizing  agencies  are  the  Christian 
churches  ;  and  the  most  advanced  thinker  can  hardly 
suppose  that  this  will  not  continue  to  be  the  case  for 
an  indefinite  time  to  come.  If  so,  surely  none  can 
be  more  seriously  concerned  than  members  of  an 
Ethical  Society  that  the  vast  influence  exercised  by 
the  churches  on  social  morality  should  be  as  pure 
and  elevating  as  possible. 

It  is  true  that  our  work  proceeds  on  a  different 
basis :  our  principles  are  that  "  the  good  life  has  a 
claim  on  us  in  virtue  of  its  supreme  worth  to 
humanity,"  and  "rests  for  its  justification"  simply 
"on  the  nature  of  man  as  a  rational  and  social 
being."  But,  in  the  view  of  the  wiser  and  more 
thoughtful  teachers  in  the  Christian  churches,  this 
is  not  a  basis  to  be  rejected,  though  it  needs  to  be 
supplemented.  I  will  mention  one  or  two  great 
names.  The  philosophy  of  Thomas  Aquinas  has 
been  for  centuries  the  dominant  philosophy  in  the 
Church  of  Rome.  In  the  Anglican  Church,  and 
beyond  its  limits  in  England,  there  is  no  repre- 
sentative of  orthodox  Christian  morality  who  has 
gained  more  esteem  than  Joseph  Butler.  Yet  no 
one  can  doubt  that  in  the  view  of  Aquinas  and  of 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY,  115 

Butler  equally  it  was  a  matter  of  the  highest  im- 
portance to  show  how — putting  aside  the  Christian 
revelation — a  life  of  virtue  (not  saintly  virtue,  but 
ordinary  human  virtue)  might  be  justified  on  a 
consideration  of  the  nature  of  man  as  a  rational 
and  social  being. 

Accordingly,  in  our  Cambridge  Ethical  Society — 
though  this  is  not,  any  more  than  yours,  founded 
on  the  basis  of  acceptance  of  traditional  Christian 
dogma — we  have  always  invited,  and,  I  am  glad  to 
say,  obtained  the  co-operation  of  persons  of  orthodox 
views.  It  may  seem,  however,  that  this  unexclusive 
attitude  is  incompatible  with  your  express  principle 
that  the  good  life  "  rests  for  its  justification  on  no 
external  authority,  and  no  system  of  supernatural 
rewards  and  punishments " ;  but  I  venture  to  in- 
terpret this  principle  as  opposed  not  to  Christian 
doctrine,  but  to  a  superficial  and  unphilosophic  form 
of  such  doctrine.  For  in  a  more  profound  and 
philosophical  view  divine  authority  is  not  conceived 
as  external ;  it  is  the  authority  of  that  Universal 
Reason  through  community  with  which  all  knowledge, 
all  truth,  comes  to  human  minds.  So,  again,  the 
rewards  of  virtue  and  the  penalties  of  vice  to  which 
Christianity  looks  forward  in  the  future  lives  of  in- 
dividuals are  not  "  supernatural,"  since  the  conditions 
under  which,  if  at  all,  those  lives  will  be  lived  are 


ii6  THE  ETHICS   OF 

conditions  forming  part  of  one  system  of  nature — a 
system  deriving  its  unity  from  the  One  Mind  which 
is  its  ground.  I  am  far  from  imposing  this  as  an 
authoritative  interpretation  of  your  formula,  but  I 
trust  I  am  right  in  regarding  it  as  an  admissible 
interpretation  ;  since  it  is  in  this  view  of  the  scope  of 
your  principles  that  I  accepted  the  honour  of  being 
your  President,  and  of  addressing  you  here  to-day. 

For  while  I  have  always  sympathized  with  the 
movement  that  has  led  to  the  formation  of  Ethical 
Societies  here  and  in  America,  I  have  always  held 
that  they  ought  to  maintain — and  I  hope  that  they 
always  will  maintain — towards  the  churches  an 
attitude  of  fraternal  sympathy,  without  either  con- 
flict or  competition.  The  work  that  the  churches 
are  doing,  with  their  vast  resources  and  traditional 
influence  over  men's  minds,  is  work  in  the  eflicacy 
of  which  we  must  always  be  keenly  interested  ;  while 
any  work  that  we  may  accomplish  in  our  little 
measure,  towards  the  realization  of  our  avowed  aims, 
is  work  which  the  thoughtful  among  them  will  equally 
desire  to  be  well  done — though,  of  course,  in  their 
view  it  cannot  be  by  itself  adequate  for  the  guidance 
of  life. 

It  is,  then,  in  this  spirit  that  I  address  myself  to 
the  subject  that  I  have  announced. 

The  student  of  history  sees  that  hypocrisy  and 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY.  117 

insincere  conformity  have  always  been  a  besetting 
vice  of  established  or  predominant  religions  ;  and  a 
grave  drawback  to  their  moralizing  influence  after 
the  first  period  of  ardent  struggle  is  over,  and  they 
have  attained  a  stable  position  of  power  and  in- 
fluence over  men's  minds.  Indeed,  we  may  say  that 
in  the  popular  classification  of  professional  failings, 
just  as  lying  is  the  recognized  vice  of  diplomatists, 
chicanery  of  lawyers,  solemn  quackery  of  physicians, 
so  hypocrisy  is  noted  as  the  temptation  of  priests 
and  of  laymen  who  make  a  profession  of  piety. 
And  in  most  of  these  cases,  on  the  margin  of  the 
vice,  there  is  a  region  of  doubt  and  difficulty  for 
persons  desiring  to  do  what  is  right :  it  is  not  easy 
to  say  exactly  how  far  a  diplomatist  may  legitimately 
go  in  concealing  state  secrets,  or  a  lawyer  in  using 
his  professional  skill  to  defeat  justice.  It  is  on  this 
margin  of  doubt  and  difficulty,  in  the  case  of  religious 
conformity,  that  I  wish  now  to  concentrate  attention. 
With  the  vice  of  hypocrisy,  so  far  as  it  is  conscious 
and  unmistakable,  I  am  not  concerned.  The 
thorough-paced  hypocrite — 

"  Who  never  naming  God  except  for  gain, 
So  never  took  that  useful  name  in  vain  " — 

we  may  leave  to  popular  censure; — which  is,  perhaps, 
at  the  present  time  sufficiently  active  in  reprobating 


ii8  THE  ETHICS   OF 

him.  It  is  the  excusable  hypocrisy,  the  well-meant 
pretence  of  belief — the  region  not  of  vice,  but  of 
error  in  judgment,  if  error  there  be — that  I  wish 
now  to  examine. 

And  here  I  may  pause  to  note  another  aspect  in 
which  the  question  I  am  raising  interests  us  as  an 
Ethical  Society.  I  conceive  that  it  is  largely  a 
sense  of  the  value  of  the  churches  as  moralizing 
agencies — as  supplying  both  in  their  regular  common 
worship  and  their  weekly  discourses,  an  assistance 
to  individual  and  social  efforts  after  right  living — 
which  leads  men  who  do  not  really  believe  impor- 
tant doctrines  formally  adopted  by  their  church  to 
cling  to  it  in  spite  of  intellectual  divergence ;  and 
even,  perhaps,  in  some  cases  to  hold  office  in  it  and 
preach  in  its  pulpits.  They  feel  that  the  teaching 
received  by  them  in  childhood  from  their  church  or 
under  its  guidance  has  made  them  better  men  than 
they  would  have  been  without  it,  and  they  wish 
their  children  to  be  brought  up  under  similar 
beneficent  influences.  Without  denying  that  there 
are  good  men  and  women  outside  the  churches, 
they  think  that  —  making  a  broad  and  general 
comparison  of  the  religious  and  the  irreligious — 
the  conditions  and  habits  of  life  of  the  latter  are, 
on  the  average,  manifestly  less  favourable  to  morality 
than    those   of    the   former.     They  think,  therefore, 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY.  119 

that  separation  from  the  church  would  be — from  an 
ethical  point  of  view — a  greater  evil  than  a  more 
or  less  suppressed  intellectual  disagreement  with 
some  of  the  doctrines  in  the  creeds  that  they  allow 
themselves  to  appear  to  believe. 

The  question  then  is,  How  far  are  they  right? 
I  need  hardly  explain,  after  what  I  have  already 
said,  that  I  propose  to  treat  this  question  merely 
from  an  ethical  point  of  view,  and  not  at  all  as  a 
theological  question.  Doubtless,  in  an  age  like  the 
period  immediately  following  the  Reformation — 
when  Christians  still  believed  almost  universally 
that  there  was  some  one  ecclesiastical  organization 
and  some  one  system  of  doctrines  to  which  the 
divine  favour  was  exclusively  attached,  but  were 
profoundly  disagreed  as  to  which  organization  or 
system  enjoyed  this  privilege — any  but  a  theo- 
logical treatment  of  these  topics  would  naturally 
seem  idle.  The  inquiry  then  could  only  be,  what 
degree  of  variation  from  the  true  standard  involved 
deadly  error.  Even  now,  it  may  be  held  by  some, 
that  if  a  man  has  the  misfortune  to  hold  erroneous 
opinions  he  ought  to  keep  them  to  himself,  and 
outwardly  appear  to  believe  what  he  does  not 
believe,  rather  than  aggravate  his  guilt  by  the  open 
rejection  of  saving  truth.  Or  they  may  hold  that 
such  a  heretic  must  do  wrong,   whatever  he  does  ; 


I20  THE  ETHICS   OF 

he  is  in  the  miserable  dilemma  of  being  inevitably 
either  a  hypocrite  or  a  schismatic,  and  it  is  an 
unedifying  exercise  in  casuistry  to  discuss  which  is 
worst.  On  the  other  hand,  men  may  still  believe 
vaguely  that  the  favour  of  heaven  rests  in  some 
mysterious  and  supernatural  way  on  a  particular 
religious  community,  even  though  they  may  be 
unable  to  accept  its  distinctive  theological  opinions  ; 
or,  rather,  though  they  may  have  renounced  most 
of  its  dogmas,  but  not  the  one  dogma  that  asserts 
the  peculiar  salvatory  efficacy  of  its  discipline.  To 
minds  in  any  of  these  attitudes  I  do  not  attempt 
to  appeal.  Indeed,  the  mere  statement  of  these 
views — though  I  believe  them  to  be  actually  and, 
perhaps,  even  widely  held — suffices  to  show  how 
opposed  they  are  to  the  general  movement  of 
thought  in  the  present  age,  among  Protestants  at 
least,  both  within  and  without  the  churches.  On 
the  whole,  the  recognition  of  the  necessity  of  free 
inquiry,  and  the  respect  for  conscientious  difference 
of  opinion,  is  now  so  general  among  thoughtful 
persons  that  I  believe  most  educated  Englishmen 
— whether  orthodox  or  not — are  prepared  to  regard 
my  question  as  one  to  be  determined  on  ethical 
principles  common  to  all  sects  and  schools. 

It  is  necessary,  however,  to  separate  this  question 
from  another  one,  that  in  many  minds  blends  with 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY.  121 

it  and  predominates  over  it.  It  is  very  difficult  for 
men  in  any  political  or  social  discussion  to  keep  the 
ideal  quite  distinct  from  the  actual,  and  not  some- 
times to  prescribe  present  conduct  on  grounds  which 
would  only  be  valid  if  a  distant  and  dubious  change 
of  circumstances  were  really  certain  and  imminent. 
It  is  peculiarly  difficult  to  do  this  in  discussing  the 
conditions  of  religious  union ;  for  in  theological 
matters  an  ardent  believer,  especially  if  his  beliefs 
are  self-chosen  and  not  inherited,  is  peculiarly  prone 
to  think  that  the  whole  world  is  on  the  point  of 
coming  round  to  his  opinions.  And  hence  the 
religious  persons  who,  by  the  divergence  of  their 
opinions  from  the  orthodox  standard  of  their  church, 
have  been  practically  led  to  consider  the  subject  of 
this  lecture,  have  often  been  firmly  convinced  that 
the  limits  of  their  church  must  necessarily  be  en- 
larged at  least  sufficiently  to  include  themselves  ;  and 
have  rather  considered  the  method  of  bringing  about 
this  enlargement,  than  what  ought  to  be  done  until 
it  is  effected.  But  when  we  survey,  impartially,  the 
development  of  religious  thought  from  the  Reforma- 
tion to  the  present  time ;  when  we  observe  how  the 
diversity  of  beliefs  throughout  the  Christian  world 
has  continually  increased,  the  interval  between  the 
extremes  widening,  and  the  intermediate  opinions, 
or   shades   of  opinion,   becoming    more    numerous ; 


122  THE  ETHICS   OF 

when  we  see  how  Httle  the  outward  organization, 
symbols,  and  formulas  of  the  different  religious 
communities  have  been  affected  by  the  discoveries 
of  science  or  the  changes  of  philosophy,  or  the 
successive  predominance  of  novel  ideas,  novel  hopes 
and  aspirations,  in  the  political  and  social  spheres; — 
we  shall  feel  it  presumptuous  to  prophesy  that  any 
revolution  is  now  impending  in  the  nature,  extension, 
and  mutual  relations  of  the  recognized  creeds  of 
Christendom,  so  great  as  to  render  a  discussion  like 
the  present  unnecessary. 

Here,  however,  it  may  perhaps  be  said,  "  Granting 
the  question  to  be  still  one  of  practical  importance, 
it  is  not  one  of  fresh  interest ;  it  is  surely  an  old 
question  which  must  have  been  raised  and  settled^ — 
so  far  as  ethical  discussion  can  settle  it — long  ago." 
My  answer  is  that  the  change  of  thought  to  which 
I  just  now  referred — the  movement  in  the  direction 
of  wide  toleration — materially  alters  the  conditions 
of  the  question  ;  for  this  movement  at  once  intro- 
duces a  new  danger  and  imposes  a  new  duty.  On 
the  one  hand,  there  is  a  danger  that  the  disposition 
to  tolerate  and  respect  even  widely  divergent 
opinions,  when  held  with  consistency,  clearness,  and 
sincerity,  may  degenerate  into  a  disposition  to  think 
lightly  of  conscious  inconsistency  and  insincerity, 
and  so  to  tolerate  the  attitude  of  sitting  loose  to 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY.  123 

creeds.  On  the  other  hand,  every  step  society  takes 
towards  complete  civil  and  social  equality  of  creeds 
really  diminishes  the  old  excuse  for  lax  and  insincere 
conformity.  Further,  though  the  toleration  of  which 
I  have  spoken  has,  like  other  drifts  of  current  opinion 
and  sentiment,  baser  and  nobler  elements,  its  best 
element  consists  of  the  growing  predominance  of  the 
love  of  truth  over  mere  partisanship  in  theological 
controversy,  which  leads  to  a  comprehensive  effort 
after  mutual  understanding  among  persons  who  hold 
conflicting  opinions.  As  a  result  of  this  we  find, 
among  the  best  representatives  of  orthodoxy,  a 
temperate  dogmatism  which  holds  opinions  firmly 
and  earnestly,  and  yet  is  able  to  see  how  they  look 
when  viewed  from  the  outside,  and  to  divine  by 
analogy  how  the  opinions  of  others  look  when  viewed 
from  the  inside ;  and  this  attitude  carries  with  it  a 
legitimate  demand  for  respectful  frankness  on  the 
part  of  their  opponents. 

And  this  demand  is  continually  strengthened  by 
the  growing  influence  of  positive  science  as  an 
element  of  our  highest  intellectual  culture.  I  do 
not  refer  to  any  effect  which  the  progress  of  science 
may  have  had  in  modifying  theological  opinions ; 
but  rather  to  the  necessity,  which  this  progress  lays 
with  ever-increasing  force  on  theologians,  of  accept- 
ing   unreservedly    the    conditions    of    independent 


124  THE  ETHICS  OF 

thought  which  in  other  departments  are  clearly  seen 
to  be  essential  to  the  very  life  of  knowledge.  This 
is  a  necessity  of  which  the  recognition  is  quite 
independent  of  any  particular  view  of  theological 
method  or  conclusions.  It  is  sometimes  said  that 
we  live  in  an  age  that  rejects  authority.  The  state- 
ment, thus  unqualified,  seems  misleading  ;  probably 
there  never  was  a  time  when  the  number  of  beliefs 
held  by  each  individual,  undemonstrated  and  unveri- 
fied by  himself,  was  greater.  But  it  is  true  that  we 
are  more  and  more  disposed  to  accept  only  authority 
of  a  particular  sort;  the  authority,  namely,  that  is 
formed  and  maintained  by  the  unconstrained  agree- 
ment of  individual  thinkers,  each  of  whom  we 
believe  to  be  seeking  truth  with  single-mindedness 
and  sincerity,  and  declaring  what  he  has  found  with 
scrupulous  veracity,  and  the  greatest  attainable  exact- 
ness and  precision.  For  this  kind  of  authority  the 
wonderful  and  steady  progress  of  physical  knowledge 
leads  educated  persons  to  entertain  a  continually 
increasing  respect,  accompanied  by  a  correspond- 
ing distrust  of  any  other  kind  of  authority  in 
matters  intellectual.  Now,  from  theologians  of  an 
earlier  generation,  it  seemed  hopeless  to  look  for 
acceptance  of  the  conditions  under  which  alone  the 
authority  of  a  "  consensus "  of  experts  can  be 
obtained ;  owing  to  the  onesided  stress  which  they 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY.  125 


were  accustomed  to  lay  on  the  imbecility  of  the 
inquisitive  intellect,  the  inadequacy  of  language  to 
express  profound  mysteries,  and  the  unedifying  effect 
of  truth  upon  an  unprepared  audience.  It  is  because 
a  change  is  tailing  place  in  this  respect,  because 
among  the  most  orthodox  theologians  there  are  men 
imbued  with  the  best  qualities  of  the  scientific  spirit, 
because  the  tide  of  opinion  is  moving  in  this  direc- 
tion among  earnestly  religious  Protestants  of  all 
shades,  that  the  time  seems  to  me  opportune  for 
a  fresh  discussion  of  my  present  subject.  If  we 
accept  as  a  fact,  which  at  any  rate  cannot  be  rapidly 
altered,  that  the  divergence  of  religious  beliefs,  con- 
scientiously entertained  by  educated  persons,  is  great, 
is  increasing,  and  shows  no  symptom  of  diminution  ; 
if  we  admit  the  principles  of  complete  toleration  and 
complete  freedom  of  inquiry;  if  we  also  admit  the 
growing  demand  of  educated  laymen,  that  when  they 
are  instructed  on  matters  of  the  highest  moment 
they  should  feel  the  same  security  which  they  feel 
on  less  important  subjects,  that  their  teacher  is 
declaring  to  them  truth  precisely  as  it  appears  to 
him, — then  surely  the  old  question  as  to  the  nature 
and  limits  of  the  duty  of  religious  conformity  may 
reasonably  be  examined  afresh  in  the  light  of  these 
considerations. 

Now  I  find  two  views — opposed  to  each  other,  but 


126  THE  ETHICS  OF 

both  somewhat  widely  spread — which  stand  in  the 
way  of  a  full  and  frank  discussion  of  this  question. 
It  is  said  that  the  question  is  so  simple  that  it  is  not 
worth  while  discussing  it  at  any  length ;  an  honest 
man  can  easily  settle  it  on  the  principles  of  ordinary 
morality.  Again,  it  is  said  that  the  question  is  so 
difficult  and  complex,  and  the  right  solution  of  it 
dependent  on  so  many  varying  conditions,  that  it 
had  better  be  left  entirely  to  the  conscience  of  the 
individual,  which  can  take  account  of  his  special 
nature  and  circumstances.  The  truth  seems  to  me 
to  lie  between  these  two  extremes.  On  the  one 
hand,  I  do^  not  think  it  very  difficult  to  find  the  right 
general  answer  to  the  question ;  though  at  the 
same  time  I  do  not  think  that  this — for  the  persons 
whom  it  practically  most  concerns — is  quite  a  simple 
answer.  I  think  it  requires  both  impartial  sympathy 
and  careful  distinctions  to  conceive  and  state  it  accu- 
rately. On  the  other  hand,  I  think  that  the  best 
general  answer  that  we  can  obtain  is  not  one  that 
by  itself  gives  decisive  guidance  to  any  individual : 
it  leaves,  and  must  leave,  much  to  be  variously 
determined  by  the  divergent  views  and  sentiments 
and  varying  circumstances  of  different  individuals ; 
but  I  think  we  ought  to  confine  these  variations — 
in  determining  the  conduct  to  which  moral  approval 
is  to  be  given — within  somewhat  narrower  limits  than 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY.  127 


those    within    which    the    practice    of    well-meaning 
persons  actually  ranges. 

The  argument  of  those  who  treat  the  question  as 
a  simple  one  may  be  briefly  given  thus.  A  church 
is  an  association  of  persons  holding  certain  dis- 
tinctive doctrines ; — not  necessarily  theological  doc- 
trines, since  the  essential  differences  between  one 
church  and  another  may  relate  to  questions  of  ritual 
or  of  ecclesiastical  organization  rather  than  to 
questions  strictly  theological,  but  in  any  case 
doctrines  or  beliefs  of  some  kind.  An  individual 
belongs  to  a  church  because  he  holds  these  distinctive 
doctrines ;  or  at  any  rate  because  he  once  held  them, 
and  his  intellect  has  not  yet  decisively  rejected  any 
important  part  of  them,  though  it  may  be  in  a  state 
of  doubt  and  suspense  of  judgment  on  some  points. 
It  would  be  generally  granted  that,  so  long  as  he 
remains  merely  doubtful  and  wavering,  he  is  right  in 
maintaining  his  old  position.  But — according  to  this 
view — as  soon  as  he  has  made  up  his  mind  against 
any  important  doctrine  explicitly  adopted  by  his 
church,  it  is  proper  for  him  to  withdraw.  Or  at  any 
rate — for  I  do  not  wish  to  state  the  view  in  the  most 
extreme  form — this  withdrawal  is  a  clear  duty  in  the 
case  of  any  church  which  exacts,  as  a  condition  of 
admission  to  the  privileges  of  membership,  an 
express  declaration  of  adhesion  to  certain  doctrines 


128  THE  ETHICS   OF 

selected  as  fundamental  in  the  teaching  of  the 
church. 

This  view  of  the  basis  of  religious  association 
cannot,  I  think,  be  rejected  as  an  inadmissible  view : 
we  cannot  say  that  an  individual  does  wrong  in 
holding  and  acting  on  it.  I  should  go  further  and 
say  that  it  is  the  most  natural  and  obvious  view  to 
take.  But  it  would,  I  think,  be  a  grave  mistake  to 
impose  it  as  the  only  view  ethically  admissible. 

First,  the  view  clearly  does  not  correspond  to  the 
actual  facts, — the  actual  basis  of  common  under- 
standing on  which  a  church,  in  modern  society,  holds 
together.  It  is  not  only  that  the  members  of  such  a 
body  do  not  always  withdraw  when  they  have  ceased 
to  hold  any  of  its  fundamental  doctrines  ;  but  it  is 
not  expected  that  they  should  withdraw:  they  violate 
no  common  understanding  in  not  withdrawing. 

And  this  is  because  feelings  that  every  one  must 
respect  make  it  impossible  for  a  man  voluntarily  to 
abandon  a  church  as  easily  as  he  would  withdraw 
from  a  scientific  or  philanthropic  association.  The 
ties  that  bind  him  to  it  are  so  much  more  intimate 
and  sacred,  that  their  severance  is  proportionally 
more  painful.  The  close  relations  of  kinship  and 
friendship  in  which  he  may  stand  to  individual 
members  of  the  congregation  present  obstacles  to 
severance  which  all,  in  practice,  recognize,  if  not  in 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY.  129 

theory ;  but  even  to  the  community  itself,  and  its 
worship,  he  is  still  bound  by  the  strong  bands  of 
hereditary  affection,  ancient  habit,  and,  possibly, 
religious  sympathies  outliving  doctrinal  agreement. 
Let  us  grant  that  these  considerations  ought  not 
to  weigh  against  disagreement  on  essential  points. 
The  question  remains,  Who  is  to  be  the  judge  of 
essentiality?  For  it  often  happens — probably  most 
often  at  the  present  day — that  the  point  at  issue, 
though  selected  as  fundamental  by  the  church,  is 
not  so  regarded  by  the  divergent  individual :  it 
may  very  likely  appear  to  him  to  possess  no  religious 
importance  whatsoever,  and  therefore  to  give  him  no 
personal  motive  for  secession.  A  man  who  feels  no 
impulse  to  leave  a  community,  and  sees  no  religious 
or  moral  gain  in  joining  any  other,  can  hardly  be 
expected  to  excommunicate  himself;  others,  sym- 
pathizing with  his  motives,  shrink  from  excommuni- 
cating him  ;  and  thus  "  multitudinism  " — as  it  has  been 
called — creeps  tacitly  into  churches  whose  bond  of 
union  is  prima  facie  doctrinal.  And  the  principle 
thus  admitted  receives  a  continually  widening  appli- 
cation, until  from  the  mere  fact  that  a  man  is  a 
member  of  a  religious  body  we  can  draw  no  inference 
whatever  as  to  his  beliefs,  even  in  the  case  of  a 
generally  upright  and  conscientious  man,  and  even 
though  the  body  to  which  he   professedly   belongs 

K 


I30  THE  ETHICS  OF 

has  a  perfectly  definite  and  express  basis  of  theolo- 
gical doctrine. 

It  may  be  said  that  this  result,  however,  is  not 
legitimate  or  desirable,  but  merely  a  concession  to 
human  weakness,  inevitable  perhaps  in  fact  so  long 
as  men  are  weak,  but  to  be  firmly  rejected  in  deter- 
mining the  moral  ideal.  The  reason,  in  my  opinion, 
for  adopting  an  opposite  view  is,  that  the  service 
which  religion  undeniably  renders  to  society  lies 
primarily  in  its  influence  on  the  moral  and  social 
feelings,  and  that  Multitudinism  tends  to  keep  this 
influence  alive  in  many  cases  in  which  a  strict  Doc- 
trinalism  would  tend  to  destroy  it.  If  a  man  severs 
himself  from  the  worship  of  his  parents  and  the 
religious  habits  in  which  he  has  grown  up  he  will,  in 
many  cases,  form  no  new  religious  ties,  or  none  of 
equal  stability  and  force ;  and  in  consequence  the 
influence  of  religion  on  his  life  will  be  liable  to  be 
impaired,  and  with  it  the  influence  of  that  higher 
morality  which  Christianity,  in  all  our  churches, 
powerfully  supports  and  inspires ;  so  that  his  life 
will  in  consequence  be  liable  to  become  more  selfish, 
frivolous,  and  worldly,  even  if  he  does  not  lapse  into 
recognized  immorality.  I  need  hardly  say  that  I  do 
not  regard  this  as  an  inevitable  result  of  breaking 
away  from  an  inherited  creed  and  worship.  I  do  not 
even  say  that  it  is  to  be  expected  in  a  majority  of 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY.  131 

cases.  Many  are  saved  from  it  by  devotion  to  a  non- 
religious  ideal — to  science  or  social  progress ;  others 
by  the  bracing  effect  of  onerous  duties  faithfully  dis- 
charged ;  others  by  intense  and  elevating  personal 
affections.  But — though  I  have  no  means  of 
estimating  the  proportion  with  any  exactness — I 
am  disposed  to  think  that  this  moral  decline  is  to 
be  feared  in  a  number  of  cases  sufficient  to  constitute 
it  a  grave  danger. 

Here  I  would  note,  because  it  is  apt  to  be  over- 
looked, one  moral  advantage  of  membership  of  a 
church  for  ordinary  men — which  remains  even  when 
the  authoritative  creed  of  the  church  no  longer 
seriously  affects  their  belief  as  to  the  moral  order 
of  the  world — namely,  that  it  constrains  them,  gently 
but  effectively,  to  a  regular  and  solemn  profession  of 
a  morality  higher  than  their  ordinary  practice.  This 
may  sound  a  paradox,  since  the  gap  between 
Christian  professions  and  Christian  practice  is  one 
of  the  tritest  themes  of  modern  satire.  And  I  quite 
admit  that  for  men  deliberately  and  contentedly  false 
to  their  avowed  standard  of  duty  the  express  accept- 
ance of  this  standard  is  no  gain,  but  a  loss :  they 
merely  add  the  evil  of  hypocrisy  to  the  evil  of  vice  or 
selfish  worldliness.  But  the  case  is  otherwise  with 
the  average  well-meaning  persons  who  are  numeri- 
cally most  important ;  however  much  their  practice 


132  THE  ETHICS  OF 

may  fall  below  their  professions,  it  is  higher  than  it 
would  have  been  if  they  had  not,  by  professions  not 
consciously  insincere,  given  their  fellow-men  the  right 
to  try  it  by  the  exacting  standard  of  Christian  duty. 

I  need  not  labour  this  point  here,  since  surely  a 
leading  motive  for  the  formation  of  ethical  societies 
is  the  desire  to  gain,  for  oneself  and  for  others,  the 
moral  support  to  be  derived  from  sharing  in  the 
social  expression  of  lofty  ethical  aims  and  interests. 

For  these  reasons  I  think  that  in  defining  the 
moral  obligation  of  church-membership  it  is  right 
and  wise  to  admit  what  I  have  called  Multitudinism, 
and  concede  to  it  as  much  as  can  be  conceded  without 
violating  the  principles  of  Veracity  and  Fidelity  to 
promises. 

Now  probably  you  would  allow  me,  if  I  wished,  to 
assume  that  the  rules  of  Veracity  and  Fidelity  to 
promises  are  rules  to  be  obeyed  at  all  costs ;  that 
the  evils  of  violating  them  at  all  are  graver  than 
any  trouble  and  disturbance  and  pain  that  may  be 
caused  by  strict  adhesion  to  them.  But  this  is  not 
exactly  my  own  view,  and  I  wish  here  to  explain  my 
position  with  perfect  frankness  and  precision.  My 
philosophical  principles  are  on  ethical  questions 
utilitarian.  I  think  that  these  and  other  virtues  are 
only  valuable  as  means  to  the  end  of  human  happi- 
ness, and  when  I  examine  the  matters  discussed  for 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY.  133 

ages  by  casuists,  I  find  exceptional  cases  in  which 
I  have  to  approve  of  unveracity.  For  instance,  I 
should  not  hesitate  to  lie  to  a  murderer  in  pursuit 
of  his  victim,  nor — if  I  thought  it  prudent — to 
deceive  a  burglar  as  to  the  whereabouts  of  the 
family  plate.  And  there  have  been  ages  of  violent 
and  inquisitorial  religious  persecution  when  it  was 
excusable,  though  not  admirable,  in  a  heretic  to  keep 
his  view  of  truth  a  secret  doctrine,  and  simulate 
acceptance  of  the  creed  imposed  by  fire  and  sword. 
But  in  an  age  like  the  present,  when  even  aggressive 
atheism  has  in  England  been  found  no  bar  to  a 
political  career  and  parliamentary  success,  the  last 
shadow  of  this  excuse  for  unveracity  has  vanished. 

But  again,  I  admit  cases  in  which  deception  may 
legitimately  be  practised  for  the  good  of  the  person 
deceived.  Under  a  physician's  orders  I  should  not 
hesitate  to  speak  falsely  to  save  an  invalid  from  a 
dangerous  shock.  And  I  can  imagine  a  high-minded 
thinker  persuading  himself  that  the  mass  of  mankind 
are  normally  in  a  position  somewhat  analogous  to 
that  of  such  an  invalid  ;  that  they  require  for  their 
individual  and  social  well-being  to  be  comforted  by 
hopes,  and  spurred  and  curbed  by  terrors,  that  have 
no  rational  foundation.  Well,  in  a  community  like 
that  of  Paraguay  under  the  Jesuits,  with  an  en- 
lightened few  monopolizing  intellectual  culture  and 


134  THE  ETHICS  OF 

a  docile  multitude  giving  implicit  credence  to  their 
instruction,  it  might  be  possible — and  for  a  man  with 
such  convictions  it  might  conceivably  be  right — to 
support  a  fictitious  theology  for  the  good  of  the 
community  by  systematic  falsehood.  But  in  a 
society  like  our  own,  where  every  one  reads  and 
no  one  can  be  prevented  from  printing,  where  doubts 
and  denials  of  the  most  sacred  and  time-honoured 
beliefs  are  proclaimed  daily  from  house-tops  and 
from  hill-tops,  the  method  of  pious  fraud  is  surely 
inapplicable.  The  secret  must  leak  out;  the  net  of 
philanthropic  unveracity  must  be  spread  in  the  sight 
of  the  bird  :  the  benevolent  deceiver  will  find  that  he 
has  demoralized  his  fellow-men,  and  contributed  to 
shake  the  invaluable  habits  of  truth-speaking  and 
mutual  confidence  among  them,  without  gaining  the 
end  for  which  he  has  made  this  great  sacrifice.  The 
better  the  man  who  sought  to  benefit  his  fellow-men 
in  this  strange  way  the  worse,  on  the  whole,  would  be 
the  result ;  indeed,  one  can  hardly  imagine  a  severer 
blow  to  the  moral  well-being  of  a  community  than 
that  that  element  of  it  which  was  most  earnestly 
seeking  to  promote  morality  should  be  chargeable 
with  systematic  unveracity  and  habitual  violation  of 
solemn  pledges,  and  be  unable  to  repel  the  charge. 

I  conclude,  then,  that  while  we  should  yield  full 
sympathy  and  respect  to  the  motives  that  prompt  a 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY.  135 

man  to  cling  to  a  religious  community  whose  in- 
fluence on  himself  and  others  he  values,  even  though 
he  has  ceased  to  hold  beliefs  which  the  community 
has  formally  declared  to  be  essential ;  and  while  we 
should  concede  broadly  the  legitimacy  of  such  ad- 
hesion ;  still  all  such  concessions  must  be  firmly 
limited  by  the  obligations  of  Veracity  and  Good 
Faith. 

This  conclusion,  however,  is  somewhat  vague  and 
general.  I  will  try  to  make  it  rather  more  definite — 
but  much  must  always  be  left  to  the  varying  senti- 
ments and  judgments  of  individuals,  and  it  is  an 
important  gain  to  get  the  principle  clear.  In  illus- 
trating its  application,  I  will  consider  first  the  case 
of  pledges  expressly  taken  on  admission  to  member- 
ship. Here  I  should  understand  my  principle  to 
mean  that  the  obligation  to  fulfil  any  such  pledge 
should  be  held  as  sacred  as  any  other  promise,  but 
that  as  broad  an  interpretation  as  is  fairly  admissible 
should  be  put  on  the  terms  of  the  pledge.  In 
determining  this  I  hold  it  reasonable  to  be  largely 
guided  by  common  understanding.  This  is  not 
always  easy  to  ascertain,  but  if  an  individual  is  in 
doubt,  any  serious  danger  of  bad  faith  may  usually 
be  avoided  by  making  his  position  clear  to  others 
who  do  not  hold  his  views.  The  important  point  is 
that  he  should  neither  betray  the  confidence  reposed 


136  THE  ETHICS  OF 

in  him  by  others,  nor  give  them  fair  reason  for  believing 
that  he  holds  opinions  which  he  does  not  hold. 

I  may  make  this  clearer  by  taking  a  particular 
example ;  and  I  will  select  the  case  of  the  Church 
of  England,  both  because  it  is  practically  for  us 
the  most  important  case,  and  because  in  an  estab- 
lished church  with  a  prescribed  form  of  worship, 
and  an  elaborate  official  creed  more  than  three 
centuries  old,  the  difficulties  of  the  present  question 
reach  their  maximum.  Now  there  can  be  no  doubt 
that  a  member  of  the  Church  of  England  is  formally 
pledged  to  believe  the  Apostles'  Creed.  But  it  is 
clearly  impossible  to  take  this  pledge  literally.  If 
it  comes  into  conflict  with  the  necessity  or  duty  of 
believing  what  appears  to  a  man  true,  it  can  be 
no  more  binding  than  any  other  promise  to  do  what 
is  either  impossible  or  wrong.  Can  we  say,  then, 
that  in  the  case  of  such  conflict  there  is  an  implied 
pledge  to  withdraw  ?  This  is,  I  think,  the  most 
natural  view  to  take,  and,  for  a  long  time,  I 
thought  it  difficult  to  justify  morally  any  other 
view.  But  as  the  pledge  to  withdraw  is  at  any 
rate  only  implied,  and  as  the  common  understanding, 
of  orthodox  and  unorthodox  alike,  gives  the  implica- 
tion no  support,  I  now  think  it  legitimate  to  regard 
the  obvious  though  indirect  import  of  the  verbal 
pledge  as   relaxed   by  the   common   understanding. 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY.  137 

At  the  same  time,  considering  how  necessarily  vague 
and  uncertain  this  appeal  to  a  tacit  common  under- 
standing must  be,  and  how  explicit  and  solemn  the 
pledge  taken  is,  I  do  not  think  anyone  who  is  a 
candidate  for  any  educational  or  other  post  of  trust, 
in  which  membership  of  the  English  Church  is 
required  as  a  condition,  ought  to  take  advantage  of 
this  relaxation  without  making  his  position  clear  to 
those  who  appoint  to  the  post ;  so  as  to  make  sure 
that  they,  at  any  rate,  are  willing  to  admit  his  inter- 
pretation of  it.  I  do  not  mean  that  such  a  person 
is  bound  to  state  his  theological  opinions — I  think 
no  one  should  be  forced  to  do  that — but  I  think 
he  ought  to  state  clearly  how  he  interprets  his  pledge 
to  believe  the  Apostles'  Creed. 

I  might  pursue  this  question  into  much  more 
detail,  but  this  kind  of  casuistry  is  apt  to  weary, 
unless  it  is  pursued  for  the  practical  end  of  personal 
choice  or  friendly  counsel ;  and  I  am  anxious  not 
to  seem  to  dogmatize  on  points  on  which  I  should 
readily  acquiesce  in  minor  differences  of  judgment. 
I  pass  on,  therefore,  to  examine  the  obligation  implied 
in  taking  part  in  a  form  of  worship — especially  one 
which,  like  that  of  the  Church  of  England,  includes 
the  recital  of  one  or  more  creeds.  Here,  however,  I 
think  that  the  only  practical  question  admitting  of 
a   precise   general    answer   relates    not   to    the   duty 


138  THE  ETHICS  OF 

of  a  private  member  of  the  church,  but  to  the  duty 
of  its  appointed  teachers.  For  the  mere  presence 
at  a  religious  service — by  a  clear  common  under- 
standing— does  not  imply  more  than  a  general 
sympathy  with  its  drift  and  aims ;  it  does  not 
necessarily  imply  a  belief  in  any  particular  statement 
made  in  the  course  of  it,  as  an  ordinary  member  of 
the  congregation  is  not  obliged  to  join  in  any  such 
statement  unless  he  likes.  And  how  far  it  is  desirable 
that  an  individual  should  take  any  part  in  a  social 
act  of  religious  worship,  while  conscious  of  a  certain 
amount  of  intellectual  dissent  from  the  beliefs 
implied  in  the  utterances  of  the  worship,  is  a 
question  which  may  properly  be  left  to  be  decided 
by  the  varying  sentiments  of  individuals ;  the  effect 
of  public  worship  on  the  worshipper  is  so  complex 
and  so  various,  that  it  would  be  inexpedient  to 
attempt  to  lay  down  a  definite  general  rule.  The 
minds  of  some  are  so  constituted,  that  it  would 
be  a  mockery  to  them  to  take  part  in  a  service 
not  framed  in  exact  accordance  with  their  theological 
convictions ;  to  others,  again,  quite  as  genuinely 
religious,  but  more  influenced  by  sympathies  and 
associations,  the  element  of  intellectual  agreement 
appears  less  important. 

The  case  of  the  teacher,  the  officiating  minister, 
is  different,  for  on  him  the  imperative  duty  falls — 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY.  139 

in  the  Church  of  England — of  solemnly  declaring 
his  personal  belief  in  the  fundamental  doctrines  of 
the  church,  as  stated  in  the  Apostles'  Creed  and 
the  Nicene  Creed.  And  here,  I  think,  we  come  to 
a  point  at  which  the  efforts  made  for  more  than 
a  generation  in  England  to  liberalize  the  teaching 
of  the  English  Church,  and  to  open  its  ministry 
to  men  of  modern  ideas,  must  find  an  inexorable 
moral  barrier  in  the  obligations  of  veracity  and 
good  faith.  For  the  priest  who  recites  any  one 
of  the  precise  and  weighty  statements  in  the 
Apostles'  Creed,*  while  not  really  believing  it,  can 
hardly  be  acquitted  of  breaking  both  these  rules  of 
duty;t  since  he  states  falsely  that  he  believes  a 
theological  proposition  which  he  has  implicitly 
pledged  himself  to  teach  with  genuine  belief,  and 
in  his  case  no  common  understanding  can,  I  think, 
be  held  to  have  relaxed  the  force  of  this  pledge. 
I  believe  that  there  are  men  who  make  these  false 
statements  regularly  with  the  best  intentions,  and 
with   aims   and   purposes   with   which   we   shall   all 

*  I  mention  the  Apostles'  Creed  because  its  position  in  the  Baptismal 
Service  attaches  to  it  with  special  emphasis  the  character  of  a  summary 
of  the  doctrine  which  the  minister  has  been  appointed  to  teach. 

t  No  doubt  if  he  at  the  same  time  makes  clear  that  he  does  not 
believe  the  statement,  his  unveracity  is  merely  formal ;  but  then  his 
breach  of  his  ordination  vow,  **so  to  minister  the  doctrine  ...  as 
this  Church  hath  received  the  same,"  becomes  still  more  palpable. 


I40  THE  ETHICS   OF 

here  sympathize ;  but  the  more  we  sympathize  with 
them,  the  more  it  becomes  our  duty  to  urge — from 
the  purely  ethical  point  of  view  which  we  here  take 
— that  no  gain  in  enlightenment  and  intelligence 
which  the  Anglican  ministry  may  receive  from  the 
presence  of  such  men  can  compensate  for  the 
damage  done  to  moral  habits,  and  the  offence  given 
to  moral  sentiments,  by  their  example.  Let  me 
not  be  misunderstood.  I  should  desire  and  think 
right  that  in  determining  the  scope  of  the  obligation 
imposed  by  the  creeds  the  utmost  breadth  of  inter- 
pretation should  be  granted,  the  utmost  variety  of 
meanings  allowed  which  the  usage  of  language, 
especially  the  vagueness  of  many  fundamental 
notions,  will  fairly  admit.  Christianity,  in  the  course 
of  its  history,  has  adapted  itself  to  many  philoso- 
phies ;  and  I  do  not  doubt  that  there  is  much 
essentially  modern  thought  about  the  Universe,  its 
End  and  Ground  and  moral  order,  which  will  bear 
to  be  thrown  into  the  mould  of  these  time-honoured 
creeds.  But  there  is  one  line  of  thought  which  is 
not  compatible  with  them,  and  that  is  the  line  of 
thought  which,  taught  by  modern  science  and 
modern  historical  criticism,  concludes  against  the 
miraculous  element  of  the  gospel  history,  and  in 
particular  rejects  the  story  of  the  miraculous  birth 
of  Jesus.     I  would  give  all  sympathy  to  those  who 


RELIGIOUS  CONFORMITY.  141 

are  trying  to  separate  the  ethical  and  religious 
element  in  their  inherited  creed  from  the  doubts 
and  difficulties  that  hang  about  the  "thaumato- 
logical "  element,  and  so  to  cherish  the  vital  ties 
that  connect  the  best  and  highest  of  our  modern 
sentiments  and  beliefs,  religious  and  moral,  with 
the  sacred  books  and  venerable  traditions  of  Chris- 
tianity. I  think  the  work  on  which  they  are 
engaged  a  good  work  and  profitable  for  these  times ; 
but  I  cannot  think  it  is  a  work  that  can  properly 
be  done  within  the  pale  of  the  Anglican  ministry. 


VI. 
CLERICAL  VERACITY. 

THE  foregoing  address  was  published  in  the 
International  Journal  of  Ethics  for  April,  1 896. 
In  January,  1 897,  a  reply  from  the  Rev.  H.  Rashdall, 
of  Hertford  College,  Oxford,  combating  at  some 
length  the  view  taken  in  my  address  as  to  the  moral 
position  of  the  Anglican  clergy,  appeared  in  the 
same  journal.  Mr.  Rashdall's  paper  is  ably  and 
earnestly  written,  and  I  have  endeavoured  to  give 
full  weight  to  the  considerations  urged  by  him. 
But  the  main  conclusions  expressed  in  my  address 
remain  unchanged  ;  and  as  the  question  seems  to  me 
one  of  profound  social  importance,  I  propose  in  this 
essay  to  return  to  it  and  give  such  further  explana- 
tions and  further  arguments  as  Mr.  Rashdall's  paper 
suggests.  I  do  not,  however,  find  it  convenient  to 
throw  my  statement  into  the  form  of  a  simple  re- 
joinder to  Mr.  Rashdall,  because  he  has,  to  an  impor- 
tant extent,  misunderstood  my  position  ;  and  the 
detailed   discussion    of    such    misunderstandings    is 

142 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  143 


almost  always  wearisome  and  unprofitable  to  the 
reader.  The  misunderstanding  is  partly  due  to  the 
comparative  brevity  with  which  I  treated  the  subject 
— Mr.  Rashdall's  thirty  pages  being  in  fact  directed 
against  the  last  page  and  a  half  of  my  address  ;  and 
perhaps  I  ought  to  offer  some  explanation  of  this 
brevity.  The  truth  is  that  though  Mr.  Rashdall 
regards  my  position  as  extreme  on  the  side  of 
strictness,  "almost  what  might  have  been  expected 
from  a  Kantian  rigorist,"  this  was  not  at  all  my  own 
view  of  it.  I  do  not  merely  mean  that  I  aimed  at 
keeping  a  judicious  middle  course,  avoiding  with 
equal  care  right-hand  rigour  and  left-hand  laxity; 
for  that,  I  suppose,  is  the  aim  of  every  one  who  forms 
a  disinterested  conclusion  on  a  controverted  matter. 
The  point  is  rather  that,  while  composing  my  address, 
my  "judicious  mean"  seemed  to  myself  much  more 
assailable  in  respect  of  laxity  than  in  respect  of 
rigour.  Before  writing  it,  I  had  tried  to  study  im- 
partially the  Baptismal  Service  and  the  Confirmation 
Service  of  the  Church  of  England ;  and  had  been 
strongly  impressed  with  the  definiteness  and  force 
with  which  the  doctrinal  basis  of  membership  is  there 
put  forward.  A  member  of  the  Church  has  been 
"  baptized  in  the  faith "  defined  by  the  Apostles' 
Creed  ;  at  confirmation  he  has  solemnly  "  acknow- 
ledged "    himself    "  bound    to    believe "    it.     I    had. 


144  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

therefore,  some  hesitation  in  arguing,  on  the  ground 
of  anything  so  vague  as  a  tacit  common  understand- 
ing, that  a  layman  who  definitely  rejects  any  precise 
and  important  statement  made  in  this  creed  may  still 
legitimately  claim  the  privileges  of  membership. 
I  felt  that  if  this  claim  were  denied  by  any  one  of 
the  many  orthodox  persons  who  regard  the  Apostles' 
Creed  as  the  indispensable  minimum  of  Christian 
doctrine,  I  should  have  considerable  difficulty  in 
defending  the  position  that  I  had  still,  on  the  whole, 
determined  to  maintain.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
proposition  that  an  ordained  minister  of  the  Church, 
who  is  required  by  his  office  to  declare  solemnly 
every  Sunday  his  belief  in  the  Apostles'  Creed,  is 
chargeable  with  unveracity  if  this  declaration  is 
palpably  false — this  proposition  seemed  to  me  hardly 
controvertible.  I  was,  indeed,  aware  that  a  portion  of 
the  Anglican  clergy  were  in  the  habit  of  thus  affirm- 
ing falsely  their  belief  in  the  miraculous  birth  of 
Jesus  Christ ;  because  Mr.  Haweis,  in  an  interest- 
ing article  in  the  Contemporary  Review  (September, 
1895)  had  stated  this  as  a  fact  within  his  knowledge. 
"  We  have  in  our  midst,"  said  Mr.  Haweis,  "  clergy 
within  the  Church  holding  two  views  of  the  incarna- 
tion. There  are  what  I  may  call  the  prenatal  infusion 
clergy  and  the  postnatal  transfusion  clergy.  The 
Postnatalists  admit  human  parentage  on  both  sides." 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  145 

I  had  no  doubt  that  these  Postnatalists*  were  for  the 
most  part  making  their  weekly  false  statements  with 
the  best  intentions ;  but  it  never  occurred  to  me  that 
they  would  claim  to  be  acquitted  of  unveracity  in  so 
doing.  I  rather  supposed  them  to  hold  that  any 
harm  that  might  be  done  to  religion  and  morality  by 
this  falsity  was  outweighed  by  the  loss  that  the 
Church  would  suffer  if  men  of  enlightenment,  open 
to  modern  ideas  and  fearlessly  accepting  the  methods 
of  modern  criticism,  were  excluded  from  its  pulpits. 
This  was  a  plea  that  I  was  prepared  to  discuss  more 
fully  if  necessary ;  but  on  the  point  of  veracity 
I  thought  I  might  be  brief 

It  is  partly  owing  to  this  brevity  that  Mr.  Rashdall 
has  occupied  a  considerable  part  of  his  article  with 
arguments  really  irrelevant  to  my  position.  Thus  he 
argues  at  length  against  the  view  that  a  clergyman  is 
bound  to  believe  in  miracles  as  such,  and  in  all  the 
miracles  recorded  in  the  New  Testament.  But  I  did 
not  intend  to  suggest  this ;  my  contention  was  merely 
that  veracity  requires  him  to  believe  the  marvels 
affirmed  in  the  creeds.  He  is  quite  at  liberty — so  far 
as  my  argument  is  concerned — to  hold  that  these 
marvels  were  "  not  breaches  of  natural  law." 

*  I  propose  in  this  article  to  adopt  Mr.  Ilaweis'  term,  as  a  convenient 
designation  for  "  Christians  who  do  not  believe  in  the  miraculous  birth 
of  Jesus  Christ." 

L 


146  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

I  cannot,  however,  admit  that  Mr.  Rashdall's 
misunderstandings  are  entirely  due  to  my  brevity. 
For  instance,  he  understands  me  to  suggest  that  a 
clergyman  is  bound  to  believe  "  in  the  most  literal  * 
interpretation  of  everything  contained  in  the  creeds." 
But  in  the  paragraph  against  which  he  was  arguing  I 
had  expressly  said  "  I  should  desire  and  think  right 
that  in  determining  the  scope  of  the  obligation 
imposed  by  the  creeds,  the  utmost  breadth  of  inter- 
pretation should  be  granted,  the  utmost  variety  of 
meanings  allowed,  which  the  usage  of  language, 
especially  the  vagueness  of  many  fundamental 
notions,  will  fairly  admit."  My  contention  is  simply 
that  the  widest  licence  of  variation  that  can  be 
reasonably  claimed  must  stop  short  of  the  permis- 
sion to  utter  a  hard,  flat,  unmistakable  falsehood;  and 
this  is  what  a  clergyman  does  who  says  solemnly 
— in  the  recital  of  the  Apostles'  Creed — "  I  believe  in 
Jesus  Christ,  ....  who  was  conceived  by  the  Holy 
Ghost,  born  of  the  Virgin  Mary,"  when  he  really 
believes  that  Jesus  was,  like  other  human  beings,  the 
son  of  two  human  parents.  He  utters,  of  course,  a 
similar  falsehood  in  affirming  the  belief  that  Jesus 
"  on  the  third  day  rose  again  from  the  dead,"  when  he 
does  not  believe  that  Jesus  had  a  continued  life  as  an 
individual    after   death,   and   a   life   in    some    sense 

*  The  italics  are  mine. 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  147 


corporeal.  But  since  the  conception  of  the  resur- 
rection body — which,  in  a  theology  based  on  the 
canonical  scriptures,  is  naturally  formed  by  com- 
paring the  language  of  St.  Paul  (i  Cor.  xv.)  with 
the  language  of  the  third  and  fourth  evangelists — 
is  somewhat  ambiguous  and  obscure, "^  I  propose  in 
this  discussion  to  concentrate  attention  mainly  on  the 
first-mentioned  statement,  which  presents  a  perfectly 
simple  and  definite  issue. 

*  The  difficulty  in  making  the  conception  precise  arises  thus.  St. 
Paul,  expounding  the  distinction  between  the  •^vx'lkov  and  the 
TuevfiaTiKov  aQjua,  says  that  ' '  flesh  and  blood  cannot  inherit  the 
kingdom  of  God."  But  according  to  St.  Luke  the  resurrection  body 
of  Jesus  is  seen  to  have  "flesh  and  bones,"  and  to  eat  fish  and  honey- 
comb ;  according  to  both  St.  Luke  and  St.  John  the  risen  Jesus  ofters 
His  body  to  be  handled;  and  it  is  clearly  contrary  to  the  meaning  of  the 
Evangelists  to  suppose  these  appearances  and  offers  deceptive.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  form  of  Jesus  appears  and  vanishes  mysteriously  (Luke 
xxiv.  31,  36),  and  seems  to  have  passed  through  closed  doors.  (John  xx. 
19,  26.) 

I  observe  that  Alford  (on  Luke  xxiv.  39)  suggests  that  the  resurrec- 
tion body  had  flesh  and  bones,  du^  not  blood.  This  strikingly  illustrates 
what  I  have  ventured  to  call  the  "obscurity  and  ambiguity"  of  the 
conception  ;  but  it  is  not  easy  to  treat  the  suggestion  with  the  respect 
due  to  a  learned  and  thoughtful  commentator.  The  declaration 
appended  to  the  Anglican  Communion  Service,  on  the  contrary, 
affirms  that  "  the  natural  Body  and  Blood  oi  our  Saviour  Christ  are  in 
heaven." 

The  scriptural  data  being  what  I  have  just  stated,  I  think  that  a  large 
freedom  of  interpretation  of  the  term  "body"  may  be  legitimately 
claimed  by  any  one  who  affirms  a  belief  in  the  "resurrection  of  the 
body." 


148  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

This  issue  is  frankly  accepted  by  Mr.  Rashdall. 
He  definitely  holds  that  a  man  may  reject  the  mir- 
aculous birth  and  yet  solemnly  recite  in  church  the 
Apostles'  Creed  and  the  Nicene  Creed,  without  doing 
anything  "  really  inconsistent  with  the  duties  of 
veracity  and  good  faith,"  according  to  the  "  principles 
which  are  generally  recognized." 

His  reasoning  is  as  follows  i"^ 

1.  "The  clergy  do  not  profess  their  beliefs  in  the 

Creeds  in  any  other  sense  and  to  any  other 
degree  than  they  assent  to  the  whole  of  the 
Prayer  Book  and  Articles." 

2.  There  are  few  clergymen  who  literally  believe 

all  the  Thirty-nine  Articles  ;  and  even  in  the 
Apostles'  and  the  Nicene  Creed  there  are 
clauses  which  ''  most  orthodox  clergymen 
would  explain  in  a  way  different  from  that 
which  was  intended  by  their  authors  " — e.g,^ 
those  relating  to  the  descent  into  hell,  and 
the  Resurrection  of  the  Body. 

3.  We  have  to  recognize,  accordingly,  a  "  general 

agreement  that  subscription  does  not  imply 
a  literal  acceptance  of  the  formulae." 

*  In  what  follows  I  have  endeavoured  faithfully  to  represent  Mr. 
Rashdall's  arguments,  keeping  his  own  words  as  far  as  possible,  but  I 
have  found  it  necessary  for  clearness  to  give  them  in  a  different  order. 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  149 

4.  The  liberty  thus  gained  might  with  advantage 

be  increased ;  and,  with  a  view  to  this 
increase,  "  the  principle  of  liberalizing  inter- 
pretation may  be  carried  a  little  further  than 
can  be  justified  by  strict  insistence  upon" 
the  rule  that  "  words  must  be  taken  to  mean 
what  they  are  generally  understood  to  mean." 
By  so  doing  a  clergyman  will  "  contribute  to 
a  further  step  in  that  process  of  religious 
development  which  has  proved  so  beneficial 
in  times  past." 

5.  This  principle  justifies  a  clergyman  in  affirming 

his  belief  that  Christ  was  born  of  a  virgin, 
when  he  really  believes  that  He  had  two 
human  parents,  provided  he  thinks  the 
matter  "of  no  spiritual  significance." 

6.  No   doubt  such  a  man    ought,  before  taking 

orders,  to  satisfy  himself  that  this  "  disbelief 
is  of  the  same  order  as  those  which  public 
opinion  has  already  recognized  as  falling 
within  the  permissible  limits " ;  and  Mr. 
Rashdall  appears  to  concede  that  he  may 
have  some  little  difficulty  in  satisfying  him- 
self of  this :  but  he  thinks  that  he  is 
"justified  in  throwing  the  responsibility" 
on    the    bishop    to    whom    he    applies    for 


ISO  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

ordination.  If  the  bishop  consents  to  ordain 
him,  as  an  avowed  unbeHever  in  the  miracu- 
lous birth,  he  may  feel  assured  that  his 
disbelief  "  does  not  exceed  the  limits  of 
the  liberty  which  the  Church  by  its  practi- 
cal conduct  has  proclaimed."  Nor  need  he 
— if  I  understand  Mr.  Rashdall — communi- 
cate to  the  world  or  to  his  congregation  his 
unbelief  in  the  miraculous  birth.  It  is 
sufficient  if  he  informs  his  bishop  and  the 
incumbent  who  gives  him  his  title,  and  lets 
his  congregation  know  "  by  the  general  tenor 
of  his  teaching"  in  what  sense  he  interprets 
his  acceptance  of  the  formularies. 

7.  For  confirmation  of  his  general  view  of  the 
liberty  allowed  to  the  clergy,  Mr.  Rashdall 
appeals  to  **  the  Courts,  the  authorized  inter- 
preters of  the  obligations  imposed  by  law 
upon  the  clergy."  He  finds  that  the 
"  decisions  of  the  Judicial  Committee  of  the 
Privy  Council  in  the  case  of  the  various 
writers  in  Essays  and  Reviews  go  far  to 
constitute,  within  the  limits  contended  for 
in  this  article,  a  charter  of  theological 
freedom  for  the  clergy  of  the  Church  of 
England." 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  151 

This  is,  I  think,  a  faithful  summary  of  the  reason- 
ing by  which  Mr.  Rashdall  tries  to  prove  that  the 
conduct  he  recommends  is  "  not  really  inconsistent 
with  the  duties  of  veracity  and  good  faith."  I  cannot 
say  that  he  has  convinced  me  on  either  point ;  but 
after  considering  the  lines  of  his  argument,  I  think  it 
better  to  separate  the  duties  of  veracity  and  good 
faith,  and,  for  clearness  of  issue,  to  concentrate 
attention  here  mainly  on  the  former.  The  pledges 
given  by  a  priest  at  his  ordination  are  no  doubt  given 
immediately  to  the  bishop ;  and  it  is  at  least  a 
tenable  view  that  the  bishop  is  an  authorized  inter- 
preter of  the  ordination  vows  ''so  to  minister  the 
doctrine  as  this  Church  hath  received  the  same,"  and 
"with  all  faithful  diligence  to  banish  and  drive 
away  all  strange  doctrines  contrary  to  God's  Word." 
Hence  the  question,  whether  in  the  exercise  of 
this  interpretative  authority  he  may  properly  dispense 
an  enlightened  candidate  from  the  duty  of  believing 
and  teaching  such  portions  of  the  Apostles'  Creed 
as  conflict  with  modern  historical  criticism,  may 
perhaps  be  regarded  as  a  question  of  ecclesiastical 
order  with  which  an  outsider  should  not  presume 
to  deal.  I  should  myself  have  thought  that  this 
episcopal  dispensing  power  was  rather  a  mediaeval 
than  a  modern  idea  ;  but  I  do  not  claim  to  be  an 
expert  on  such  points.     I  will  only  say  that  if  this 


152  CLERICAL    VERACITY, 

dispensing  power  be  once  admitted,  I  do  not  see  how 
it  is  possible  to  limit  it  to  the  particular  modern 
ideas  that  Mr.  Rashdall  wishes  to  admit.  Suppose, 
for  instance,  that  a  disciple  of  Matthew  Arnold, 
glowing  with  ardour  to  exhibit  the  "  true  greatness  of 
Christianity,"  purified  from  the  ''  '^o'^yAds  Aberglaube'' 
of  the  Apostles'  Creed  and  the  ''false  science"  of  the 
Nicene  Creed,  presents  himself  for  ordination  before 
a  bishop  who — like  the  present  Dean  of  Ripon"^' — 
is  more  or  less  in  sympathy  with  Literature  and 
Dogma.  Is  it  not  probable  that  the  enlightened 
prelate  would  stretch  his  dispensing  power  to  admit 
the  enlightened  candidate?  and  could  a  colleague 
who  had  himself  consented  to  ordain  a  Postnatalist 
reasonably  censure  the  transaction  ?  f  I  can  hardly 
think  that  the  Church  of  England  will  ever  willingly 
entrust  such  a  power  to  any  single  bishop. 

But  in  any  case  we  shall  agree  that  this  episcopal 

*  See  Fortnightly  Reviezv,  vol.  xlviii.  pp.  452-8. 

t  I  do  not  know  that  any  bishop  has  actually  gone  quite  so  far.  Mr, 
Rashdall,  indeed,  informs  us  that  "the  most  learned  and  universally 
respected  theologian  among  the  English  bishops  of  this  generation 
consented  to  ordain  a  candidate  who  confessed  to  him  that  the  question 
of  the  miraculous  birth  was  to  him  an  open  question."  But  there  is 
a  not  immaterial  difference  between  saying  that  one  believes  what  one 
disbelieves,  and  saying  that  one  believes  something  about  which  one  is 
suspending  one's  judgment.  Mr.  Rashdall's  bishop  may  have  allowed 
himself  to  hope  that  the  balance  of  his  candidate's  judgment  would 
shortly  incline  on  the  orthodox  side. 


CLERICAL    VERACITY,  153 

dispensing  power  cannot  extend  to  the  general  duty 
of  veracity :  the  bishop  cannot  Hcense  a  deacon  or 
priest  to  speak  falsely  to  his  congregation.  And 
here  I  must  express  my  astonishment  at  Mr. 
Rashdall's  assertion  that  the  clergy  do  not  profess 
their  belief  in  the  Creeds  in  any  other  sense  or  degree 
than  they  assent  to  the  whole  of  the  Prayer  Book 
and  the  Thirty-nine  Articles.  For  he  himself  points 
out  that  the  assent  required  to  the  Prayer  Book  and 
Articles  is  only  a  "general  declaration  of  assent, 
deliberately  substituted  by  Parliament  and  both  con- 
vocations in  1865  for  certain  very  much  stronger 
and  more  explicit  declarations ;  so  that  in  dis- 
tinguishing between  a  general  belief  in  the  Articles 
and  Prayer  Book,  and  an  explicit  belief  that  every- 
thing in  the  Articles  and  Prayer  Book  is  true,  no  one 
can  be  accused  of  pressing  an  accidental  selection 
of  phrases."  But  an  "explicit  belief  that  every- 
thing "  in  the  Apostles'  Creed  "  is  true"  is  just  what 
everyone  who  performs  clerical  functions  has  to 
declare ;  moreover,  he  has  ordinarily  to  declare 
it  every  Sunday,  whereas  his  general  assent  to  the 
Articles  is  only  required  when  he  is  ordained  or 
licensed  to  a  curacy,  or  instituted  to  a  benefice.  IMr. 
Rashdall's  arguments  to  show  that  hardly  any 
clergyman  really  believes  everything  in  the  Thirty- 
nine  Articles  would   only  be   to  the   point   if  every 


154  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

clergyman  were  required  periodically  to  repeat  all  the 
Articles,  prefacing  each  with  the  words  "  I  believe  "  : 
under  the  conditions  which  have  now  existed  for 
a  generation  such  arguments  are,  by  his  own 
showing,  irrelevant  to  the  present  issue.* 

At  the  same  time  the  considerations  which  Mr. 
Rashdall  urges  against  a  pedantic  insistence  on  what 
he  calls  "  technical  veracity,"  in  dealing  with  formulae 
prescribed  for  assent  or  repetition,  seem  to  me  to 
a  great  extent  sound.  My  complaint  is  that,  instead 
of  stating  and  applying  these  considerations  with  the 
care  and  delicacy  of  distinction  required  for  helpful- 
ness, so  as  to  show  how  the  essence  of  veracity  may 
be  realized  under  peculiar  and  somewhat  perplexing 
conditions,  he  rather  uses  them  to  suggest  the 
depressing  and  demoralizing  conclusion  that  no 
clergyman  can  possibly  speak  the  truth  in  the  sense 

*  For  this  reason  I  have  not  thought  it  worth  while  to  discuss  Mr. 
Rashdall's  tii  qtioque,  addressed  to  the  High  Church  party.  I  should 
admit  that  it  would  have  had  some  force  before  1865  ;  but  now  any 
difficulty  that  a  High  Churchman  may  find  in  agreeing  to  the  statements 
of  any  particular  Article  2x0.  prima  facie  met  by  the  difference  between 
general  assent  and  explicit  belief  in  particulars,  on  which  Mr.  Rashdall 
lays  stress.  It  is  possible,  indeed,  that  the  divergence  between  the 
opinions  of  some  extreme  High  Churchmen  and  the  general  scheme  of 
doctrine  set  forth  in  the  Articles  may  be  too  great  to  be  fairly  covered 
by  this  difference.  But  Mr.  Rashdall  has  made  no  serious  attempt  to 
prove  this  ;  and  it  would  be  difficult  to  demonstrate  it  cogently,  owing 
to  the  inevitable  indefiniteness  of  the  effect  of  the  change  made  in  1865. 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  155 

in  which  a  plain  layman  understands  truth-speaking ; 
so  that  any  clergyman  may  lie  without  scruple  in  the 
cause  of  religious  progress,  with  a  view  to  aiding  popu- 
lar education  in  the  new  theology,  and  still  feel  that 
he  is  as  veracious  as  his  profession  allows  him  to  be. 
Or  perhaps  I  should  rather  say  that  Mr.  Rashdall's 
conception  of  substantial  veracity  is  what  gram- 
marians call  proleptic ;  the  duty  of  truth-speaking 
is,  he  thinks,  adequately  performed  by  a  Postnatalist, 
if  he  may  reasonably  hope  that  the  falsehood  he  now 
utters  will  before  long  cease  to  deceive  through  the 
spread  of  a  common  understanding  that  he  does  not 
mean  what  he  says.  In  this  way  what  is  sound  in 
Mr.  Rashdall's  arguments  comes  to  be  inextricably 
mixed  up  with  what  I  regard  as  dangerously  mis- 
leading. It  appears  to  me  therefore  desirable  that 
I  should  state  and  illustrate  in  my  own  way  the 
general  view  of  the  moral  obligation  of  veracity  in 
which  we  on  the  whole  agree,  and  then  try  to  show 
that,  properly  understood,  this  does  not  support  his 
particular  conclusions  as  to  clerical  duty. 

Two  considerations  appear  to  me  to  modify  the 
duty  of  truth-speaking  in  such  a  case  as  that  before 
us. 

(i)  Ordinarily  a  man  may  choose  his  own  words 
to  express  his  belief,  and  therefore  has  no  excuse 
for     deliberately    choosing    ambiguous    words ;     he 


156  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

ought,  generally  speaking,*  to  choose  words  which 
appear  to  him  freest  from  ambiguity.  But  where 
the  words  are  prescribed  for  him  this  choice  is 
precluded  ;  and  in  such  a  case,  I  conceive,  he 
should  be  held  to  speak  truthfully,  if  he  employs 
the  terms  in  any  sense  which  they  will  fairly  admit, 
according  to  the  common  usage  of  language.  I 
think  that  this  is  the  rule  which  a  conscientious 
man  practically  applies  in  any  of  the  cases — not 
rare  in  modern  political  life — in  which  he  is  asked 
to  sign  a  document  which  he  has  had  no  share  in 
drawing  up.  If  it  contains  any  statement  as  to  a 
matter  of  fact  which  he  regards  as  clearly  false,  he 
will  refuse  to  sign  the  document,  however  much  he 
may  sympathize  with  its  object ;  but  he  will  sign 
it — in  a  good  cause — although  the  document  may 
contain  some  phrases  which  he  can  only  accept  by 
taking  them  in  a  sense  different  from  that  which  the 
majority  attach  to  them,  and  perhaps  different  from 
that  intended  by  the  framers  of  the  document, 
provided  the  vague  and  varying  usage  of  common 
speech  may  be  fairly  held  to  include  the  different 
meanings.  It  is  the  common  usage  and  under- 
standing which  fixes  the  limits  of  variation  in  such 

*  I  should  hold  that  even  when  we  choose  our  own  words,  there  are 
cases  in  which  regard  for  the  feelings  of  others  may  properly  lead  us  to 
prefer  words  to  some  extent  ambiguous. 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  157 

cases,  not  simply  the  opinions  and  sentiments  of  the 
framers  of  the  document. 

(2)  This  leads  us  to  the  second  consideration.  The 
common  understanding  may  change  gradually,  so 
that  certain  phrases  in  certain  relations  may  come 
to  be  understood  in  a  sense  quite  different  from  that 
which  they  originally  bore,  or  which  the  words 
would  convey  if  used  in  other  connexions.  The 
stock  instance  of  this  is  the  language  of  compliment 
or  politeness :  thus  the  phrase  "  Dear  Sir "  in  com- 
mencing a  letter  is  understood  to  express  not 
affection,  but  a  certain  minimum  of  social  respect ; 
similarly  the  words  "  Right  Reverend "  might  be 
applied  without  deception  to  a  bishop  by  a  Non- 
conformist, who  both  hated  prelacy  and  despised  the 
particular  bishop  to  whom  he  was  writing.  In  some 
cases  the  new  meaning  thus  given  to  a  phrase  by 
current  usage  is  designed  to  be  ambiguous,  because 
ambiguity  is  required  by  social  convenience.  Thus 
the  phrase  "not  at  home"  is  now  understood  to 
mean  "  eitJier  out  or  unwilling  to  receive  visitors  "  ; — 
a  phrase  with  this  ambiguous  meaning  being  con- 
venient, because  the  uncertainty  between  the  two 
alternatives  tends  to  prevent  social  friction. 

This  last  example  has  a  peculiarity  which  deserves 
special  attention  from  our  present  point  of  view. 
The  meaning  now  attached  to  the  phrase   "not  at 


158  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

home"  is  the  result  of  a  gradual  process  of  change 
during  which  the  phrase  has  been,  in  a  continually- 
decreasing  degree,  deceptive.  Now  the  original  decep- 
tive use  is  obviously  condemned  by  the  general  rule 
of  truth-speaking,  and  few  thoughtful  persons  would 
deny  that  it  was  morally  objectionable :  it  was  a 
falsehood  not  justified  by  the  social  convenience 
which  prompted  it.  The  question  then  arises  whether 
this  deception  in  the  process  of  change — granting  it 
wrong — renders  it  wrong  to  avail  ourselves  of  the 
results  of  the  process?  I  agree  with  Mr.  Rashdall 
in  thinking  that  this  question  must  be  answered  in 
the  negative.  In  the  political  and  social  life  of  man 
good  continually  comes  out  of  evil,  and  bad  actions 
have,  as  a  part  of  their  consequences,  beneficent 
results, — as  when  a  prosperous  and  well-ordered  state 
has  been  founded  by  unscrupulous  aggression  and 
conquest.  In  all  such  cases  we  may,  I  conceive,  use 
the  results  freely  without  approving  the  process. 

A  more  subtle  question,  somewhat  less  easy  to 
answer,  arises  in  respect  of  the  later  stages  of  the 
process  to  which  I  have  referred.  The  new  meaning 
may  be  understood  by  a  large  number  of  the  persons 
to  whom  the  phrase  is  addressed,  but  not  by  all ; 
there  may  still  be  a  certain  amount  of  deception 
caused  by  its  use,  and  some  of  those  who  use  it  may 
be  conscious  of  deceiving.     Is  it  at  this  stage  legiti- 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  159 


mate  to  use  it?  and,  if  so,  at  what  point  of  the 
gradual  process  has  it  become  legitimate?  The 
general  answer  is,  that  it  becomes  legitimate  when 
the  evil  of  social  annoyance  which  the  phrase  would 
prevent  becomes  less  than  the  evil  of  deception ; 
but  in  the  case  supposed  the  line  cannot  be  drawn 
exactly,  and  the  practical  decision  must  be  left 
entirely  to  the  varying  judgment  of  individuals. 
We  shall  find,  however,  that  the  corresponding 
problem  is  to  some  extent  easier  to  solve  in 
dealing  with  the  more  important  matters  with 
which  this  essay  is  concerned — to  which  I  now 
return. 

There  can  be  little  doubt  that  old  prescribed 
expressions  of  religious  belief  do  tend  to  have  their 
meaning  changed  by  changes  in  prevalent  theological 
opinion  ;  and  in  some  cases  the  early  stages  of  the 
process  may  have  involved  conscious  deception, — of 
which,  according  to  the  rule  just  laid  down,  we  shall 
disapprove,  while  at  the  same  time  allowing  as 
legitimate  the  employment  of  the  phrase  in  the  new 
meaning,  when  the  change  in  common  understanding 
has  been  brought  about.  But  it  is  by  no  means 
necessary  that  any  conscious  deception  should  take 
place,  as  the  change  of  meaning  may  be  so  gradual 
that  neither  speaker  nor  hearer  is  at  any  time  aware 
that  he  is  using  words  in  a  non-natural  sense.     There 


i6o  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

seem  to  be  two  chief  forms  of  this  process  :  (i) 
Words  originally  used  literally  come  to  be  used 
metaphorically,  and  (2)  words  originally  intended  to 
be  understood  without  qualification  come  to  be  used 
with  tacit  qualifications  and  reserves,  which  materially 
modify  their  meaning. 

Both  these  kinds  of  changes  have  certainly  taken 
place  in  respect  of  the  common  understanding  of 
the  formulae  of  the  Church  of  England ;  and  I 
should  regard  them  both  as  legitimate,  so  long  as  the 
new  meaning  is  one  which  the  phrases  in  question 
will  admit  without  any  violent  straining. 

Let  me  give  one  or  two  examples.  The  Apostles' 
Creed  makes  the  following  assertions  with  regard 
to  Jesus  Christ : 

"On  the  third  day  He  rose  again  from  the  dead, 
He  ascended  into  heaven,  And  sitteth  on  the  right 
hand  of  God  the  Father  Almighty;  From  thence  He 
shall  come  to  judge  the  quick  and  the  dead." 

It  seems  clear  that  the  original  meaning  of  these 
phrases  is  that  unmistakably  expressed  in  the  Fourth 
Article :  "  Christ  .  .  .  took  again  His  body,  with 
flesh,  bones,  and  all  things  appertaining  to  the 
perfection  of  man's  nature;  wherewith  He  ascended 
into  heaven  and  there  sitteth,  until  He  returns  to 
judge  all  men  at  the  last  day." 

That   is,  the  older  belief  clearly  was   that  Jesus 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  l6l 

not  only  went  from  the  earth  upwards  with  "  flesh, 
bones,  etc.,"  but  that  He  is  now  existing  with  these 
elements  of  bodily  life  in  a  certain  portion  of 
space  called  heaven.  And  the  same  view  is  no 
less  definitely  expressed  in  the  declaration  appended 
(for  quite  another  purpose)  to  the  Communion 
Service :  "  the  natural  body  and  blood  of  our 
Saviour  Christ  are  in  heaven,  and  not  here ;  it 
being  against  the  truth  of  Christ's  natural  body 
to  be  at  one  time  in  more  places  than  one." 

Now  I  think  that  this  belief  hardly  survives  at 
all  in  the  minds  of  educated  persons  at  the  present 
time.  At  any  rate  among  the  educated  laity  I 
doubt  if  even  the  most  orthodox — however  firmly 
they  believe  that  in  the  actual  existence  of  Jesus 
Christ  the  spiritual  union  of  human  and  divine 
natures  is  perpetually  maintained — are  now  ac- 
customed to  imagine  him  as  actually  occupying 
a  certain  portion  of  space  with  a  bodily  organism, 
containing  flesh,  bones,  and  blood.  The  conception 
of  physical  facts  and  possibilities  which  modern 
science  has  established  among  us  has  unconsciously 
rendered  any  such  imagination  quite  alien  to  us. 
Accordingly  I  believe  that  the  weekly  repetition 
of  the  Creed  in  most  cases  no  longer  suggests  this 
idea  either  to  the  clergy  or  to  the  educated  laity 
who  repeat  it.     The  meaning  has  changed  for  them 

M 


1 62  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

gradually,  without  a  shade  of  conscious  unveracity 
at  any  stage  of  the  process.  But  that  is  because 
the  words  of  the  Creed  present  no  definite  barrier 
to  the  change :  had  the  words  of  the  Article  been 
used,  the  case  would  have  been  quite  different. 
As  it  is,  a  phrase,  which  was  always  in  part  a 
metaphor,*  has  come  to  be  understood  as  completely 
metaphorical  or  symbolical,  by  a  perfectly  smooth 
transition  of  thought. 

A  similar  but  slighter  change  has  taken  place 
in  the  common  understanding  of  the  phrase  "de- 
scended into  hell,"  which  has  lost  the  idea  of 
downward  movement — and  even,  perhaps,  of  spatial 
movement  altogether — and  come  to  mean  simply 
"passed  to  the  abode  of  departed  spirits."  The 
figure  of  local  motion  downward  has  been  accepted 
without  difficulty,  from  old  habit  and  association — 
perhaps  aided  by  some  vague  connexion  between  the 
known  position  of  the  buried  bodies  of  the  dead 
relatively  to  the  living  and  the  imagined  position  of 
their  souls.f 

*  The  apparent  anthropomorphism  of  the  phrase  '  *  at  the  right  hand 
of  God  the  Father"  must  have  been  intended  figuratively  by  the 
framers  of  the  Anglican  formularies :  as  the  first  Article  declares  that 
God  is  "  without  body,  parts,  or  passions." 

t  It  is  curious  to  note  how  the  imagination — as  distinct  from  the 
thought — of  the  region  of  departed  spirits  as  being  beneath  the  region 
of  living  men,  still  survives  in  the  modern  mind,  notwithstanding  the 


CLERICAL    VERACITY,  163 

I  pass  to  another  instance,  where  an  important 
affirmation  has  undergone  a  distinct  change  of 
meaning,  from  the  introduction  of  a  qualification 
not  originally  intended. 

A  candidate  for  ordination  as  deacon  is  solemnly- 
asked  by  the  bishop,  "  Do  you  unfeignedly  believe 
all  the  Canonical  Scriptures  of  the  Old  and  New 
Testament  ? "  There  seems  to  be  no  doubt  that  this 
was  originally  intended  to  import  a  belief  in  the 
truth  of  every  statement  in  the  Bible,  the  whole 
aggregate  of  books  included  in  the  Old  and  New 
Testament  being  regarded  as  literally  the  "Word 
of  God."  But  as  the  development  of  historical 
method  and  scientific  knowledge  rendered  it  more 
and  more  difficult  for  educated  persons  to  hold 
this  belief,  the  phrase  gradually  came  to  be  under- 
stood with  a  tacit  limitation  expressible  by  some 
such  words  as  "so  far  as  they  convey  religious 
teaching."  It  is  possible  that  this  change  originally 
involved  some  degree  of  deception, — the  bishops 
and    the    common    understanding    of    the    Church 


long  domination  of  a  conception  of  the  physical  universe  that  might 
have  been  expected  to  exclude  it.  We  find  it  even  in  so  intensely 
serious  and  profoundly  modern  a  poem  as  Tennyson's  In  Menioriam  : 

"  So,  dearest,  now  thy  brows  are  cold 
I  see  thee  what  thou  art,  and  know 
Thy  likeness  to  the  wise  bel(nv, 
Thy  kindred  with  the  great  of  old.'' 


i64  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

taking  the  words  in  one  sense,  and  a  few  exception- 
ally enlightened  candidates  taking  them  in  the 
more  limited  sense,  conscious  that  it  would  have 
been  repudiated  by  the  bishops  and  the  Church 
generally.  But  it  seems  equally  probable  that  the 
new  meaning  came  in  gradually  without  any  such 
consciousness ;  and  in  any  case  it  has  now  been 
recognized  as  admissible  for  more  than  a  generation. 
For  when  the  matter  came  before  the  Ecclesiastical 
Courts  in  the  trial  of  Dr.  Rowland  Williams  for 
heresy  (1862),  the  stricter  view  of  the  scope  of  the 
deacon's  declaration  seems  to  have  been  unhesita- 
tingly rejected  by  the  judge  of  the  Arches  Court. 
Dr.  Lushington  held  that  the  nature  of  the  Old  and 
New  Testament  "  must  be  borne  in  mind  in  con- 
sidering the  extent  of  the  obligation  imposed  by  the 
words  'I  do  believe.'"*  This  expression,  he  said, 
"must  be  modified  by  the  subject-matter," — there 
must  be  a  bond  fide  "  belief  that  the  Holy  Scriptures 
contain  everything  necessary  to  salvation,  and  that  to 
that  extent  they  have  the  direct  sanction  of  the  Al- 
mighty." The  view  here  expressed  was  illustrated  and 
further  defined  in  dealing  with  the  particular  charge 
that  Dr.  Williams'  statements  about  the  book  of 
Daniel  contradicted  the  declaration  in  the  Deacon's 

*  See  Ecclesiastical  Juiigfnents  of  the  Privy  Council^  by  Brodrick 
and  Fremantle,  p.  256. 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  165 

Ordination  Service.  Dr.  Williams  had  explicitly 
affirmed  that  the  "  admitted  necessities  of  the  case  " 
undoubtedly  bring  our  book  of  Daniel  "  as  low  as 
the  reign  of  Epiphanes " ;  the  writer  of  the  book 
having  "  used  a  name  traditionally  sacred,  with  no 
deceptive  intention,  as  a  dramatic  form  which  digni- 
fied his  encouragement  of  his  countrymen  in  their 
great  struggle  against  Antiochus."  All  this,  says 
the  judge, "  may  be  wholly  erroneous,  but  ...  I  do  not 
see  any  repugnance  to  the  deacon's  declaration."  * 

I  conceive  that  an  Ecclesiastical  Court  may  fairly 
be  taken  as  an  authorized  interpreter  of  the  meaning 
and  scope  of  an  ecclesiastical  formula ;  so  that  any 
one  who  accepts  the  canonical  books,  in  any  real 
sense  whatever,  as  a  divinely-inspired  source  of 
religious  teaching,  may  with  perfect  veracity  make 
the  deacon's  declaration,  although  disbelieving  many 
statements  made  in  these  books  as  to  historical  facts. 

But  in  this  appeal  to  judicial  authority  it  is  impor- 
tant to  distinguish  clearly  between  the  major  and  the 
minor  premiss  of  the  judicial  syllogism.  I  have  more 
than  once  seen  arguments  to  the  following  effect : 
"The  legal  obligations  of  a  clergyman  are  a  fair 
measure  of  his  moral  obligations ;  the  essayists  and 
reviewers  were  acquitted  by  the  courts ;  therefore 
a  clergyman   may  legally — and  therefore  morally — 

*  u.,  p.  259. 


i66  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

hold  opinions  similar  to  theirs,  however  apparently 
inconsistent  with  the  Creeds  he  recites."  And  I  under- 
stand Mr.  Rashdall's  reference  to  the  failure  of  judicial 
prosecutions  for  heresy  to  imply  reasoning  of  this 
kind  ;  but  it  seems  to  me  quite  fallacious.  In  one 
sense,  indeed,  I  think  it  plain  that  the  legal  obliga- 
tion is  the  measure  of  the  moral  one ;  i.e.,  I  think 
that  a  clergyman  cannot  be  morally  bound  to  take  a 
stricter  interpretation  of  his  declarations  and  pledges 
than  that  adopted  by  the  Ecclesiastical  Courts  in 
stating  the  general  principles  of  their  decisions.  But 
it  cannot  reasonably  be  inferred  that  the  writer  of  an 
essay  is  morally  guiltless  of  holding — or  even  of  de- 
signedly communicating — opinions  that  contravene 
his  solemn  affirmations,  merely  because  this  contra- 
vention cannot  be  proved  from  the  language  of  the 
essay  by  the  strict  methods  of  proof  required  to 
justify  a  legal  sentence.  It  is  easy  for  a  writer  with 
any  literary  skill  to  suggest  to  his  readers  in  a  manner 
practically  unmistakable,  and  persuasively  commend 
to  their  acceptance,  heretical  opinions  which  he  yet 
does  not  avow  in  the  explicit  and  precise  form 
required  to  bring  them  into  demonstrable  conflict 
with  the  Creeds  and  Articles ;  and  there  can  be  no 
doubt  that  the  Essayists  and  Reviewers  had  repeatedly 
adopted  this  course. 

I    may    give    as    an    illustration     Dr.    Williams' 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  167 

language  in  regard  to  the  particular  doctrine  with 
which  I  am  primarily  concerned  in  the  present 
discussion.  His  article — which  was  a  sympathetic 
review  of  Bunsen's  Biblical  Researches — contained 
the  following  sentences  :  *  "  Thus  the  incarnation 
becomes  with  our  author  as  purely  spiritual  as  it 
was  with  St.  Paul.  The  Son  of  David  by  birth 
is  the  Son  of  God  by  the  Spirit  of  holiness.  What 
is  flesh  is  born  of  flesh,  and  what  is  Spirit  is  born 
of  Spirit."  No  intelligent  reader  can  doubt  that 
Dr.  Williams  designed  to  suggest  that  the  accounts 
of  the  miraculous  birth  of  Jesus  are  legendary, 
and  that  He  was  in  reality  the  son  of  Joseph. 
Accordingly  he  was  charged  with  contravening  the 
statement  in  the  Second  Article  that  the  Son  of 
God  "took  man's  nature  in  the  womb  of  the 
Blessed  Virgin."  But  his  dexterous  use  of  the 
language  of  St.  Paul — who  certainly  shows  no 
knowledge  of  the  miraculous  birth — had  enabled 
him  to  suggest  the  desired  conclusion  without  any 
explicit  denial  of  the  traditional  doctrine ;  and  the 
judge  naturally  finds  it  impossible  to  condemn 
what  cannot  be  denied  to  be  a  "  not  unfair  ex- 
pression of  the  substance  of  what  St.  Paul  wrote."  f 
This  non-condemnation,  however,  cannot  reasonably 

•  Essays  and  Reviews^  p.  82. 

t  Ecclesiastical  Judgments,  p.  258. 


i68  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

be  argued  to  imply  that  a  clergyman  is  not  bound 
to  believe  in  the  miraculous  birth ;  since  there  can 
be  no  doubt  that  Dr.  Williams  would  have  been 
condemned  at  once  if  he  had  explicitly  denied  it. 

To  sum  up :  by  a  gradual  introduction  of  a  meta- 
phorical or  symbolic  meaning  into  words  originally 
understood  in  a  more  literal  sense,  and  by  a  gradual 
introduction  of  tacit  qualifications  and  reserves  into 
phrases  originally  understood  in  an  absolute  and 
unqualified  sense,  changes  in  some  cases  important 
have  no  doubt  taken  place  in  the  common  un- 
derstanding of  the  Anglican  formularies  ;  and 
whether  or  not  such  changes  have  involved  de- 
ception in  the  past  —  which  I  conjecture  to  be 
not  the  case  for  the  most  part — I  hold  that  any 
person  may  now,  without  unveracity,  use  the 
phrases  in  the  newer  meaning.  And  I  see  no 
reason  why  similar  changes  should  not  take  place 
in  the  future  with  perfect  legitimacy.  I  quite 
admit  that  either  process  may  conceivably  be 
applied  so  as  to  involve  substantial  unveracity;  but 
I  do  not  think  it  possible  to  draw  in  general  terms 
a  clear  line  between  the  legitimate  and  the  illegiti- 
mate introduction  of  new  meanings  in  either  way. 
The  common  understanding  of  language,  changing 
with  changes  in  knowledge  and  habitual  sentiment, 
must  be  the  test;    but  the   appeal  to  this  may  in 


CLERICAL    VERACITY,  169 

particular  cases  give  a  doubtful  result.  There  are 
always  likely  to  be  differences  of  opinion  on  such 
questions  among  conscientious  persons,  which  may 
be  reduced,  but  can  hardly  be  altogether  removed, 
by  frank  and  temperate  discussion.  Hence  the 
decisions  of  Ecclesiastical  Courts — taken  with  the 
limitation  that  I  have  explained — are  useful  as 
authoritatively  declaring  the  limits  of  legitimate 
variation  in  the  use  of  terms.  But  they  are  not 
the  only  means  available  for  attaining  this  end.  A 
general  expression  of  opinion  on  the  part  of  bishops 
or  recognized  theological  experts — at  any  rate,  if 
received  with  acquiescence  by  the  Anglican  clergy 
and  laity  generally — would  have  a  similar  effect. 
Such  an  expression  of  opinion  has,  in  fact,  taken 
place  with  regard  to  the  damnatory  clauses  in  the 
Athanasian  Creed,  declaring  these  to  be  applicable 
only  to  those  who  wilfully  reject  the  doctrines  of 
the  Creed  ;  and,  however  little  any  individual  clergy- 
man may  think  that  this  declaration  represents  the 
original  meaning  of  the  clauses,  it  would  in  my 
opinion  be  now  over-scrupulous  in  him  to  make 
a  difficulty  about  reciting  the  Creed  on  account  of 
these  clauses. 

But,  however  difficult  it  may  be  in  certain  cases 
to  decide  exactly  when  a  divergence  in  thought 
from  the  literal    sense  of  any  affirmation  becomes 


I70  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

illegitimate  and  evasive,  it  is  easy  to  say  that  some 
divergences  are  quite  beyond  any  defensible  line  ; 
and  that  seems  to  me  the  case  with  the  affirmation 
defended  by  Mr.  Rashdall.  The  assertion  that 
Jesus  Christ  was  born  of  a  virgin  has  a  perfectly 
simple  and  definite  negative  meaning ;  it  is  based 
on  well  known  and  unmistakable  statements  by  two 
evangelists,  a  belief  in  which  it  must  certainly  be 
understood  to  imply  unless  the  opposite  is  expressly 
stated  ;  it  is  impossible  to  conceive — and  no  one  has 
ever  suggested — any  admissible  qualification  by 
which  the  phrase  could  be  adapted  to  the  thought 
of  a  man  who  believes  that  Jesus  was  the  son  of 
Joseph.  Mr.  Rashdall  suggests  that  the  phrase  may 
be  used  to  mean  that  Jesus  was  without  sin  from  His 
birth ;  but  I  find  it  difficult  to  treat  the  suggestion 
seriously.  A  metaphor,  to  be  undeceptive,  must 
be  accepted  as  such  by  hearers  as  well  as  speakers ; 
whereas  there  is  surely  not  the  slightest  chance  that 
any  part  of  any  congregation  would — without  an 
express  declaration  that  this  was  the  speaker's 
meaning — understand  the  affirmation  of  the  miracu- 
lous birth  to  mean  an  affirmation  of  the  infant's 
sinlessness.  And  Mr.  Rashdall  hardly  suggests  that 
they  would  now  so  understand  it ;  but  he  seems  to 
think  that  they  might  be  educated  up  to  accept  the 
meaning.      I   do  not  believe  such   education  to   be 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  171 

possible ;  but  granting  it  possible,  I  submit  that  to 
save  the  statement  from  unveracity  it  must  be  made 
after  the  education  has  been  performed,  and  not 
before. 

It  may  be  replied  that  if  the  Postnatalist  makes 
his  real  opinion  known,  the  mere  repetition  of  the 
Creed  becomes  no  longer  unveracious,  because  there 
is  no  deception.  I  quite  agree  that  if  any  one 
declares  plainly  the  sense  in  which  he  utters  any 
words,  then,  however  alien  this  sense  may  be  to 
the  common  understanding  of  the  words,  there  is 
no  substantial  unveracity.  But  in  order  that  his 
act  may  have  this  character  the  declaration  must 
be  made  publicly ;  a  private  explanation  to  a  bishop 
and  an  incumbent  is  not  sufficient ;  it  would  only 
make  them  accomplices  in  deception.  Further, 
I  cannot  consider  that  a  false  statement  in  the 
recital  of  a  Creed  is  rendered  unobjectionable  by 
a  public  declaration  of  its  falsity ;  because  it  is  likely 
still  to  give  a  shock  to  the  moral  sentiment  of 
a  plain  man,  who  cannot  be  expected  to  distinguish 
clearly  between  formal  and  substantial  unveracity ; 
moreover,  the  solemn  utterance  of  untrue  words  will 
seem  to  him  a  mockery  of  sacred  things  and  offend 
his  religious  sentiment.  Still,  if  such  an  express 
public  declaration  were  made,  the  responsibility  for 
these   consequences   would    be   thrown,   in   a    great 


172  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

measure,  on  the  Church.  The  Postnatalists  would 
have  fairly  and  frankly  challenged  the  Church  to 
say  whether  it  tolerated  them  or  not ;  it  would 
be  for  the  Church  to  consider  whether  this  toleration 
did  not  of  necessity  involve  the  removal  of  the 
Apostles'  Creed  from  its  place  in  the  service. 

In  any  case  I  admit  fully  that  a  Postnatalist 
clergyman,  who  has  frankly  stated  his  views  to  his 
congregation  and  to  the  world,  is  not  open  to  the 
charge  of  unveracity  in  the  sense  in  which  I  am 
here  mainly  concerned  with  it.  But  it  is  important 
to  insist  that  for  this  purpose  the  declaration  must 
be  perfectly  frank  and  explicit.  A  heretic  cannot 
fairly  argue  that  the  common  understanding  of  the 
Church  has  tolerated  his  heresy,  because  he — or 
someone  holding  similar  views — has  not  been  prose- 
cuted, or  has  been  prosecuted  and  acquitted,  so 
long  as  the  escape  from  legal  penalties  may  be 
reasonably  attributed  to  the  absence  of  a  candid 
and  explicit  statement  of  his  opinions.* 

Nor  is  it,  I  conceive,  of  any  avail  to  urge  that 
the  belief  in  question  has — at  least  for  the  Post- 
natalist, who  is  also  a  Trinitarian — "no  spiritual 
importance."      This   is,  indeed,  a  consideration   of 

*  As  I  have  shown  in  the  case  of  Dr.  Williams,  the  failure  of  the 
prosecution  of  the  Essayists  and  Reviewers  in  1862  may  be  fairly 
attributed  to  this  cause. 


CLERICAL    VERACITY,  173 

much  weight  when  the  question  is  of  his  remaining 
in  the  Church  and  continuing  to  attend  its  services 
as  a  layman  ;  but  when  it  is  a  question  of  solemnly 
affirming  a  proposition  without  believing  it,  he 
ought  to  consider  the  significance  of  the  belief  to 
others  rather  than  to  himself.  Now  it  cannot  be 
denied  that  the  rejection  of  the  miraculous  birth 
is,  in  the  view  of  the  great  majority  of  Christians, 
a  divergence  of  no  light  moment  from  "  the  faith 
delivered  to  the  saints."  And  this  prevalent  opinion 
appears  to  me  well  founded.  For  if  the  methods 
of  modern  criticism  are  by  any  one  allowed  to 
prevail  so  far,  against  scriptural  narratives  and 
ecclesiastical  tradition,  as  to  lead  to  the  rejection 
of  the  miraculous  birth  of  Jesus,  it  must  be  an 
exceptionally  constituted  mind  that  can  find  the 
authority  of  the  evangelists  still  sufficient  to  sustain 
the  vast  weight  of  Nicene  Theology.  Most  of  those 
who  have  gone  so  far  will  find  themselves  drawn 
further ;  other  miraculous  stories  will  have  to  be 
given  up  as  legendary ;  the  marvellous  cures  of 
Jesus  will  sink  into  remarkable  cases  of  faith- 
healing,  and  the  accounts  of  the  post-resurrection 
apparitions  into  a  remarkable  ghost  story,  swollen 
into  legend  by  the  unconscious  fictions  of  witnesses 
and  reporters.  Thus  Christianity  will  soon  come 
to   have    a   purely   ethical    import,   and    the    divine 


174  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

sonship  of  Jesus,  so  far  as  it  is  still  affirmed,  will 
only  be  affirmed  in  the  sense  of  unique  consciousness 
of  the  relation  existing,  essentially  or  ideally,  be- 
tween the  human  spirit  and  the  divine.  No  doubt 
there  is  so  much  friction  on  this  inclined  plane  of 
thought  that  individuals  may  stop  at  almost  any 
point :  but  of  the  general  force  of  logic,  impelling 
to  the  ultimate  result  that  I  have  indicated,  I  can 
entertain  no  doubt. 

Now  I  am  far  from  any  wish  to  disparage  the 
form  of  religion  resulting  from  the  reduction  of 
Christian  dogma  to  this  minimum  ;  on  the  contrary, 
I  should,  in  the  present  state  of  thought,  welcome 
any  increase  of  influence  that  it  may  obtain  by  fair 
advocacy;  but  I  think  that  even  Mr.  Rashdall  will 
agree  with  me  in  deprecating  any  attempt  to  pour 
this  new  wine  into  the  old  bottles  of  the  Anglican 
formularies.  And  if  so,  it  seems  clearly  unreasonable 
to  ask  the  Church  of  England  to  throw  over  the 
Apostles'  Creed,  in  order  to  admit  to  its  ministry  the 
handful  of  Postnatalists  who  stop  at  Postnatalism. 
But  even  assuming  that  this  momentous  breach  with 
tradition  is  to  lead  to  no  further  consequences,  I 
should  still  urge — in  the  interest  of  religion,  morality, 
and  free  thought  at  once — that  it  ought  to  be 
effected  openly,  and  not  through  the  stealthy  and 
secret   approaches   recommended  by  Mr.  Rashdall : 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  175 

that  the  new  reformers  should  not  profess  loyalty 
to  this  time-honoured  doctrine  weekly  with  their 
lips,  while  their  heart  is  far  from  it. 

Mr.  Rashdall  dwells  on  the  importance  of  main- 
taining and  extending  "  the  Christian  Koivuivla"  and 
on  the  "spiritual  and  social  loss  of  multiplied  schism." 
I  may  remind  the  reader  that  the  argument  of  the 
preceding  address  does  not  lead  to  external  separa- 
tion as  a  necessary  result  of  intellectual  disagreement; 
quite  the  contrary.  At  the  same  time,  I  think  that 
Mr.  Rashdall's  language  misrepresents  the  actual 
conditions  of  thought  and  social  life ;  his  ideas  of 
"  unity  "  and  "  schism  "  are  either  too  far  behind  the 
age  or  too  far  in  advance  of  it — or  perhaps  both  at 
once.  External  unity  is  a  hollow  form  without 
spiritual  unity,  unity  of  thought  and  feeling ;  and 
spiritual  unity  will  only  be  completely  possible  for 
the  modern  mind  when  competent  students  of 
theology  have  come  to  an  agreement  on  funda- 
mental questions  of  principle  and  method,  similar  to 
that  which  has  been  already  attained  by  students  of 
physical  science.  Suppose  this  result  reached,  then 
the  question  of  substituting  a  single  for  a  multiple 
ecclesiastical  organization  becomes  a  mere  question 
of  mechanism  —  I  do  not  say  unimportant,  but 
certainly  of  secondary  importance  from  a  religious 
point  of  view.     On  the  other  hand,  until  this  result 


176  CLERICAL    VERACITY. 

is  reached  unity  cannot  but  remain  a  sentiment,  an 
aspiration,  an  unrealized  ideal ;  though  doubtless  the 
sentiment  may  be  developed,  and  the  realization  of 
the  ideal  brought  nearer,  by  moral  as  well  as  intel- 
lectual methods; — by  the  cultivation  of  sympathy 
between  different  churches,  by  the  cordial  co-operation 
of  their  members  in  philanthropic  work,  by  temperate- 
ness  in  controversy,  by  a  sustained  desire  to  recognize 
the  merits  and  do  justice  to  the  motives  of  opponents. 
Progress  is  already  being  made  in  this  direction,  and 
the  spiritual  and  social  evils  of  schism  are  being 
thereby  steadily  diminished ;  but  this  progress,  I 
conceive,  will  be  aided,  rather  than  impeded,  by  such 
external  separation  as  will  allow  teaching  to  be 
candid,  forms  of  prayer  to  be  adapted  to  the  real 
beliefs  of  the  worshippers,  and  clerical  pledges  to  be 
taken  and  fulfilled  in  the  sense  in  which  they  are 
commonly  understood.  I  quite  agree  with  Mr. 
Rashdall  that  under  no  conditions  would  it  be 
desirable  that  a  clergyman  should  flaunt  before  a 
comparatively  uneducated  audience  novel  opinions 
that  would  shock  and  perplex  them  ;  but  he  should 
be  in  a  position  to  speak  frankly  to  thoughtful 
members  of  his  flock,  and  such  frank  speaking 
should  be  reconcilable  with  the  solemn  expression 
of  beliefs  which  his  office  prescribes.  The  Preacher 
has  said  that  there  is  "a  time  to  speak  and  a  time 


CLERICAL    VERACITY.  177 


to  keep  silence,"  and  this  ancient  wisdom  is  not  yet 
antiquated.  But  he  has  not  said  that  there  is  a  time 
to  speak  truly  and  a  time  to  speak  falsely ;  and  I 
think  that,  in  religious  matters,  the  common  sense 
of  Christendom  will  reject  this  addition  to  the 
familiar  proverb. 


N 


VII. 

LUXURY.* 

T  HAVE  chosen  Luxury  for  the  subject  of  my 
-*■  address  this  evening ;  because  I  think  that  the 
employment  of  wealth,  in  what  we  should  agree  to 
call  luxurious  expenditure,  is  a  source  of  considerable 
perplexity  to  moral  persons  who  find  themselves  in 
the  possession  of  an  income  obviously  more  than 
sufficient  for  the  needs  of  their  physical  existence, 
and  for  the  provision  of  the  instruments  necessary 
to  their  work  in  life.  Such  persons  commonly  wish 
to  do  what  common  morality  regards  as  right ;  yet 
for  the  most  part  they  cannot  deny  that  they  live  in 
luxury;  while  at  the  same  time  it  can  hardly  be  denied 
that  luxurious  living  is  commonly  thought  to  be  in 
some  degree  censurable.  We  should  be  surprised  to 
hear  an  earnest  and  thoughtful  man  say,  except 
jocosely,  that  it  was  part  of  his  plan  of  life  to  live 
in    luxury ;  or   to   hear   an   earnest   and   thoughtful 

*  An   address   delivered   to   the    University   Hall   Guild,   London, 
January,  1894  ;  and  subsequently  to  the  Cambridge  Ethical  Society. 

178 


LUXURY.  179 

father,  toiling  to  accumulate  by  industry  adequate 
wealth  for  his  children,  say  that  he  wished  to  enable 
them  to  live  in  luxury.  Yet  often  there  would  be  no 
doubt  that  the  habits  of  his  life,  and  the  habits  and 
expectations  which  he  is  allowing  his  children  to 
form,  are  habits  and  expectations  of  luxurious 
living. 

Possibly  some  of  my  hearers  may  think  that  this 
is  only  the  familiar  phenomenon  of  human  frailty; 
that  the  most  moral  persons  are  continually  doing 
many  things  which  they  know  to  be  wrong,  and  that 
luxurious  living  is  only  one  of  these  many  things. 
But  I  submit  that  it  would  be  difficult  to  find  a 
parallel  case  in  the  familiar  errors  and  shortcomings 
of  moral  persons.  For  these  errors  and  shortcomings 
are  mostly  occasional  deflections  from  the  way  in 
which  they  regularly  walk,  due  to  transient  victories 
of  impulse  over  settled  purpose.  Doubtless  appetite, 
resentment,  vanity,  egoism,  frequently  lead  the  most 
earnest  persons  astray;  but  it  is  commonly  only  for 
a  brief  interval,  after  which  they  reject  and  repudiate 
the  seductive  impulse  and  return  to  the  path  of  reason 
and  duty.  But  the  luxurious  living  of  the  high- 
minded  and  earnest  among  the  possessors  of  wealth 
is  obviously  not  an  occasional  deflection  of  this  kind  : 
it  is  a  high-road  on  which  they  travel  day  after  day 
and  year  after  year,  systematically  and — I  was  going 


i8o  LUXURY, 

to  say  comfortably,  but  that  would  not  be  quite  true  ; 
my  point  rather  is  that  they  travel  it  with  a  certain 
amount — I  think  at  the  present  time  a  growing 
amount — of  moral  uneasiness  and  perplexity. 

Here,  perhaps,  some  one  may  think  that  this  per- 
plexity, if  it  is  a  perplexity,  is  one  which  interests 
only  a  very  limited  circle,  at  least  from  a  moral  point 
of  view.  It  may  be  said  that  the  difficulty  that  the 
rich  find  in  trying  to  enter  the  kingdom  of  heaven  was 
long  ago  made  known  to  us  by  the  highest  authority  ; 
but  that,  fortunately  for  the  human  race,  this  par- 
ticular obstacle  affects  only  a  few,  for  whose  moral 
troubles  we  can  hardly  be  called  on  to  feel  much 
sympathy,  since  to  get  rid  of  the  obstacle  is  only 
too  easy.  I  think,  however,  that  this  would  be  a 
hasty  and  superficial  judgment.  No  doubt  it  is  only 
a  small  minority  of  persons  who  are  privileged  to 
dwell  in  marble  halls,  adorned  with  damask  hangings, 
and  surrounded  by  acres  of  park  and  garden-beds ; 
who  are  liable  to  dinners  costing  two  guineas  a  head, 
and  who  habitually  wear  whatever  substitute  for 
purple  the  aesthetic  fashion  of  this  modern  age  pre- 
scribes. But  if  luxurious  living  is  morally  censurable, 
the  censure  must  extend  far  beyond  the  limits  of  the 
few  thousand  persons  who  enjoy  these  privileges ;  it 
must  extend  to  all  who  watch  this  glorious  profusion 
with  mingled  sympathy  and  envy,  struggle  and  long 


LUXURY.  i8i 

to  get  a  share  of  it  whenever  opportunity  offers,  and 
meanwhile  pay  it  the  homage  of  cheap  imitation. 
Indeed,  if  the  sin  of  luxurious  living,  like  many  other 
sins,  lies  mainly  in  the  spirit  and  intention  of  expen- 
diture, it  would  be  easy  to  write  an  apologue  that 
should  be  the  reverse  of  the  tale  of  the  widow's  mite, 
and  show  how  the  spirit  of  luxury  may  be  fully 
manifested  in  the  expenditure  of  sixpence  on  lolli- 
pops or  feathers  or  gin. 

But  further,  even  if  it  were  granted  that  the  costly 
luxuries  of  the  rich  are  really  the  only  kind  of 
luxuries  that  can  possibly  deserve  the  unfavourable 
judgment  of  the  moralist,  it  would  still  be  important 
to  all  classes  of  the  community  that  this  censure 
should  be  well  considered  and  discriminating.  For 
any  material  change  in  the  expenditure  in  question 
would  inevitably,  in  one  way  or  another,  have 
economic  and  social  effects  of  a  far-reaching  kind, 
however  it  was  brought  about ;  and  if  such  a  change 
ever  should  be  brought  about,  it  will  be  largely  due  to 
the  pressure  of  the  moral  opinions  and  sentiments  of 
persons  other  than  the  rich. 

My  aim,  then,  this  evening  will  be  to  arrive  at  as 
clear  a  view  as  possible  on  the  following  questions  : 
(i)  What  luxury  is;  (2)  Why  and  how  far  it  is 
deserving  of  censure. 

Let  us  begin  by  considering  the  definition  of  the 


i82  LUXURY. 

term.  Political  economists  sometimes  use  the  term 
"  luxury "  in  a  wide  sense,  to  include  all  forms  of 
private  consumption  of  wealth  not  necessary  for  the 
health  or  working  efficiency  of  the  consumer ;  all 
consumption — to  put  it  otherwise — which  is  neither 
directly  nor  indirectly  productive,  and  which,  there- 
fore, would  be  uneconomical,  if  we  regarded  a  man 
merely  as  an  industrial  machine.  It  may  seem, 
however,  that  we  should  keep  nearer  to  ordinary 
thought  and  language  by  recognizing  one  or  more 
kinds  of  expenditure  intermediate  between  luxuries 
on  the  one  hand  and  necessaries  on  the  other. 
Certainly  we  commonly  speak  of  ''  luxuries,  com- 
forts, and  necessaries " ;  or,  again,  of  "  luxuries, 
decencies,  and  necessaries  of  life " ;  and  I  think  we 
may  get  a  clearer  idea  of  what  we  mean  by  ''luxury" 
if  we  examine  its  relation  to  each  of  these  inter- 
mediate terms. 

When  we  reflect  on  the  ordinary  distinction 
between  "luxuries"  and  "comforts,"  the  difference 
seems  to  be  this :  "  comforts "  are  means  of  pro- 
tection against  slight  pains  and  annoyances  such 
as  do  not  materially  injure  health  or  interfere  with 
efficiency — such  annoyances  as  we  call  "discom- 
forts "  ; — "  luxuries,"  on  the  other  hand,  are  sources 
of  positive  pleasure  whose  absence  would  not  cause 
discomfort.     It  is  commonly,   I   think,  not  difficult 


LUXURY.  183 

for  an  individual  to  apply  this  distinction  in  his  own 
case,  so  far  as  his  feelings  at  any  particular  time 
are  concerned.  Thus,  when  I  take  a  long  railway 
journey  on  a  frosty  day,  a  thick  great-coat  is  neces- 
sary to  me,  because  without  it  I  am  likely  to  catch  a 
cold  which  will  impair  my  efficiency ;  a  railway  rug 
is  a  comfort,  because  without  it  I  shall  be  disagree- 
ably cold  from  the  knees  downward ;  a  fur  cloak  is 
a  luxury.  But  reflection  shows  that  the  difference 
on  which  this  distinction  turns  is  very  largely  an 
affair  of  habit,  since  the  privation  of  luxuries  that 
have  become  habitual  usually  causes  discomfort  and 
annoyance.  We  are  told  that  a  famous  Roman 
epicure — Apicius — committed  suicide  when  he  had 
reduced  his  fortune  to  eighty  thousand  pounds,  feel- 
ing that  life  was  not  worth  living  on  this  meagre 
scale;  and  though  this  is  an  extreme  case,  it  is 
generally  recognized  that  a  rapid  fall  from  great  to 
moderate  wealth  is  liable  to  cause  positive  discomfort 
from  the  sudden  break  of  luxurious  habits  that  it 
entails.  But  it  is  not,  perhaps,  generally  recognized 
how  very  far-reaching  this  effect  of  habit  is,  and  how 
largely  what  we  call  comforts  are — apart  from  habit 
— really  luxuries.  I  suppose  there  can  be  no  doubt 
that  the  vast  majority  of  Englishmen  might  without 
discomfort  dispense  through  life  with  all  such  nervous 
stimulants  as  tea,  coffee,  alcohol,  and  tobacco — at  any 


i84  LUXURY. 

rate,  if  they  had  been  reared  from  infancy  without 
them.  I  do  not  say  this  without  experience.  I  lived 
myself  in  perfect  comfort  between  the  ages  of  twelve 
and  nineteen,  drinking  only  water  at  all  meals ;  and 
I  remember  that  I  could  not  imagine  why  people 
took  the  trouble  to  manufacture  tea,  coffee,  and  wine. 
Yet  the  most  hard-headed  modern  economist  would 
not  deprive  an  old  woman  of  her  tea  in  the  work- 
house ;  and  I  am  told  that  whatever  deterrent  effect 
the  prospect  of  imprisonment  under  present  con- 
ditions has  on  our  criminal  classes  depends  largely 
on  the  deprivation  of  their  habitual  alcohol  and 
tobacco. 

It  seems  clear,  then,  that  the  line  between  luxuries 
and  comforts  is  necessarily  a  shifting  one.  The 
commonest  comforts  might — apart  from  the  effect 
of  habit — be  classed  as  luxuries;  the  most  expensive 
luxuries  may,  through  habit,  become  mere  comforts, 
in  the  sense  that  they  cannot  be  dispensed  with 
without  annoyance. 

We  have  now  to  observe  that  often  the  annoyance 
which  the  loss  of  wealth  causes  to  the  loser  arises 
solely  from  the  fall  in  social  position  and  reputation 
which  it  is  rightly  or  wrongly  believed  to  entail. 
This  leads  me  to  my  second  distinction : — that 
between  "luxuries"  and  the  "decencies"  of  life.  I 
here  use  "  decencies"  in  a  wide  sense,  to  mean   all 


LUXURY.  185 

commodities  beyond  necessaries  which  we  consume 
to  avoid  not  physical  discomfort,  but  social  dis- 
repute. Perhaps  I  may  make  my  distinction 
between  "  decencies "  and  "  comforts "  clear  by  a 
homely  illustration.  Many  men,  I  believe,  find 
that  their  coats,  hats,  and  boots  are  liable  to  be 
condemned  by  domestic  criticism  as  not  "decent" 
to  wear  in  public,  just  when  they  have  become 
most  thoroughly  adapted  to  the  peculiarities  of 
the  wearer's  organism,  and  so  most  thoroughly 
comfortable.  Half  a  century  ago  I  believe  that 
boots  were  altogether  a  "  decency "  rather  than  a 
comfort  for  a  valuable  and  thriving  part  of  the 
population  of  our  island  ;  at  least  a  political 
economist*  of  that  date  tells  us  that  a  "  Scotch 
peasant  wears  shoes  to  preserve  not  his  feet,  but 
his  station  in  society." 

It  will,  therefore,  be  clear  at  once  that  just  as  the 
line  between  "luxuries"  and  "comforts"  varies 
almost  indefinitely  with  the  habits  of  individuals, 
the  distinctions  between  "  luxuries  "  and  "  decencies  " 
varies  similarly  with  the  customs  and  opinions  of 
classes. 

Now,  if  we  are  passing  judgment  on  an  individual 
accused  of  luxury  in  a  bad  sense,  or  giving  advice  to 
one  desirous  of  avoiding  it,  the  consideration  of  his 

*  Senior, 


1 86  LUXURY, 

formed  habits  and  the  customs  of  his  class  must  be 
taken  into  account.  It  may  sometimes  be  even  un- 
wise in  him  to  break  habits  which  it  would  yet  have 
been  wise  not  to  have  formed ;  for  a  struggle  with 
habit  sometimes  involves  a  material  temporary 
decrease  of  efficiency,  and  a  hard  -  working  man 
reasonably  objects  to  impair  his  efficiency.  The 
principle  is  no  doubt  a  dangerous  one,  and  easily 
abused  ;  but  I  do  not  think  we  can  deny  its  legiti- 
macy within  strict  limits.  So,  again,  though  we 
should  usually  admire  an  individual  who  breaks 
through  a  custom  of  useless  expenditure,  we  should 
usually  shrink  from  imposing  this  as  an  absolute 
duty,  and  sometimes  should  even  condemn  it  as 
unwise.  A  fight  with  custom  is,  like  other  fights, 
inspiriting  and  highly  favourable  to  the  development 
of  moral  courage ;  but  usually,  like  other  fights,  it 
cannot  be  carried  on  without  cost  and  sacrifice  of 
some  kind  ;  and  it  is  the  part  of  a  wise  man  to  count 
the  cost  before  undertaking  it,  and  to  measure  his 
resources  against  the  strength  of  the  adversary. 

But  at  present  I  only  mention  these  considerations 
to  exclude  them.  I  do  not  now  wish  to  consider 
how  we  are  to  judge  individuals,  but  rather  how  we 
are  to  judge  habits  and  customs  regarded  as  social 
facts.  For  such  habits  and  customs  are  being  modi- 
fied continually  though  slowly ;  and  if  they  are  bad, 


LUXURY.  187 

it  is  desirable  that  the  pressure  of  public  opinion 
should  in  one  way  or  another  be  brought  to  bear 
to  modify  them.  "  They  may  say  it  is  the  Persian 
fashion,  but  let  it  be  changed,"  as  Shakespeare 
has  it. 

From  this  point  of  view  I  think  it  convenient  to 
avoid  the  necessarily  shifting  and  relative  definitions 
of  decencies  and  comforts,  and  to  fall  back  on  the 
simpler  distinction  between  "luxuries"  and  "neces- 
saries " ;  extending,  however,  the  term  necessaries 
to  include  expenditure  required  by  such  habits 
and  customs  as  we  consider  generally  necessary  to 
physical  or  moral  well-being ;  e.g.,  habits  of  due 
cleanliness  and  such  customs  in  respect  of  decency 
— in  a  strict  sense — as  we  judge  important,  if  not 
indispensable,  to  morality.  This  extension  is,  I 
think,  required  by  ordinary  usage,  for  no  one  would 
apply  the  term  "luxurious"  in  an  unfavourable  mean- 
ing to  expenditure  of  this  kind.  And  I  think  we 
shall  further  agree  that  the  term  is  not  properly 
applicable  to  expenditure  that  increases  a  man's 
efficiency  in  the  performance  of  his  industrial  or 
social  function,  so  long  as  the  increase  of  efficiency 
is  not  obtained  at  a  disproportionate  cost.  But  this 
requirement  of  due  proportion  between  expenditure 
and  increase  of  efficiency  should  be  kept  carefully  in 
view,  because  in  all  kinds  of  work  it  is  possible  to 


1 88  LUXURY. 

increase  efficiency  really  but  wastefuUy  by  adding 
instruments  which  are  of  some  use,  but  are  not  worth 
their  cost.  In  the  application  of  wealth,  by  which  a 
competent  man  of  business  makes  his  income,  this 
proportion  of  efficiency  to  cost  is  easily  estimated, 
and  clearly  unremunerative  conveniences  —  e.g.^ 
machines  that  clearly  cost  more  labour  than  they 
save — are  carefully  excluded ;  but  in  the  application 
of  wealth  by  which  an  income  is  spent^  this  economic 
care  is  often  thrown  aside,  and  instruments  are 
purchased  which,  while  not  absolutely  useless  for 
the  purchaser's  ends,  are  at  any  rate  of  very  little 
use  in  proportion  to  their  cost, — not  unfrequently  of 
so  little  use  that  they  do  not  even  compensate  the 
loss  of  time  and  trouble  spent  in  taking  care  of 
them.  May  I  take  an  illustration  from  my  own 
calling  ?  I  have  heard  of  a  scholar  who  did  good 
work  in  his  youth  and  attained  fame  and  promotion  ; 
but  then  his  work  slackened  and  stopped.  On 
inquiry  this  was  found  to  be  due  not  to  laziness, 
but  to  his  increasing  absorption  in  the  task  of 
buying,  housing,  binding,  classifying,  arranging,  and 
looking  after  the  splendid  collection  of  books  that 
he  had  formed  to  aid  his  researches. 

For  this  form  of  luxury,  these  inconvenient 
conveniences,  there  is  no  defence.  But  I  dwell  on 
it   now   because,  ever  since  moral   reflection   began 


LUXURY,  189 

in  Europe,  there  have  been  thoughtful  persons  who 
have  held  that  the  customary  luxurious  expenditure 
of  the  rich  on  food,  clothes,  houses,  furniture, 
carriages,  horses,  etc.,  consisted  mainly  in  con- 
veniences that  were  really  quite  uneconomic,  because 
one  way  or  another  they  caused  more  trouble  and 
annoyance  than  they  saved  to  their  possessor.  I 
will  quote  an  expression  of  this  view  from  a  source 
which  may  surprise  some  of  my  hearers ;  ix.^  from  a 
work*  by  the  founder  of  the  long  line  of  modern 
political  economists  who  are  commonly  supposed 
to  exalt  wealth  too  exclusively,  and  to  value  it 
unduly.  Adam  Smith,  in  1759,  wrote  that  "wealth 
and  greatness  are  mere  trinkets  of  frivolous  utility, 
no  more  adapted  for  procuring  ease  of  body  or  tran- 
quillity of  mind  than  the  tweezer-cases  of  the  lover 
of  toys ;  and,  like  them,  too,  more  troublesome  to 
the  person  who  carries  them  about  with  him  than  all 
the  advantages  they  can  afford  him  are  commodious. 
.  .  .  In  ease  of  body  and  peace  of  mind  all  the 
different  ranks  of  life  are  nearly  upon  a  level,  and 
the  beggar  who  suns  himself  by  the  side  of  the 
highway  possesses  that  security  which  kings  are 
fighting  for." 

I    have  quoted  this  not  because    I    believe  it  to 
be  really  true,  but  because  it  is  interesting  to  find 

*   Theory  of  Moral  Senthnents,  part  iv.,  chap.  i. 


I90  LUXURY. 

that  Adam  Smith  believed  it,  and  because  it  was  a 
tolerably  prevalent  belief  in  his  age.  There  is  a 
story  told  by  a  writer  of  this  period  which  may  serve 
as  another  illustration  :  a  story  of  a  Persian  king, 
afflicted  with  a  strange  malady,  who  had  been 
informed  by  a  wise  physician  that  he  could  be  cured 
by  wearing  the  shirt  of  a  perfectly  happy  man.  It 
was  at  first  supposed  that  there  could  be  no  difficulty 
in  finding  such  a  man  among  the  upper  ten  thousand 
of  Persia ;  but  the  court  was  searched  in  vain, 
and  the  city  was  searched  in  vain ;  and  the 
messengers  sent  to  prosecute  the  search  through 
the  country  found  that  landowners  and  farmers  had 
all  their  sorrows  and  anxieties.  At  length  the 
searchers  met  a  labourer,  singing  as  he  came  home 
from  work.  Struck  with  his  gaiety,  they  questioned 
him  as  to  his  happiness.  He  professed  himself 
perfectly  happy.  They  probed  him  with  minute 
inquiries,  but  no  flaw  in  his  happiness  was  revealed. 
The  long-sought  remedy  seemed  to  be  in  their 
hands ;   but,  alas !  the  happy  man  wore  no  shirt. 

Well,  I  think  this  story  will  show  how  far  the 
thought  of  the  nineteenth  century  has  travelled  from 
the  view  of  life  that  was  prevalent  in  the  age  of 
Adam  Smith  and  Rousseau.  Perhaps  it  has  travelled 
a  little  too  far.  Adam  Smith  was — what  Rousseau 
certainly  was  not — a  shrewd,  calm,  and  disengaged 


LUXURY.  191 

observer  of  the  facts  of  civilized  life.  He  sometimes, 
as  here,  gives  the  rein  to  rhetoric,  but  he  never  lets  it 
carry  him  away.  And  I  think  that  his  view  contains 
an  important  element  of  truth ;  that  it  signalizes 
a  real  danger  of  wasted  effort,  growing  in  importance 
as  the  arts  of  industry  grow,  against  which  civilized 
man  has  to  guard.  I  think  that  every  thoughtful 
person,  in  planning  his  expenditure,  ought  to  keep 
this  danger  in  view,  and  avoid  the  multiplication  of 
useless,  or  nearly  useless,  instruments, — houses  larger 
than  he  at  all  needs,  servants  whose  services  are  not 
materially  time-saving,  a  private  carriage  when 
walking  is  ordinarily  better  for  his  health  and 
adequate  for  his  business,  and  many  minor  super- 
fluities which  absorb  the  margin  of  income  that 
would  otherwise  be  available  for  results  of  real 
utility.  Still,  taking  Adam  Smith's  statement  in  its 
full  breadth,  I  cannot  but  regard  it  as  a  paradox 
containing  more  error  than  truth.  I  see  no  reason 
to  doubt  that  the  steady  aim  of  civilized  man  to 
increase  the  pleasures  of  life  by  refining  and  compli- 
cating their  means  and  sources — an  aim  which  in  all 
ages  has  stimulated  and  directed  the  development  of 
industry  and  commerce — has  been  to  a  great  extent 
a  successful  aim,  so  far  as  its  immediate  end  is 
concerned. 

Let   us,   then,   putting   out   of  sight   expenditure 


192  LUXURY. 

prompted  by  bad  habits,  or  imposed  by  useless 
customs,  and  expenditure  on  illusory  conveniences 
that  give  more  trouble  than  they  save,  concentrate 
our  attention  on  luxury  successful  in  its  immediate 
aims — i.e.,  consumption  that  increases  pleasure  with- 
out materially  promoting  health  or  efficiency ;  and 
let  us  consider  how  far  and  on  what  grounds  this 
may  reasonably  be  thought  deserving  of  censure. 
Now — if  we  put  aside  the  paradoxes  of  stoical 
moralists  who  deny  that  pleasure  is  a  good — the 
arguments  against  increasing  an  individual's  pleasure 
by  superfluous  consumption  seem  to  be  chiefly  three. 
It  may  be  urged,  first,  that  the  process  usually  injures 
his  health  in  the  long  run  ;  secondly,  that  it  impairs 
his  efficiency  for  the  performance  of  his  social 
functions  ;  thirdly,  that  the  labour  he  causes  to  be 
spent  in  providing  him  with  the  means  of  pleasure 
would  have  produced  more  happiness,  on  the  whole, 
if  it  had  been  spent  in  providing  the  means  of 
pleasure  for  others.  The  first  two  of  these  consider- 
ations form  the  main  staple  of  the  older  arguments 
against  luxury ;  the  third  is  more  prominent  in 
modern  thought.  I  will  briefly  consider  each  in  turn. 
On  the  first  of  these  heads — the  effect  of  luxury 
on  health — there  is  much  need  to  meditate,  but  little 
for  a  layman  to  say.  That  persons  of  wealth  and 
leisure  are  in  danger  of  excess  in  sensual  indulgences; 


LUXURY,  193 

that  this  excess  is  continually  being  committed  ;  that 
it  is  not  difficult  to  avoid  it  by  care  and  self-control ; 
that  those  who  do  not  avoid  it  are  palpably  foolish  ; 
what  more  is  there  to  say  for  one  who  is  not  a 
physician  ? 

I  remember  that  in  one  of  the  most  polished  and 
pointed  poems  that  Pope  ever  wrote,  he  speaks  of 
his  father  as  having  had  a  long  life — 

"  Healthy  by  temperance  and  by  exercise." 

The  line,  you  see,  is  neither  polished  nor  pointed  ; 
and  I  used  to  wonder  how  Pope's  fine  taste  ever 
came  to  admit  such  a  platitude,  until  I  read  the 
brilliant  chapter  in  Trevelyan's  Early  History  of 
Charles  James  Fox,  on  the  manners  of  London 
society  in  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century.  It 
then  occurred  to  me  that  the  fact  of  a  man  of  means 
having  lived  to  old  age,  "  healthy  by  temperance 
and  by  exercise,"  may  have  seemed  to  Pope  so  rare 
and  remarkable  that  its  bare  statement  would  be 
impressive  without  any  verbal  adornments.  Well,  I 
hope  that  this  has  been  changed  in  the  nineteenth 
century  ;  but  I  leave  the  question  to  the  social  his- 
torian ;  the  philosopher  may  be  permitted  to  pass  on, 
only  remarking  that  the  folly  of  sacrificing  health  to 
sensual  indulgence  is  not  the  distinctive  privilege  of 
any  social  class.     I   remember  that  Pope,  whom   I 

O 


194  LUXURY. 

have  just  quoted,  sneers  at  legislation  that  spares  the 
vices  of  the  rich, 

"  And  hurls  the  thunders  of  the  laws  on  gin." 

But  the  legislators  might  have  answered,  that 
while  champagne  and  burgundy  were  slaying  their 
thousands,  "  gin  "  was  slaying  its  tens  of  thousands. 
But,  secondly,  it  is  urged  that,  without  positively 
injuring  health,  the  refinement  and  complication  of 
the  means  of  physical  enjoyment  tend  to  diminish 
efficiency  for  work.  Looking  closer  at  this  argu- 
ment, we  find  that  it  combines  two  distinct 
objections :  one  is  that  luxury  makes  men  lazy^ 
disinclined  for  labour  ;  the  other  is  that  it  makes 
them  soft,  incapable  of  the  prolonged,  strenuous 
exertion  and  the  patient  endurance  of  disagree- 
able incidents  which  most  kinds  of  effective  work 
require.  On  the  point  of  laziness  I  will  speak 
presently.  As  regards  softness,  the  objection  has 
this  element  of  truth  in  it — that  the  powers  of 
sustained  exertion  and  endurance  are  developed, 
like  other  powers,  by  practice,  and  that  the  lives 
of  the  poor  provide  normally  an  unsought  training 
of  these  powers  from  childhood  upwards,  which 
has  to  be  supplied  artificially,  if  at  all,  in  the  lives 
of  the  rich.  But  I  think  experience  shows  that 
the  objection    is   not   very   serious,   at  least  for  our 


LUXURY.  195 

race.  Certainly,  Englishmen  brought  up  in  luxury 
seem  usually  to  show  an  adequate  capacity  of 
exertion  and  endurance  when  any  strong  motive 
is  suppHed  for  the  exercise  of  these  qualities. 

We  come,  then,  to  the  question  of  laziness, 
meaning  by  laziness  a  disposition  to  work  clearly 
less  than  is  good  for  one's  self  and  others.  There 
can  be  no  doubt  that  the  luxurious  tend  as  a 
class  to  be  lazy ;  the  possession  of  the  means  of 
sensual  enjoyment  without  labour  disposes  average 
men,  if  not  to  absolute  inertia,  at  any  rate  to 
short  working  hours  and  long  holidays.  On  the 
other  hand,  if  luxury  makes  men  lazy,  the  prospect 
of  luxury  makes  them  work  ;  and  if  we  balance 
the  two  effects  on  motive,  I  think  there  can  be  no 
doubt  that,  other  things  remaining  the  same,  a 
society  from  which  luxury  was  effectually  excluded 
would  be  lazier  than  a  society  that  admitted  it. 
If  it  be  said  that  the  desire  of  luxury  is  a  low 
motive,  I  might  answer  in  the  manner  in  which  one 
of  the  wisest  of  English  moralists — Butler — speaks 
of  resentment.  I  should  say  that  "  it  were  much  to 
be  wished  that  men  would  act  on  a  better  principle  " ; 
but  that  if  you  could  suppress  the  desire  of  luxury 
without  altering  human  nature  in  other  respects,  you 
would  probably  do  harm,  because  you  would  diminish 
the  general  happiness  by  increasing  laziness. 


196  LUXURY. 

This  argument  is,  I  think,  decisive  from  a  political 
point  of  view,  as  a  defence  of  a  social  order  that 
allows  great  inequalities  in  the  distribution  of  wealth 
for  consumption.  But  when  I  hear  it  urged  as  con- 
clusive from  an  ethical  point  of  view,  I  am  reminded 
of  Lord  Melbourne's  answer  to  a  friend  whom  he 
consulted,  when  premier,  as  to  the  bestowal  of  a 
vacant  garter.  His  friend  said,  "Why  not  take  it 
yourself?  no  one  has  a  better  claim."  "  Well,  but," 
said  Lord  Melbourne  "  I  don't  see  what  I  am  to  gain 
by  bribing  myself"  The  answer  is  cynical  in  ex- 
pression, but  it  contains  a  lesson  for  some  who 
profess  a  higher  moral  standard  than  Lord 
Melbourne  was  in  the  habit  of  professing.  For 
when  we  have  decided  that  the  toleration  of 
luxury  as  a  social  fact  is  indispensable  to  the  full 
development  of  human  energy,  the  ethical  question 
still  remains  for  each  individual,  whether  it  is 
indispensable  for  him ;  whether,  in  order  to  get 
himself  to  do  his  duty,  he  requires  to  bribe  himself 
by  a  larger  share  of  consumable  wealth  than  falls 
to  the  common  lot.  And  if  one  answers  the 
question  in  the  affirmative,  one  must  admit  one's 
self  to  belong  to  the  class  of  persons  character- 
ized by  George  Eliot  as  "  people  whose  high  ideals 
are  not  required  to  account  for  their  actions." 

Further,  the  moral  censor  of  luxury  may  rejoin 


LUXURY.  197 

that  he  admits  the  danger  of  repressing  luxury  with- 
out repressing  laziness,  and  is  quite  willing  to  divide 
his  censure  equally  between  the  two.  He  may  even 
grant  that,  of  the  two,  more  stress  should  be  laid 
on  the  discouragement  of  idleness  ;  and  that  the 
moral  repression  of  luxury  can  only  be  safely 
attempted  by  slow  degrees,  so  far  as  we  succeed 
in  substituting  nobler  motives  for  activity — i.e.,  so 
far  as  we  can  make  it  natural  and  customary  for 
all  men,  whatever  their  means,  to  choose  some 
social  function  and  devote  themselves  strenuously 
to  its  excellent  performance. 

But  if  the  censor  takes  this  line — and  I  think 
it  practically  a  wise  line — he  by  implication  admits 
the  inconclusiveness  of  the  argument  against  luxury 
as  an  inducement  to  idleness ;  for  it  implies  that  the 
two  are  separable,  and  that  idleness,  like  softness 
and  disease,  is  not  an  inevitable  concomitant  of 
luxurious  living,  but  only  a  danger  that  may  be 
guarded  against. 

I  come,  then,  to  the  third  argument — viz.,  that 
a  man  who  lives  luxuriously  consumes  what  would 
have  produced  more  happiness  if  he  had  left  it  to 
be  consumed  by  others.  It  is  to  be  observed  that 
this  is  an  argument  not  against  luxury  itself,  so 
far  as  it  is  successful  luxury,  but  against  its  unequal 
distribution  ;    it  is  an  argument  in  favour  of  cheap 


198  LUXURY. 

luxuries  for  the  many  instead  of  costly  luxuries  for 
the  few.  And  this,  I  think,  is  generally  the  case 
with  the  modern  censures  of  luxurious  living  as 
contrasted  with  the  more  ancient  censures ;  the 
modern  attack  is  rather  directed  against  inequality 
in  the  distribution  of  the  means  of  enjoyment  than 
against  the  general  principle  of  heightening  the 
pleasures  of  life  by  refining  and  elaborating  their 
means  and  sources ;  or,  at  any  rate,  if  this  elab- 
oration is  attacked,  it  is  only  because  it  involves, 
from  a  social  point  of  view,  a  waste  of  labour.  But 
though  this  makes  a  fundamental  difference  in  the 
grounds  of  the  attack,  it  does  not  make  much 
difference  in  its  objects;  since  it  is  the  consumer  of 
costly  luxuries  who  in  all  ages  has  stood  in  the 
forefront  of  the  controversy  and  borne  the  brunt 
of  moral  censure.  Accordingly,  in  the  little  I  have 
yet  to  say  of  luxury,  I  shall  use  the  term  in  the 
special  sense  of  costly  luxury. 

It  must  be  admitted  that  this  third  objection, 
so  far  as  it  is  valid  at  all,  is  more  inevitable  than  the 
preceding  ones.  A  man  may  avoid  disease  by 
care  and  self-control ;  he  may  avoid  idleness  and 
softness  by  bracing  exercise  of  his  faculties,  physical 
and  mental,  while  still  systematically  heightening  his 
enjoyment  of  existence  by  elaborate  and  complex 
means  of  pleasure ;  but  just  as  he  cannot  both  eat 


LUXURY.  199 

his  cake  and  have  it,  so  he  cannot  both  eat  his 
cake  and  arrange  that  other  men  should  eat  it 
too,  or  that  they  should  consume  the  simpler 
products  of  the  baker's  art  which  might  have 
resulted  from  the  same  labour. 

Need  I  say  a  word  about  the  hoary  fallacy  that 
a  man  by  eating  his  cake  provides  employment — 
and  therefore  cake,  or  at  least  bread — for  the  baker  ? 
"  Time  was,"  as  Shakespeare  says,  "  that  when  the 
brains  were  out  the  man  would  die " ;  and  as  the 
brains  have  been  out  of  this  fallacy  generations 
ago,  I  shall  consider  it  as  slain,  even  though  it 
still  walks  the  earth  with  inextinguishable  vitality, 
and  occasionally  reappears  in  the  writings  of  the 
most  superior  persons.  I  shall  venture  to  assume 
that,  speaking  generally,  a  man  benefits  others  by 
rendering  services  to  them,  and  not  by  requiring 
them  to  render  services  to  him. 

Can  we  accept  it  as  a  generally  satisfactory 
defence  of  the  costly  luxuries  of  the  few  that, 
owing  to  the  exquisite  delicacy  of  the  palates  of 
certain  individuals,  the  general  happiness  is  best 
promoted  by  the  consumption  of  cake  being 
reserved  to  them  ?  that  they  are  to  be  regarded, 
in  fact,  as  the  organ  of  humanity  for  the  apprec- 
iation of  cake  ?  There  is  some  truth  in  this,  if  we 
are  considering  a  siiddeti  change  ;    since  experience 


200  LUXURY. 

shows  that  refined  luxury  is  liable  to  be  wasted 
on  persons  suddenly  transplanted  into  it  late  in 
life.  But  the  arguments  do  not  go  far,  since  the 
same  experience  shows  that  the  task  of  educating 
any  class  up  to  the  standard  of  capacity  for  enjoy- 
ing luxury,  which  is  reached  on  the  average  by 
the  wealthiest  class  of  the  age,  is  not  a  difficult 
task,  though  it  requires  time.  It  is,  indeed,  in  most 
cases,  an  educational  problem  peculiarly  easy  of 
solution.  Hence  I  do  not  think  this  consideration 
can  weigh  much  against  the  broad  fact  that,  even  in 
the  case  of  successful  luxury,  increase  in  the  means 
of  enjoyment  consumed  by  the  same  individual  is 
accompanied  by  increase  of  enjoy n>ent  in  a  con- 
tinually diminishing  ratio  ;  so  that  inequality  in  the 
distribution  of  consumption  is  uneconomic  from  a 
social    point  of  view. 

A  really  valid  defence  of  luxury,  then,  must  be 
found,  if  at  all,  in  some  service  which  the  luxurious 
consumer  as  such  renders  to  the  non-luxurious. 
That  is,  it  must  be  shown  that  so-called  luxury  is 
not  really  such,  according  to  our  definition,  but  is 
a  provision  necessary  for  the  efficient  performance 
of   some  social  function. 

From  this  point  of  view  it  is  sometimes  said 
that  luxury  is  a  kind  of  social  insurance  against 
disaster,   as    providing    a    store    of    commodity    on 


LUXURY.  201 

which  society  can  draw  when  widespread  economic 
losses  occur  through  war  or  industrial  disturbance. 
Such  disasters  would  no  doubt  cause  far  graver 
distress  if  they  fell  on  a  body  of  human  beings  who 
had  among  them  hardly  more  than  the  necessaries  of 
life ;  but  though  this  is  an  argument  for  habitually 
producing  a  certain  amount  of  commodities  not 
required  for  health  or  efficiency,  it  is  not  a  strong 
argument  for  distributing  them  unequally.  The 
social  surplus  required  might  be  nearly  as  well 
created  by  the  cheap  superfluities  of  the  many  as 
by  the  costly  superfluities  of  the  few. 

Passing  over  other  inadequate  defences  of  luxury, 
I  come  to  the  only  one  to  which  I  am  disposed  to 
attach  weight — viz.,  that  inequality  in  the  distribution 
of  superfluous  commodities  is  required  for  the  social 
function  of  advancing  culture,  enlarging  the  ideal  of 
human  life,  and  carrying  it  towards  ever  fuller  per- 
fection. Here  it  seems  desirable  to  draw  a  distinction 
between  the  two  main  elements  of  culture — (i)  the 
apprehension  and  advancement  of  knowledge,  and 
(2)  the  appreciation  and  production  of  beauty,  as  it 
is  in  respect  of  the  latter  that  defence  is  most 
obviously  needed.  No  doubt  in  the  past  learning 
and  science  have  been  largely  advanced  by  men  of 
wealth ;  no  doubt,  also,  the  scholar  or  researcher  at 
the  present  day  requires  continually  more  elaborate 


202  LUXURY. 

provision  in  the  way  of  libraries,  museums,  apparatus. 
But  these  we  shall  properly  regard  not  as  luxuries 
but  as  the  instruments  of  a  profession  or  calling  of 
high  social  value ;  and,  generally  speaking,  there 
seems  no  reason  why  the  pursuit  of  knowledge 
should  suffer  if  the  expenditure  of  the  student, 
inclusive  of  the  funds  devoted  to  the  instruments  of 
his  calling,  were  kept  free  from  all  costly  luxury  and 
"high  thinking"  universally  accompanied  by  "plain 
living."  And  the  same  view  may  be,  to  a  great 
extent  at  least,  legitimately  taken  of  the  expenditure 
on  the  pursuit  of  knowledge  incurred  by  that  large 
majority  of  educated  persons  who  can  hardly  hope 
to  contribute  materially  to  the  scientific  progress  of 
mankind  :  so  far  as  this  expenditure  tends  directly  or 
indirectly  to  increase  the  efficiency  of  their  intellectual 
activities.  Some  portion  of  this  may  no  doubt  be 
wasted  in  the  gratification  of  idle  curiosity,  so  as  to 
leave  no  intellectual  profit  behind ;  and  theoretically 
we  must  except  this  portion  from  our  defence  of 
costly  expenditure  on  intellectual  pursuits.  But  I  do 
not  think  that  this  exception  is  practically  very 
important,  considering  the  hesitation  that  a  wise  man 
will  always  feel  in  pronouncing  on  the  uselessness  of 
any  knowledge. 

Can  we  similarly  defend  the  costly  expenditure  of 
the  rich  on  the  cultivation  and  satisfaction  of  aesthetic 


LUXURY.  203 

sensibilities — on  literature  regarded  as  a  fine  art,  on 
music  and  the  drama,  on  paintings  and  sculptures, 
on  ornamental  buildings  and  furniture,  on  flowers 
and  trees  and  landscape  -  gardening  of  all  kinds  ? 
Such  expenditure  is  actually  much  larger  in  amount 
than  that  incurred  in  the  pursuit  of  knowledge : 
and  in  considering  it  we  reach,  I  think,  the  heart  of 
this  ancient  controversy  on  luxury.  Here,  however, 
I  have  to  confess  that  personal  insight  and  experience 
fail  me.  I  only  worship  occasionally  in  the  outer 
court  of  the  temple  of  beauty,  and  so  I  do  not 
feel  competent  to  hold  the  brief  for  luxury  on 
the  ground  of  its  being  a  necessary  condition  of 
aesthetic  progress.  But  though  I  cannot  hold  the 
brief  I  am  prepared,  as  a  member  of  the  jury  of 
educated  persons,  to  give  a  verdict  in  favour  of  the 
defendant ;  so  far,  at  least,  as  a  sincere  love  of 
beauty  is  the  predominant  motive  of  the  costly 
expenditure  defended.  I  find  that  the  study  of 
history  leads  me  continually  to  contemplate  with 
sympathy  and  satisfaction  the  opulence  and  luxury 
of  the  few  amid  the  hard  lives  of  the  many,  because 
it  presents  itself  as  the  practically  necessary  soil  in 
which  beauty  and  the  love  of  beauty  grow  and 
develop ;  and  because  I  see  how,  when  new  sources 
of  high  and  refined  delight  have  thus  been  pro- 
duced, the  best  and  most  essential  of  their  benefits 


204  LUXURY. 

extend  by  degrees  from  the  few  to  the  many,  and 
become  abiding  possessions  of  the  race.  It  is  possible 
that  in  the  future  we  may  carry  on  artistic  and 
aesthetic  development  successfully  on  the  basis  of 
public  and  collective  effort,  and  dispense  with  the 
lavish  and  costly  private  expenditure  of  the  few ; 
but  till  we  are  convinced  that  this  is  likely — and  I 
am  not  yet  convinced — I  think  we  should  not  hamper 
the  progress  of  this  priceless  element  of  human  life 
by  any  censure  or  discouragement  of  luxurious  living, 
so  long  as  it  aims  at  the  ends  and  keeps  within  the 
limits  which  I  have  endeavoured  briefly  to  determine. 


VIII. 

THE   PURSUIT   OF   CULTURE* 

\T  THEN  I  was  invited  to  deliver  an  incidental 
^  '  lecture  to  the  students  of  the  London  School 
of  Ethics  and  Social  Philosophy,  it  seemed  to  me 
desirable  to  choose  a  subject  that  on  the  one  hand 
should  have  an  interest  for  students  of  Ethics,  from 
a  practical  as  well  as  theoretical  point  of  view ;  and 
on  the  other  hand,  should  not  be  customarily  in- 
cluded— or,  at  least,  only  introduced  in  a  very  cursory 
and  subordinate  way — in  the  systematic  treatment  of 
Ethics.  It  seemed  to  me  that  the  pursuit  of  culture 
as  an  ideal  would  fulfil  these  two  conditions.  Culture 
is  a  fundamentally  important  part  of  the  human 
good  that  practical  morality  aims  at  promoting ;  at 
the  same  time,  its  importance  in  the  general  view 
of  practical  morality  and  philanthropy  has  grown 
very  much  during  the  last  generation,  with  the 
enlargement  of  our  conception  of  the  prospective 
greatness  of  human  life  to  be  lived  on  this  earth.     I 

*   An  address  delivered  before  the  London  School  of  Ethics  and 
Social  Philosophy  on  October  24th,  1897. 

205 


2o6  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE, 

think  no  more  remarkable  change  has  ever  taken 
place  in  human  thought  than  this  enlargement,  due 
to  the  advance  of  science,  especially  of  the  historical 
sciences — geology,  evolutional  biology,  archaeology, 
and  anthropology,  and  the  comprehensive  but  still 
rudimentary  science  sociology,  which  has  taken 
nearly  a  century  to  get  itself  fairly  born.  The 
mundane  life  of  the  individual  is  as  transient  as 
ever ;  but  the  mundane  life  of  the  larger  whole  of 
which  he  is  a  part — the  life  of  the  human  race — now 
spreads  out  before  our  imagination  as  all  but  infinite 
in  its  probable  duration  and  its  possibilities  of 
development.  Its  past  life  is  reckoned  by  tens  of 
thousands  of  years :  and  the  gloomiest  forecasts  of 
physicists  as  to  the  cooling  of  the  sun  allow  it  more 
millions  of  future  years  than  I  need  try  to  count. 
Thus  the  problem  of  making  human  life  on  earth 
a  better  thing  has  become  more  and  more  clearly  the 
dominant  problem  for  morality,  comprehending 
almost  all  minor  problems,  and  determining  the 
lines  on  which  their  solution  is  to  be  sought ;  and 
in  the  doubtless  imperfect  conception  we  form  of 
this  betterment,  mental  culture,  which, — according  to 
usage,  I  shall  speak  of  briefly  as  culture, — has,  as 
I  said,  a  prominent  place. 

And   the   dominance   of    this    problem   has   been 
further  established  by  the  change  in  current  political 


THE  PURSUIT   OF  CULTURE.  207 

ideas,  of  which  our  newspapers  have  long  been  so 
full, — the  reaction  against  the  individualism  of  the 
earlier  political  economists,  which  left  the  culture  of 
the  individual  to  his  self-interest  well  understood, 
or,  in  the  case  of  children,  to  parental  affection,  and 
merely  aimed  at  protecting  individuals  and  parents 
against  interference  in  its  pursuit.  The  enlarged 
conception  of  social  and  political  duty  which  is  now 
prevalent  is  impelling  us  with  increasing  force  to 
promote  positively  the  attainment  of  a  good  life 
for  all ; — through  the  action  of  the  State,  so  far  as 
experience  shows  this  to  be  prudent,  but  also  through 
private  and  voluntarily  associated  effort,  outside  and 
apart  from,  or  in  co-operation  with,  government. 
And  this  good  life,  as  I  have  said,  means  for  us  a 
cultivated  life,  a  life  in  which  culture  is  in  some 
degree  attained  and  exercised. 

Indeed,  I  think  it  may  be  said  that  the  promotion 
of  culture,  in  one  form  or  another,  is  more  and 
more  coming  to  be  recognized  as  the  main  moral 
justification  for  the  luxurious  expenditure  of  the 
rich.  Observe  that  in  saying  this  I  wish  clearly 
to  distinguish  the  moral  from  the  political  justi- 
fication. I  have  no  hankering  after  sumptuary  laws ; 
and  men  being  what  they  are,  I  have  no  doubt 
that  the  liberty  to  spend  one's  income  luxuriously 
is — quite   apart    from    any   question    of  culture — an 


2o8  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE. 


indispensable  spring  of  economic  progress.  But 
what  men  ought  to  do  is  often  very  different  from 
what  they  ought  to  be  made  to  do.  And  if  culture, 
like  the  greater  goods,  Religion  and  Morality, 
could  be  equally  well  promoted  by  scanty  and  re- 
stricted personal  expenditure,  it  would  seem  to  me — 
in  view  of  the  multiple  evils  of  the  penury  around 
us — a  clear  moral  duty  for  most  persons  with  ample 
means  to  restrict  their  expenditure  to  the  minimum 
necessary  for  the  health,  and  the  efficiency  in  pro- 
fessional or  social  work,  of  themselves  and  their 
families.  The  superfluity  could  then  be  spent  in  any 
of  the  ways  of  relieving  distress  which  the  Charity 
Organization  Society  would  sanction  ;  and  in  spite 
of  the  severity  commonly  attributed  to  that  society, 
such  sanctioned  ways  of  spending  are,  I  can  assure 
you,  both  numerous  and  absorbent  of  funds.  What 
stands  in  the  way  of  this  moral  judgment  is  the 
widespread  conviction  that  the  lavish  expenditure 
of  the  rich  on  the  elements  of  culture,  the  means 
of  developing  and  gratifying  the  love  of  knowledge 
and  the  love  of  beauty  in  all  their  various  forms, 
meets  an  important  social  need, — wastefully  no  doubt, 
but  still  more  effectively  than  it  could  at  present 
be  met  in  any  other  way;  since  the  gain  in  know- 
ledge and  in  elevated  and  refined  delight  obtained 
through  this  expenditure  does  not  remain  with  the 


THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE.  209 


rich  alone,  but  extends  in  a  number  of  ways  to  other 
classes.  Whether  this  conviction  is  sound  or  not 
I  do  not  now  consider :  I  only  refer  to  it  as  illus- 
trating the  importance  that  we  have  come  to  attach 
to  the  notion  of  culture  in  our  moral  judgments. 

And  this  comes  out  more  clearly  if  we  note  what 
among  the  advantages  which  the  rich  actually  derive 
from  their  superfluous  expenditure — I  mean  expendi- 
ture not  needed  for  health  or  efficiency — the  genuine 
philanthropists  among  them  are  keenly  desirous  to 
giwQ  to  others  less  fortunate.  Surely — apart  from 
the  general  and  technical  education  required  for 
economic  efficiency — they  consist  almost  entirely 
in  the  means  of  developing  the  elevated  faculties 
and  refined  sensibilities  which  we  include  in  the 
notion  of  culture.  I  do  not  mean  that  such  a 
philanthropist  would  object  to  manual  labourers 
feasting  on  grouse  and  champagne — as  certain 
miners  in  the  North  were  once  said  to  do  when 
wages  were  high — but  he  would  not  make  efforts 
and  sacrifices  to  spread  these  delicacies.  Perhaps 
you  may  say  that  if  wealthy  philanthropists  really 
put  so  high  a  value  on  culture,  they  would  not  spend 
so  much  of  their  wealth  in  giving  themselves  plea- 
sant things  which  have  little  or  nothing  to  do  with 
culture.  I  might  answer  this  in  various  ways.  I 
might   dwell    on    the   tyranny   of   custom,   and   the 

V 


2IO  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE, 

conventional  forms  in  which  the  time-honoured 
virtue  of  hospitahty  necessarily  has  to  express 
itself.  But  perhaps  the  answer  that  goes  deepest 
is  that  suggested  by  an  old  remark  that  the  precept 
"Love  thy  neighbour  as  thyself"  might — when  it 
has  attained  general  acceptance  and  serious  efforts 
are  made  to  fulfil  it — be  advantageously  supple- 
mented by  the  converse  precept  "  Love  thyself  as 
thy  neighbour " :  since  a  genuine  regard  for  our 
neighbour — when  not  hampered  by  the  tyranny 
of  custom — prompts  us  to  give  him  what  we  think 
really  good  for  him ;  whereas  natural  self-regard 
prompts  us  to  give  ourselves  what  we  like.  Thus 
the  spontaneous  expression  of  altruism,  rather  than 
the  spontaneous  expression  of  egoism,  corresponds 
to  our  deepest  judgment,  the  judgment  of  our  best 
self,  as  to  the  good  and  evil  in  human  life. 
■^  If  it  were  needful  to  give  further  more  detailed 
proof  of  this  growing  recognition  of  the  importance 
of  culture,  and  the  growing  desire  for  its  wider 
diffusion,  I  might  draw  attention  to  several  different 
features  in  recent  social  movements.  I  might  point, 
e.g.,  to  the  burning  question  of  the  "  eight  hours 
day,"  and  the  eagerness  shown  by  the  advocates 
of  the  workmen's  side  in  this  controversy  to  convince 
the  public  that  it  is  really  leisure  they  want  for  their 
clients,  and  not  merely  additional  wages.     No  im- 


THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE.  211 

partial  outsider  objects  to  their  getting  as  much 
wages  as  the  conditions  of  industry  may  allow ;  but 
they  know  that  the  demand  for  leisure  to  lead  a 
more  cultivated  life  will  stir  the  keenest  sympathy 
of  lookers  on.  I  might  remind  you  of  the  resolu- 
tion recently  passed  at  a  Socialistic  Congress,  that 
University  education  should  be  effectively  open  to 
all  classes  of  the  community,  from  the  highest  to 
the  lowest ;  for  even  an  extravagance  of  this  kind 
is  a  straw  that  shows  how  strongly  the  current  of 
opinion  is  flowing.  I  might  refer  to  the  efforts  to 
render  picture-galleries  and  museums  of  art  really 
available  for  the  delight  and  instruction  of  the 
poorer  classes  of  the  community ;  and  I  might  point 
to  what  is  sometimes  attacked  as  the  "  encroachment 
of  primary  education  on  the  province  of  secondary 
education " ;  which  is,  at  any  rate,  evidence  of  the 
widespread  determination  to  aim,  even  in  elementary 
teaching,  at  something  more  than  the  viinhninn 
required  for  economic  efficiency. 

I  only  suggest  these  topics,  as  they  are  familiar 
to  us  all  from  the  daily  papers.  I  have  said  enough 
to  show  the  growing  importance  of  culture  in  our 
common  conception  of  human  good,  in  the  ideal 
that  morality  aims  at  realizing.  What  I  propose 
in  the  remainder  of  the  present  discourse  is  not 
to  discuss  the   methods   by  which   culture   is   to   be 


212  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE. 

promoted  and  diffused,  but  to  free  this  fundamental 
notion,  so  far  as  possible,  from  obscurity  and  am- 
biguity, so  that  our  philanthropic  efforts  to  promote 
culture  may  have  a  clear  and  precise  aim. 

The  question,  what  is  culture?  carries  the  thought 
of  a  man  of  my  age  irresistibly  back  to  the  delight- 
ful writer,  who  made  the  term  familiar  as  a  household 
word  to  the  English  reading  public  a  generation  ago 
— Matthew  Arnold.  I  know  that  his  poems  are  not 
forgotten  by  a  younger  generation,  and  I  hope  his 
essays  are  not  forgotten  either ; — at  any  rate  the  less 
controversial  of  them,  since  the  interest  of  contro- 
versy is  usually  somewhat  ephemeral.  I  know  no 
writings  in  English  that  plead  the  cause  of  literary 
culture  with  an  earnestness  so  light  and  graceful, 
and  so  persuasive  a  charm.  It  was  early  in  the 
sixties  that  he  began  his  efforts  to  penetrate  the 
hide  of  self-complacency  which,  then  as  now,  was 
a  characteristic  feature  of  his  fellow-countrymen ; 
and  to  make  us  feel  the  want  of  true  culture  in  all 
the  three  classes  into  which  he  divided  our  society — 
Barbarians,  Philistines,  and  Populace.  He  told  us — 
he  was  never  tired  of  telling  us,  and  his  style  could 
make  the  most  incessant  iteration  tolerable  if  not 
agreeable — he  set  forth  to  us  in  memorable  phrases 
what  culture  was,  and  what  great  benefits  we  should 
gain   if   we  would   only    turn  and  seek   it  with  our 


THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE.  213 


whole  heart.  Unfortunately,  Matthew  Arnold  was 
not  —  as  he  humorously  confessed  —  a  systematic 
thinker  with  philosophical  principles  duly  coherent 
and  interdependent ;  and  consequently  it  is  not 
surprising  that  he  did  not  always  mean  the  same 
thing  by  culture  ;  indeed  it  is  interesting  to  watch 
his  conception  expanding  and  contracting  elastic- 
ally,  as  he  passes  from  phase  to  phase  of  a  long 
controversy. 

When  his  preaching  began  he  appeared  to  mean 
by  culture  merely  a  knowledge  of  and  taste  for  fine 
literature,  and  the  refinement  of  feeling  and  manners 
which  he  considered  to  spring  naturally  from  this 
source.  Thus,  when  he  remarks  regretfully  that  the 
English  aristocracy  has  declined  somewhat  from  the 
"  admirable  "  and  "  consummate  "  culture  which  it  had 
attained  in  the  eighteenth  century,  what  he  regrets 
is  the  time  when  the  oracle  of  polite  society — Lord 
Chesterfield — could  tell  the  son  whom  he  was  training 
for  a  political  career,  that  "Greek  and  Roman  learning 
is  the  most  necessary  ornament  which  it  is  shameful 
not  to  be  master  of,"  and  bid  the  nascent  diplomatist 
"  let  Greek  without  fail  share  some  part  of  every 
day."  And  Arnold  here  seems  to  signify  by  culture 
almost  entirely  the  aesthetic  value  and  effect  of  the 
study  of  fine  literature  and  not  its  value  for  thought : 
since  he  speaks  of  a  "  high  reason  "  and  a  "  fine  cul- 


214  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE. 

ture  "  as  two  distinct  things,  and  tells  the  middle  class 
— his  "  Philistines  " — that  they  want  both  "  culture  " 
which  aristocracy  has,  and  "  ideas  "  which  aristocracy 
has  not  But  as  the  controversy  went  on  and  waxed 
a  little  hot,  the  limits  of  the  notion  came  to  be  greatly 
enlarged.  When  John  Bright  sneered  at  culture  as 
a  "  smattering  of  two  dead  languages,"  and  when  Mr. 
Frederick  Harrison,  in  his  "stringent  manner,"  said 
that  culture  was  a  desirable  quality  in  a  critic  of  new 
books,  but  a  poor  thing  when  you  came  to  active 
politics,  Arnold  was  moved  to  unfold  a  much  wider 
and  deeper  view  of  the  essential  quality  of  this  divine 
gift.  In  the  first  place,  culture  was  now  made  to 
include  an  openness  to  ideas,  as  well  as  fine  manners 
and  an  appreciation  of  the  beauty  of  fine  poetry 
and  fine  prose.  Indeed,  of  the  two,  the  intellectual 
element  is  now  the  most  prominent ;  the  most 
powerful  motive,  according  to  Arnold,  that  prompts 
us  to  read  the  best  books,  to  know  the  best  that  has 
been  thought  and  said  in  the  world,  is  now  identified 
with  the  genuine  scientific  passion  for  "  seeing  things 
as  they  really  are."  But  this  is  not  all :  Arnold  will 
have  us  go  deeper  still  and  take  a  yet  more  compre- 
hensive view.  The  passion  for  culture  is  not,  he  says, 
the  mere  desire  of  seeing  things  as  they  are,  for  the 
simple  pleasure  of  seeing  them  as  they  are,  and 
developing  the  intelligence  of  the  seer ;  though  this 


THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE.  215 

is  a  noble  impulse,  eminently  proper  to  an  intelligent 
being.  But  culture,  true  culture,  aims  at  more  than 
this  :  it  aims  at  nothing  less  than  human  perfection, 
a  perfect  spiritual  condition,  involving  the  "  har- 
monious expansion  of  all  the  powers  which  make 
the  beauty  and  worth  of  human  nature,"  and  thus 
necessarily  including  perfection  of  will  and  of  the 
moral  feelings  that  claim  the  governance  of  will,  no 
less  than  perfection  of  intelligence  and  taste.  Its 
dominant  idea  being  that  of  a  human  nature  perfect 
on  all  its  sides,  it  includes  and  transcends  religion, 
which  on  its  practical  side  is  dominated  by  the  more 
limited  idea  of  moral  perfection,  and  which,  there- 
fore, tends  to  concentrate  effort  on  conquering  the 
"  obvious  faults  of  our  animality."  So  viewed,  culture 
cannot  be  sought  by  anyone  who  seeks  it  for  himself 
alone.  "  Because  men  are  all  members  of  one  great 
whole,  and  the  sympathy  which  is  in  human  nature 
will  not  allow  one  member  to  have  a  perfect  welfare 
independent  of  the  rest,  the  expansion  of  our 
humanity,  to  suit  the  idea  of  perfection  which 
culture  forms,  must  be  a  gefteral  expansion.  .  .  . 
The  individual  is  obliged,  under  pain  of  being 
stunted  and  enfeebled  in  his  own  development  if 
he  disobeys,  to  carry  others  along  with  him  in  his 
march  towards  perfection,  to  be  continually  doing 
all  he  can  to  enlarge  and  increase  the  volume  of  the 


2i6  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE. 

human  stream  sweeping  thitherward."  In  this  wider 
conception  "all  the  love  of  our  neighbour,  the  im- 
pulses towards  action,  help,  and  beneficence,  the 
desire  for  clearing  human  confusion  and  diminishing 
the  sum  of  human  misery,  the  noble  aspiration  to 
leave  the  world  better  and  happier  than  we  found  it " 
— all  these  motives  "  come  in  as  part  of  the  grounds 
of  culture  and  the  main  and  pre-eminent  part."  This 
culture  is  seen — if  we  see  with  Arnold's  eyes — to 
move  by  the  force  not  merely  or  primarily  of  the 
scientific  impulse  to  pure  knowledge,  but  also  of  the 
moral  and  social  impulse  to  do  good :  it  has  ''  one 
great  passion  for  sweetness  and  light " ;  and  "  one 
greater,  for  making  reason  and  the  will  of  God 
prevail." 

Well,  this  was  a  noble  ideal,  and  the  words  in 
which  Arnold  set  it  before  us  had  the  genuine  ring 
of  prophetic  conviction ;  but  we  felt  that  we  had 
travelled  a  long  way  from  the  Earl  of  Chesterfield 
and  the  admirable  and  consummate  culture  of  the 
English  aristocracy  in  the  eighteenth  century.  Our 
historical  reminiscences  seemed  to  indicate  that  the 
passion  for  making  reason  and  the  will  of  God 
prevail,  and  carrying  on  the  whole  human  race  in 
a  grand  march  towards  complete  spiritual  perfection, 
which  these  fine  gentlemen  as  a  class  derived  from 
their   studies    in    Greek    and    Latin,  was  of  a   very 


THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE.  217 

limited  description  ;  hardly,  indeed,  perceptible  to 
the  scrutiny  of  the  impartial  historian.  Even  in 
the  latter  half  of  the  nineteenth  century  the  desire 
to  cultivate  the  intellect  and  taste  by  reading  the 
best  books,  and  the  passion  for  social  improvement, 
are  not — if  we  look  at  actual  facts — always  found 
together ;  or  even  if  we  grant  that  the  one  can 
hardly  exist  without  some  degree  of  the  other,  at 
any  rate  they  co -exist  in  different  minds  in  very 
varying  proportions.  And  when  Arnold  tells  us 
that  the  Greeks  had  arrived,  in  theory  at  least,  at 
a  harmonious  adjustment  of  the  claims  of  both,  we 
feel  that  his  admiration  for  Hellenism  has  led  him 
to  idealize  it ;  for  we  cannot  but  remember  how 
Plato  politely  but  firmly  conducts  the  poets  out  of 
his  republic,  and  how  the  Stoics  sneered  at  Aristotle's 
praises  of  pure  speculation.  In  short,  we  might  allow 
Arnold  to  define  the  aim  of  culture  either  as  the 
pursuit  of  sweetness  and  light,  or  more  comprehen- 
sively as  the  pursuit  of  complete  spiritual  perfection, 
including  the  aim  of  making  reason  and  the  will 
of  God  prevail ;  but  in  the  name  of  culture  itself 
we  must  refuse  to  use  the  same  word  for  two  such 
different  things ;  since  the  resulting  confusion  of 
thought  will  certainly  impede  our  efforts  to  see 
things  as  they  really  are. 

And  when  the  alternatives  are  thus  presented,  it 


2i8  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE. 

seems    clear    that    usage    is    on    the    side    of    the 
narrower  meaning.     For  what  philanthropy  is  now 
increasingly   eager   to   diffuse,   under   the   name    of 
culture,    is    something    different    from    religion    and 
morality  ;  it  is  not  these  goods  that  have  been  with- 
held   from    the   poor,  nor   of  which   the   promotion 
excuses    the    luxurious    expenditure    of    the    rich. 
Poverty — except  so  far  as  it  excludes  even  adequate 
moral  instruction — is  no  bar   to    morality ;    as  it  is 
happily    in    men's    power   to    do    their   duty   in   all 
relations  of  life,  under  any  pressure  of  outward  cir- 
cumstances ;  and  it  is  the  rich,  not  the  poor,  that  the 
Gospel  warns  of  their  special  difficulty  in  entering  the 
kingdom  of  heaven.     Again  if  the  pursuit  of  culture 
is  taken  to  transcend  and  include  the  aim  of  pro- 
moting religion  and  morality,  these  sublimer  goods 
cannot    but    claim    the    larger    share    of    attention. 
Indeed    Arnold    himself    told   us   in   a   later   essay, 
that  at  least  three-fourths  of  human  life  belong  to 
morality,  and  religion  as  supplying  motive  force  to 
morality ;    art   and   science    together    can    at    most 
claim    the    remaining    fourth.      But    if    so,   in    dis- 
cussing the  principles  that  should  guide  our  effort 
after  the  improvement   of  the  three-fourths  of  life 
that    morality    claims,    the    difficulties    that    such 
effort    encounters,    the    methods    which    it    has    to 
apply,    we    shall    inevitably   find    ourselves    led    far 


THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE.  219 

away  from  the  consideration  of  culture  in  the 
ordinary  sense. 

For  practical  purposes  then  we  must  take  the 
narrower  meaning.  But  I  have  not  referred  to 
Arnold's  wider  notion  in  order  merely  to  reject  it, 
or  to  divorce  the  pursuit  of  culture  from  the  larger 
aim  at  complete  spiritual  perfection  and  harmonious 
development  of  all  sides  of  human  nature.  What 
God  has  joined  together,  I  do  not  presume  thus  to 
put  asunder.  No  one  who  has  risen  to  the  grand 
conception  of  the  study  of  perfection  as  a  com- 
prehensive and  balanced  whole,  the  harmonious 
development  of  human  nature  on  all  its  sides,  can 
ever  consent  to  abandon  it ;  and  therefore  we  cannot 
put  it  out  of  sight  altogether,  in  considering  the 
more  restricted  aims  of  culture  in  the  narrower 
sense.  This  narrower  notion  is  an  abstraction 
needful  for  the  purpose  of  clearer  view  and  prac- 
tical working  out  of  methods  of  pursuit ;  but  it 
should  never  be  forgotten  that  the  separation  cannot 
be  made  complete  without  loss  of  truth.  I  propose, 
therefore,  in  what  I  have  yet  to  say,  first  to 
analyse  somewhat  further  the  narrower  conception 
of  culture ;  and  then  to  consider  its  relation  to 
other  elements  of  the  wider  notion  of  complete 
spiritual  perfection. 

The  first  question  that  arises  when  we  concentrate 


220  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE. 

attention  on  culture  in  the  narrower  and  more  usual 
sense  is  to  determine  its  relation  to  knowledge.  We 
certainly  often  distinguish  the  two :  we  speak  of 
diffusing  knowledge  and  culture  ;  and  yet  it  is  not 
easy  to  conceive  a  cultivation  of  the  mind  that 
does  not  give  knowledge.  Here  again  it  may  help 
us  to  follow  the  course  of  Matthew  Arnold's  thought. 
In  his  earliest  view,  as  we  saw,  culture  seems  to 
lie  in  the  development  of  the  taste  rather  than  the 
intellect ;  the  aristocracy,  he  finds,  has  culture  but 
lacks  ideas.  But  in  his  later  and  more  meditated 
view  he  appears  to  blend  the  two  completely,  taking 
the  development  of  the  intellect  as  the  more 
fundamental  element.  His  favourite  phrase  for 
the  essential  spring  of  culture  is  the  desire  or 
passion  for  "  seeing  things  as  they  are."  The  activity 
of  culture,  he  tells  us,  lies  in  reading,  observing, 
thinking.  Hellenism — which  is  another  term  for 
culture  in  the  narrower  sense — "  drives  at  ideas "  ; 
has  "an  ardent  sense  for  all  the  new  and  chang- 
ing combinations  of  them  which  man's  activity 
brings  with  it,  and  an  indomitable  impulse  to  know 
and  adjust  them  perfectly";  it  drives  at  "an  un- 
clouded clearness "  and  flexibility  of  mind,  an 
"  unimpeded  play  of  thought,"  an  "  untrammelled 
spontaneity  of  consciousness."  This  is  its  essential 
aim  ;  and  the  sweetness,  the  grace  and  serenity,  the 


THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE.  221 

sensibility  to  beauty,  the  aversion  to  hideousness, 
rawness,  vulgarity,  which  Arnold  no  less  values,  are 
conceived  to  have  an  intellectual  root  and  source ; 
they  are  to  come  from  "  harmonized  ideas." 

Now,  I  agree  generally  with  the  view  here  ex- 
pressed as  to  the  primacy  of  the  intellectual  element 
of  culture.  Since  the  most  essential  function  of  the 
mind  is  to  think  and  know,  a  man  of  cultivated  mind 
must  be  essentially  concerned  for  knowledge :  but  it 
is  not  knowledge  merely  that  gives  culture.  A  man 
may  be  learned  and  yet  lack  culture :  for  he  may  be 
a  pedant,  and  the  characteristic  of  a  pedant  is  that 
he  has  knowledge  without  culture.  So  again,  a  load 
of  facts  retained  in  the  memory,  a  mass  of  reason- 
ings got  up  merely  for  examination,  these  are  not, 
they  do  not  give  culture.  It  is  the  love  of  know- 
ledge, the  ardour  of  scientific  curiosity,  driving  us 
continually  to  absorb  new  facts  and  ideas,  to  make 
them  our  own  and  fit  them  into  the  living  and 
growing  system  of  our  thought ;  and  the  trained 
faculty  of  doing  this,  the  alert  and  supple  intelli- 
gence exercised  and  continually  developed  in  doing 
this, — it  is  in  these  that  culture  essentially  lies. 

But  when  we  consider  how  to  acquire  this  habit 
of  mind,  we  must,  I  think,  regretfully  take  leave  of 
the  fascinating  guide  whom  I  have  so  long  allowed 
to   lead    our   thoughts   on    this   subject.      The   path 


222  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE. 

which  at  this  point  he  shows  us  is  a  flowery  one  ; 
but  it  does  not  cHmb  the  pass  that  we  have  to  cross ; 
it  cannot  bring  us  to  the  solution  of  our  problem. 
For  Matthew  Arnold's  method  of  seeking  truth  is 
a  survival  from  a  pre-scientific  age.  He  is  a  man 
of  letters  pure  and  simple ;  and  often  seems  quite 
serenely  unconscious  of  the  intellectual  limitations 
of  his  type.  How  the  crude  matter  of  common 
experience  is  reduced  to  the  order  and  system  which 
constitutes  it  an  object  of  scientific  knowledge ;  how 
the  precisest  possible  conceptions  are  applied  in  the 
exact  apprehension  and  analysis  of  facts,  and  how 
by  facts  thus  established  and  analysed  the  concep- 
tions in  their  turn  are  gradually  rectified ;  how  the 
laws  of  nature  are  ascertained  by  the  combined 
processes  of  induction  and  deduction,  provisional 
assumption  and  careful  verification  ;  how  a  general 
hypothesis  is  used  to  guide  inquiry,  and  after  due 
comparison  with  ascertained  particulars,  becomes  an 
accepted  theory ;  and  how  a  theory,  receiving  further 
confirmation,  takes  its  place  finally  as  an  organic 
part  of  a  vast,  living,  ever-growing  system  of 
knowledge ; — all  this  is  quite  alien  to  the  habitual 
thought  of  a  mere  man  of  letters.  Yet  it  is  this 
complex  process  that  the  desire  to  see  things  as 
they  are  must,  in  the  present  state  of  knowledge, 
prompt  a   man    to   learn,  to   follow,  and    to   apply. 


THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE.  223 

Intellectual  culture,  at  the  end  of  the  nineteenth 
century,  must  include  as  its  most  essential  element 
a  scientific  habit  of  mind  ;  and  a  scientific  habit  of 
mind  can  only  be  acquired  by  the  methodical  study 
of  some  part  at  least  of  what  the  human  race  has 
come  scientifically  to  know. 

Now  of  all  this  Arnold  has  a  very  faint  and  inter- 
mittent conception.  His  method  of  "seeing  things 
as  they  are "  is  simply  to  read  the  best  books  of  all 
ages  and  countries,  and  let  the  unimpeded  play  of  his 
consciousness  combine  the  results.  We  ought,  he 
thinks,  to  read  a  good  many  books,  to  give  our  con- 
sciousness room  to  play  in,  and  acquire  the  right 
flexibility  of  spirit ;  but  we  must  especially  read  the 
books  of  great  writers — such  as  those  of  whom  he 
incidentally  gives  a  list :  Plato,  Cicero,  Machiavelli, 
Shakespeare,  Voltaire,  Goethe.  Now  imagine  a  man 
learning  physical  science  in  this  way.  I  will  take 
astronomy  as  the  example  most  favourable  to 
Arnold's  view  that  I  could  choose ;  since  students 
do  still  read  the  great  work  of  Newton,  though 
two  centuries  old :  but  imagine  a  learner,  desirous 
of  seeing  the  starry  universe  as  it  is,  set  down 
to  read  the  treatises  of  Ptolemy,  Copernicus, 
Galileo,  Kepler,  and  let  his  consciousness  play 
above  them  in  an  untrammelled  manner,  instead  of 
learning  astronomical  theory  from  the  latest  books. 


224  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE, 


and  the  actual  method  of  astronomical  observation 
in  a  modern  observatory !  And  the  suggestion 
would  seem  still  more  eccentric  if  applied  to  physics, 
chemistry,  and  biology. 

It  may  be  replied  that,  granting  this  true  as  to 
the  knowledge  of  nature,  the  case  is  otherwise  with 
knowledge  of  the  human  spirit.  But  the  antithesis 
is  misleading.  Man,  whatever  else  he  is,  is  part  of 
the  world  of  nature,  and  modern  science  is  more 
and  more  resolutely  claiming  him  as  an  object  of 
investigation.  The  sciences  that  deal  with  man 
viewed  on  his  spiritual  side  —  psychology  and 
sociology — are  certainly  in  a  rudimentary  condition 
compared  with  the  physical  sciences,  and  have 
fundamental  difficulties  to  overcome  of  a  kind  no 
longer  found  in  those  more  established  methods. 
But  literature  supplies  no  short  cut  for  overcoming 
these  difficulties  :  the  intuitions  of  literary  genius 
will  not  avail  to  reduce  to  scientific  order  the 
complicated  facts  of  psychical  experience,  any  more 
than  the  facts  of  the  physical  world.  And  this 
is  no  less  true  of  those  special  branches  of  the 
study  of  social  man,  which  have  attained  a 
more  advanced  condition  than  the  general  science 
of  society  that,  in  idea,  comprehends  them : — 
economics,  political  science,  archaeology,  philology. 
Let    us    take    philology,   because,   being   concerned 


THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE,  225 

about  words,  it  is  in  a  way  akin  to  literature. 
Reflection  at  once  shows  that  the  kinship  lies  entirely 
in  the  object  and  not  at  all  in  the  manner  of  study. 
This  is  true  even  of  the  most  limited  species  of 
philology,  the  study  of  the  grammar  of  a  particular 
language.  The  Iliad  read  by  a  man  of  letters  differs 
in  aspect  from  the  Iliad  scrutinized  by  the  student 
of  Greek  philology,  much  as  the  Niagara  of  the 
ordinary  cultivated  tourist  differs  from  Niagara 
as  observed  by  the  student  of  hydrodynamics.  In 
short,  in  dealing  with  the  human  spirit  and  its 
products,  no  less  than  with  merely  physical  pheno- 
mena, we  shall  find  that  "  letting  our  consciousness 
play  about  a  subject"  is  an  essentially  different 
thing  from  setting  our  intellect  at  work  upon  it 
methodically:  and  it  is  the  latter  habit  that  has 
to  be  resolutely  learnt  by  any  modern  mind,  that 
is  earnestly  desirous  of  "seeing  things  as  they 
are." 

And  when  this  is  clearly  apprehended,  it  becomes 
manifest  that  the  aim  of  science,  and  the  aspect 
which  things  scientifically  known  present  to  the 
mind,  is  profoundly  different  from  the  aim  of  art, 
and  the  aspect  of  things  which  the  study  of  beauty 
aims  at  seizing  and  presenting.  There  is,  indeed,  at 
the  same  time,  a  deep  affinity  traceable  between  the 
two.     Things  seen  as  they  are  by  science  afford  the 

Q 


226  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE. 

seer  the  pleasure  of  complex  harmony,  through  the 
unity  of  intelligible  order  and  system  that  is  seen 
to  pervade  the  vast  diversity  of  particular  facts,  when 
we  are  able  to  bring  them  under  general  laws :  and 
the  pleasure  of  harmony,  of  a  subtle  unity  of  effect 
pervading  a  diversity  of  sensible  impressions,  is  a  main 
element  of  the  delight  derived  from  a  great  work  of 
art.  But  the  harmony  and  its  elements  are  essentially 
different  in  the  two  cases ;  and  in  the  case  of  science 
the  harmony  is  essentially  known,  intellectually 
grasped,  the  feeling  of  it  secondary ;  whereas  in 
the  case  of  art  the  feeling  is  of  primary  importance, 
the  intellectual  explanation  of  it  secondary.  So 
again  the  technique  of  art  always  involves  know- 
ledge of  some  kinds,  and  in  the  representative  arts 
especially,  careful  observation  of  facts :  but  the 
knowledge  is  not  sought  for  its  own  sake,  and  there 
is  no  general  need  that  the  facts  should  be  scientific- 
ally understood.  It  would  seem  therefore  that  these 
two  elements  of  what  we  commonly  call  culture, 
the  love  of  truth  along  with  the  trained  faculty  for 
attaining  it,  and  the  love  of  beauty  duly  trained  and 
developed,  are — speaking  broadly — as  different  in 
their  aims  and  points  of  view  as  either  is  different 
from  morality. 

At  this  point  Arnold  would  answer — this  answer 
is,    in    fact,    his   final    utterance    on    the   subject  — 


THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE.  227 

that  it  is  the  special  function  of  literature  to 
comprehend  and  mediate  between  these  divergent 
aims  and  views.  He  urges  that  what  the  spirit  of 
man — even  the  most  modern  man — demands  is  to 
establish  a  satisfactory  relation  between  the  results 
of  science  and  our  sense  of  conduct  and  sense  of 
beauty  ;  and  that  this  is  what  humane  letters,  poetry 
and  eloquence,  stirring  our  higher  emotions,  will  do 
for  us.  In  this  answer  there  is  an  important  element 
of  truth ;  but  the  claim  goes  too  far.  For  to  satisfy 
completely  the  demand  to  which  he  appeals,  to  bring 
into  true  and  clear  intellectual  relation  the  notions 
and  methods  of  studies  so  diverse  as  positive  science 
and  the  theory  of  the  fine  arts  is  more  than  literature 
as  literature  can  perform ;  the  result  can  only  be 
attained  by  philosophy,  whose  peculiar  task  indeed 
it  is  to  bring  into  clear,  orderly,  harmonious  relations 
the  fundamental  notions  and  methods  of  all  special 
sciences  and  studies.  But  we  must  admit  that  it  is 
not  a  task  which  philosophy  can  yet  be  said  to  have 
triumphantly  accomplished  :  the  height  from  which 
all  normal  human  aims  and  activities  can  be  clearly 
and  fully  contemplated  in  true  and  harmonious 
relations  is  a  height  not  yet  surmounted  by  the 
human  spirit.  And  perhaps  it  never  will  be  sur- 
mounted ;  perhaps — to  change  the  metaphor — the 
accomplishment  of  this  task  is  an  ideal  whose  face  is 


228  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE. 

"  Evermore  unseen, 
And  fixed  upon  the  far  sea-line," 

which   changes  with   every  advance  in    the   endless 
voyaging  of  the  human  spirit. 

In  the  meantime  it  may  be  conceded  to  the 
advocates  of  humane  letters  that  literature  of  the 
thoughtful  kind — such  poetry  and  eloquence  as  really 
deserves  to  be  called  a  criticism  of  life — may  supply 
even  to  philosophers  an  important  part  of  the  matter 
of  philosophy,  though  it  cannot  give  philosophic 
form  and  order,  and  may  give  a  provisional  substitute 
for  philosophy  to  the  many  who  do  not  philosophize. 
It  gives,  or  helps  to  give,  the  kind  of  wide  interest 
in,  the  versatile  sympathy  with,  the  whole  complex 
manifestation  of  the  human  spirit  in  human  history, 
which  is  required  as  a  corrective  to  the  specialization 
that  the  growth  of  science  inexorably  imposes ;  and 
giving  this  along  with  beauty  and  distinction  of 
form  and  expression,  it  does  at  any  rate  bridge  the 
gulf  we  occasionally  feel  between  the  divergent  aims 
of  science  and  art.  It  helps  to  produce  a  harmony 
of  feeling  in  our  contemplation  of  the  world  and  life 
presented  under  these  diverse  aspects ;  if  not  the 
reasoned  harmony  of  ideas  which  only  philosophy 
could  impart.  And  it  is  this  function  of  literature, 
I  think,  that  affords  the  best  justification  for  the 
prominence  given  to  it  in  our  educational  system. 


THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE.  229 

So  far,  in  analysing  the  conception  of  culture  in 
the  narrower  sense,  we  have  found  divergence,  at  first 
sight  wide,  between  the  two  elements  of  it  which  we 
have  distinguished,  but  we  have  not  found  discord. 
Can  we  say  that  this  is  still  the  case  when  we  turn 
to  consider  culture  in  relation  to  other  elements  of 
the  wider  notion  of  spiritual  perfection  ?  Is  there 
any  natural  opposition  between  the  devotion  to 
moral  excellence  and  the  devotion  to  knowledge  or 
to  beauty?  and  if  so,  how  are  we  to  deal  with  it? 
These  are  questions  of  some  practical  importance  on 
which  it  remains  to  say  a  few  words. 

First,  as  regards  science  and  the  scientific  habit 
of  mind.  Here  we  may  say  broadly  that  morality 
is  disposed  to  welcome  science  as  a  sef^ant,  but 
somewhat  to  dread  it  as  a  master.  No  moralist 
would  deny  that  we  shall  be  better  able  to  promote 
human  well-being  or  cure  human  woes  the  more  we 
can  learn  from  science  of  the  conditions  of  both : 
discord  can  only  arise  because  science  is  not  al- 
together willing  to  accept  simply  this  subordinate 
and  serviceable  relation  to  ethics.  I  shall  not  here 
treat  of  the  deepest  element  of  this  discord  :  the 
tendency  of  the  scientific  study  of  man,  in  explain- 
ing the  origin  and  growth  of  moral  ideas  and  senti- 
ments, to  explain  away  their  binding  force ;  so  that 
the  "law  so  analysed"  ceases,  as  Browning  says,  to 


230  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE. 

"  coerce  you  much."  This  is  a  difficulty  with  which 
only  a  systematic  moral  philosophy  can  deal.  But, 
assuming  that  all  such  presumptuous  invasions  of 
science  are  repelled,  and  ethics  allowed  to  be  valid 
within  its  own  domain,  the  question  still  remains  how 
far  the  study  of  science  tends  to  produce  a  habit  of 
mind  unfavourable  to  moral  ardour.  I  think  some 
such  effect  must  be  allowed  to  be  natural.  Scientific 
curiosity  naturally  adopts  a  neutral  attitude  towards 
the  evil  and  good  in  the  world  it  seeks  to  know ;  it 
aims  at  understanding,  explaining,  tracing  the  causes 
of  the  former  no  less  than  the  latter ;  and  so  far  as 
cases  of  vice  and  "wrongdoing  present  interesting 
problems  to  science,  the  solution  of  which  throws 
light  on  psychological  and  sociological  laws,  the 
passion  for  discovering  truth  seems  inevitably  to 
carry  with  it  a  certain  pleasure  in  the  existence  of 
the  facts  scientifically  understood  and  explained, 
which  is  difficult  to  reconcile  with  the  aversion  to 
vice  and  wrongdoing  that  morality  would  inculcate. 

We  may  illustrate  this  by  comparing  the  similar 
attitude  towards  physical  evil  sometimes  noticed  in 
students  of  medical  science.  We  have  all  heard  of 
the  surgeon  who,  when  bicycles  came  in,  rubbed  his 
hands  with  delight  over  the  novel  and  beautiful 
fractures  of  the  lower  limbs  resulting  from  this 
mode    of   progression !      But    though   the   surgeon's 


THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE.  231 


sentiments  towards  an  interesting  fracture  are  differ- 
ent from  a  layman's,  and  may  have  an  intermingling 
of  scientific  satisfaction  from  which  the  latter  recoils, 
we  all  know  that  this  does  not  normally  affect  his 
active  impulses ;  in  the  presence  of  the  need  of 
action  he  is  none  the  less  helpful,  while  the  layman 
is  comparatively  helpless.  And  perhaps  the  parallel 
may  suggest  a  tolerable  practical  solution  of  the 
deeper  discord  between  the  scientific  and  the  moral 
views  of  man's  mental  nature.  That  is,  though  there 
must  perhaps  be  some  interference  in  the  region  of 
feeling  between  the  passion  of  scientific  activity  and 
normal  ethical  sentiment,  there  need  be  none  in 
respect  of  habits  of  action.  And  any  loss  in  the 
region  of  sentiment  will  not  be  uncompensated ;  for 
the  keener  and  correcter  insight  into  the  bad  con- 
sequences of  our  actions  which  science  may  be 
expected  to  give,  must  tend  to  direct  the  sentiment 
of  moral  aversion  to  matters  other  than  those  on 
which  ordinary  morality  concentrates  its  attention, 
and  thus  to  make  its  scope  at  once  broader  and 
truer. 

When  we  turn  to  contemplate  the  pursuit  of 
beauty  in  relation  to  the  pursuit  of  moral  excellence 
we  find  an  occasional  antagonism  even  more  sharply 
marked,  just  because  of  the  affinity  between  the  two. 
Morality  and  Art  sometimes  appear  as  the  proverbial 


232  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE. 

''two  of  a  trade"  that  cannot  agree  ; — and  in  speaking 
of  art  I  mean  only  work  worthy  of  the  name,  and 
do  not  include  the  mere  misuse  of  technical  gifts  for 
the  gratification  of  base  appetites.  Both  art  and 
morality  have  an  ideal,  and  the  aim  in  both  cases 
is  to  apprehend  and  exhibit  the  ideal  in  a  reality 
that  does  not  conform  to  or  express  it  adequately ; 
but  the  ideals  are  not  the  same,  and  it  is  just  where 
they  most  nearly  coincide — in  dealing  with  human 
life  and  character — that  some  conflict  is  apt  to  arise. 
Morality  aims  at  eradicating  and  abolishing  evil, 
especially  moral  evil ;  whereas  the  aesthetic  con- 
templation of  life  recognizes  it  as  an  element 
necessary  to  vivid  and  full  interest.  The  opposition 
attains  its  sharpest  edge  in  modern  realistic  art  and 
literature ;  but  it  is  by  no  means  confined  to  the 
work  of  this  school.  Take,  for  example,  the  Paradise 
Lost  of  Milton — a  writer  as  unlike  a  modern  realist 
as  possible.  The  old  remark,  that  Satan  is  the  real 
hero  of  Paradise  Lost^  is  an  epigrammatic  ex- 
aggeration ;  but  he  is  certainly  quite  indispensable 
to  the  interest  of  the  poem  ;  and  the  magnificent 
inconsistency  with  which  Milton  has  half  humanized 
his  devil  shows  that  he  felt  this.  If  the  description 
of  Adam  and  Eve  in  the  Miltonian  Paradise  is  not 
dull — and  most  of  us,  I  think,  do  not  find  it  dull — 
it  is  because  we  know  that  the  devil  is  on  his  way 


THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE.  233 

thither ;  the  charm  of  the  placid,  innocent  Hfe 
requires  to  be  flavoured  by  the  anticipated  contrast. 
Thus,  aesthetically  speaking,  the  more  we  admire  the 
poem  the  more  satisfaction  we  must  find  in  the 
existence  of  the  devil,  as  an  indispensable  element 
of  the  whole  artistic  construction ;  and  this  satis- 
faction is  liable  to  clash  somewhat  with  our  moral 
attitude  towards  evil. 

I  do  not  think  that  this  opposition  can  be 
altogether  overcome.  Its  root  lies  deep  in  the 
nature  of  things  as  we  are  compelled  to  conceive  it ; 
it  represents  an  unsolved  problem  of  philosophy, 
which  continually  forces  itself  to  the  front  in  the 
development  of  the  religious  consciousness.  The 
general  man  is  convinced  that  the  war  with  moral 
evil  is  essential  to  that  highest  human  life  which 
is  the  highest  thing  we  know  in  the  world  of 
experience ;  and  yet  he  is  no  less  convinced  that 
the  world  with  all  its  evil  is  somehow  good,  as 
the  outcome  and  manifestation  of  ideal  goodness. 
The  aim  of  art  and  of  the  effort  to  apprehend 
beauty  corresponds  to  the  latter  of  these  convictions  ; 
and  thus  its  claim  to  have  a  place  along  with  moral 
effort,  in  our  ideal  of  human  nature  harmoniously 
developed,  is  strongly  based.  If  so,  it  would  seem 
that  we  must  endeavour  to  make  the  moods  of 
aesthetic  and  ethical  sentiment  alternate,  if  we  cannot 


234  THE  PURSUIT  OF  CULTURE. 

quite  harmonize  them ;  the  delighted  contemplation 
of  our  mingled  and  varied  world  as  beautiful  in  its 
mixtures  and  contrasts,  though  it  cannot  be  allowed 
to  interfere  with  the  moral  struggle  with  evil,  may 
be  allowed  to  relieve  it,  and  give  a  transient  repose 
from  conflict. 

And  on  the  whole  we  must  be  content  that  science 
and  art  and  morality  are  for  the  most  part  working 
on  the  same  side,  in  that  struggle  with  our  lower 
nature  through  which  we 

"  Move  upward,  working  out  the  beast." 

Perhaps  they  will  aid  each  other  best  if  we  abstain 
from  trying  to  drill  them  into  perfect  conformity  of 
movement,  and  allow  them  to  fight  independently 
in  loose  array. 


IX. 
UNREASONABLE   ACTION.^ 

IN  the  present  paper  I  wish  to  examine  the  con- 
ception of  what  I  think  it  on  the  whole  most 
convenient  to  call  the  "  unreasonable  action  "  of  sane 
persons  in  an  apparently  normal  condition  ;  and  to 
contribute,  if  possible,  to  the  more  precise  ascer- 
tainment of  the  nature  of  the  mental  process  involved 
in  it.  The  subject  is  one  which  attracted  considerable 
attention  in  Greek  philosophy ;  since  the  cardinal 
doctrine  of  Socrates  "that  every  man  wishes  for 
his  own  good  and  would  get  it  if  he  knew  how" 
naturally  brought  into  prominence  the  question, 
"  How  then  is  it  that  men  continually  choose  to 
do  what  they  apparently  know  will  not  conduce 
to  their  own  good?"  Accordingly  the  Aristotelian 
treatment  of  ethics  t  included  an  elaborate  discus- 
sion of  the  "want  of  self-restraint"  exhibited  in 
such  acts,   considered   primarily   in   the  special  case 

•  This  essay  was  printed  in  Mind  {\o\.  ii.,  N.S.  No.  6). 
t  I  refer  to  book  vii.  of  the  Nicotnachean  Ethics. 

235 


236  UNREASONABLE  ACTION. 

of  indulgence  of  bodily  appetites  in  spite  of  a 
conviction  that  they  ought  not  to  be  indulged. 
The  discussion,  apart  from  its  historical  interest, 
may  still  be  read  with  profit ;  but  the  combination 
of  "  dialectical  "  and  "  naturalistic  "  methods  which 
the  writer  uses  is  somewhat  confusing  to  a  modern 
reader ;  and  the  node  of  the  difficulty  with  which 
he  deals  seems  to  me  to  be  rather  evaded  than* 
overcome.  In  modern  psychological  and  ethical 
treatises  the  question  has,  from  various  causes, 
usually  failed  to  receive  the  full  and  systematic 
treatment  which  it  appears  to  me  to  deserve ;  and 
this  is  the  main  reason  why  I  wish  now  to  draw 
attention  to  it. 

I  must  begin  by  defining  more  clearly  the  pheno- 
menon that  I  have  in  view.  In  the  first  place,  I  wish 
to  include  inaction  as  well  as  positive  action ; — the 
not  doing  what  we  judge  that  we  ought  to  do,  no 
less  than  the  doing  what  we  judge  that  we  ought 
not  to  do.  Secondly,  I  mean  action  not  objectively 
but  subjectively  unreasonable ;  i.e.,  not  action  which 
is  contrary  to  sound  judgment,  but  action  which  is 
done  in  conscious  opposition  to  the  practical  judgment 
of  the  agent  at  the  time.  Such  practical  judgment 
will  in  many  cases  be  the  result  of  a  process  of 
reasoning  of  some  kind,  either  performed  imme- 
diately before  the  act  is  done  or  at  some  previous 


UNREASONABLE  ACTION.  237 

time  ;  in  these  cases  the  term  "  unreasonable  "  seems 
obviously  appropriate.  I  shall,  however,  extend  the 
term  to  cases  in  which  the  judgment  opposed  to  the 
act  is  apparently  intuitive,  and  not  inferential.  The 
propriety  of  this  extension  might,  I  admit,  be 
questioned :  but  I  want  a  term  to  cover  both  the 
cases  above  distinguished,  and  I  can  find  no  other 
familiar  term  so  convenient.  I  wish  then  to  examine 
consciously  unreasonable  action,  in  this  sense,  as  a 
fact  of  experience  capable  of  being  observed  and 
analysed,  without  reference  to  the  validity  of  the 
judgment  involved  in  it,  or  of  the  process  (if  any) 
of  reasoning  by  which  it  has  been  reached ;  simply 
with  the  view  of  finding  out,  by  reflective  observation, 
exa.ctly  what  it  is  that  happens  when  one Jknowing^ly^ 
acts  against  one's  "  better  judgment." 

Again,  by  "practical  judgment"  I  do  not  neces- 
sarily mean  what  is  ordinarily  called  "  moral  judg- 
ment "  or  "  dictate  of  conscience,"  or  of  the  "  moral 
faculty."  I  mean,  of  course,  to  include  this  as  one 
species  of  the  phenomenon  to  be  discussed;  but  in 
my  view,  and,  I  think,  in  the  view  of  Common- 
sense,  there  arejnany  cases  of  consciously  unreason- 
able action  where  morality  in  the  ordinary  sense  does 
not  supply  the  judgment  to  which  the  act  is  opposed. 
Let  us  suppose  that  a  man  regards  ordinary  social 
morality   as   a   mere   external    code   sanctioned    by 


238  UNREASONABLE  ACTION 

public  opinion,  which  the  adequately  instructed  and 
emancipated  individual  only  obeys  so  far  as  he  con- 
ceives it  to  be  on  the  whole  his  interest  to  do  so  : 
still,  as  Butler  pointed  out,  the  conflict  between 
Reason  and  Unreason  remains  in  the  experience 
of  such  a  man  in  the  form  of  a  conflict  of  passion 
and  appetite  with  what  he  judges  from  time  to  time 
to  be  conducive  to  his  interest  on  the  whole. 

But  if  the  notion  of  subjectively  unreasonable 
action  is  thus,  from  one  point  of  view,  wider  than 
that  of  subjectively  wrong  action,  it  would  seem  to 
be  from  another  point  of  view  narrower.  For  action 
subjectively  wrong  would  be  widely  held  to  include 
action  which  conflicts  with  the  agent's  moral  senti- 
ment^ no  less  than  action  which  is  contrary  to  his 
practical  judgment ; — moral  sentiment  being  con- 
ceived as  a  species  of  emotion  not  necessarily 
connected  with  a  judgment  as  to  what  "ought  to  be 
done "  by  the  agent  or  what  is  **  good "  for  him. 
Indeed,  in  the  account  of  the  moral  consciousness 
that  some  writers  of  repute  give,  the  emotional 
element  is  alone  explicitly  recognized  :  the  moral 
consciousness  appears  to  be  conceived  merely  as  a 
species  of  complex  emotion  mixed  of  baser  and 
nobler  elements — the  baser  element  being  the  vague 
associations  of  pain  with  wrong  acts,  due  to  ex- 
periences of  the  disagreeable  effects  of  retaliation, 


UNREASONABLE  ACTION.  239 

punishment,  and  loss  of  social  reputation,  and 
associations  of  pleasure  with  acts  that  win  praise, 
goodwill  and  reciprocal  services  from  other  men ; 
the  nobler  being  sympathy  with  the  painful  conse- 
quences to  others  of  bad  acts,  and  the  pleasurable 
consequences  of  good  acts. 

This  is  not  my  view :  I  regard  it  as  an  essential 
characteristic  of  moral  sentiment  that  it  involves  a 
judgment,  either  explicit  or  implicit,  that  the  act  to 
which  the  sentiment  is  directed  "  ought "  or  "  ought 
not "  to  be  done.  But  I  do  not  wish  here  to  enter 
into  any  controversy  on  this  point :  I  merely  desire 
now  to  point  out  that  conduct  may  be  opposed 
to  moral  sentiment,  according  to  the  view  of  moral 
sentiment  above  given,  without  having  the  character- 
istic of  subjective  unreasonableness ;  and,  again,  this 
characteristic  may  belong  to  conduct  in  harmony  with 
what  would  be  widely  regarded  as  moral  sentiment. 
Suppose  (e.g^  a  religious  persecutor  yielding  to  a 
humane  sentiment  and  remitting  torture  from  a  weak 
impulse  of  sympathy  with  a  heretic,  contrary  to  his 
conviction  as  to  his  religious  duty ;  or  suppose 
Machiavelli's  prince  yielding  to  a  social  impulse  and 
impairing  his  hold  on  power  from  a  weak  reluctance 
to  kill  an  innocent  person,  contrary  to  his  conviction 
as  to  what  is  conducive  to  his  interest  on  the  whole. 
In  either  case  the  persecutor  or  the  tyrant  would  act 


240  UNREASONABLE  ACTION. 

contrary  to  his  deliberate  judgment  as  to  what  it 
would  be  best  for  him  to  do,  and  therefore  with 
'  subjective  unreasonableness '  ;  but  in  both  cases  the 
sentiment  that  prompted  his  action  would  seem  to  be 
properly  classed  as  a  moral  sentiment,  according  to 
the  view  above  described.  And  in  the  latter  case 
he  certainly  would  not  be  commonly  judged  to  act 
wrongly, — even  according  to  a  subjective  standard  of 
wrongness ; — while  in  the  former  case  it  is  at  least 
doubtful  whether  he  would  be  so  judged. 

By  "  unreasonable  action,"  then,  I  mean  voluntary 
action  contrary  to  a  man's  deliberate  judgment  as  to 
what  is  right  or  best  for  him  to  do :  such  judgment 
being  at  least  implicitly  present  when  the  action  is 
willed.  I  therefore  exclude  what  may  be  called 
*'  purely  impulsive  "  acts  :  z>.,  acts  which  so  rapidly 
and  immediately  follow  some  powerful  impulse  of 
desire,  anger,  or  fear,  that  there  is  no  room  for  any 
judgment  at  all  as  to  their  rightness  or  wrongness : 
not  only  is  there  no  clear  and  explicit  judgment  with 
which  the  will  conflicts,  but  not  even  a  symbol  or 
suggestion  of  such  a  judgment.  But  often  when 
there  is  no  explicit  judgment  there  is  an  uneasy^ 
feeling  which  a  pause  for  reflection  might  develop 
into  a  judgment :  and  sometimes  when  we  recall  such 
states  of  mind  there  is  a  difficulty  in  saying  whether 
this  uneasy  feeling  did  or  did  not  contain  an  implicit 


UNREASONABLE  ACTION.  241 

judgment   that   the   act   was   wrong.      For   it  often 

I  happens    that   uneasy   feehngs   similar    to   ordinary 

I  moral    sentiments  —  I    have   elsewhere   called   them 

\  ^^  quasi -morsX"  —  accompany    voluntary    acts    done 

i  strictly    in    accordance    with    the   agent's   practical 

j  judgment ;  i.e.,  when  such  acts  are  opposed  to  widely 

i  accepted  rules  of  conduct,  or  include  among   their 

I  foreseen   consequences   annoyance   to   other   human 

'  beings.     Hence  in  trying  to  observe  and  analyse  my 

own  experiences  of  unreasonable  action  I  have  found 

a  difficulty  in  dealing  with  cases  in  which  a  moral  (or 

prudential)  judgment,    if   present   at   all,   was   only 

implicitly  present:  since  when  subsequent  reflection 

shows   a   past  deed   to   have  been  clearly  contrary 

to  one's  normal  judgment  as  to  what  is  right  or  best, 

this  subsequent  conviction  is  apt  to  mix  itself  with 

one's    memory   of  the   particular  state   of  mind    in 

which   the   deed    was   actually   done.     In   this   way 

what  was  really  a  quite  vague  feeling  of  uneasiness 

may  be  converted  in  memory  into  a  more  definite 

symbol  of  a  judgment  opposed  to  the  volition  that 

actually  took  place.     I    have  tried,  however,  to  be 

on    my  guard   against   this  source  of    error  in   the 

observations  which  have  led  me  to  the  conclusions 

that  I  am  about  to  state. 

Finally,    I    must    define    somewhat    further    the 
limitation  of  my  subject  to  the  experience  of  persons 


242  UNREASONABLE  ACTION, 


apparently  sane,  and  in  an  apparently  nornaal  con- 
dition. I  mean  by  this  to  exclude  from  discussion 
all  cases  of  discord  between  voluntary  act  and 
rational  judgment,  when  the  agent's  will  is  manifestly 
in  an  abnormal  condition, — either  from  some  distinct 
cerebral  disease,  or  from  some  transient  disturbance 
of  his  normal  mental  condition  due  to  drugs,  extreme 
heat,  sudden  calamity,  or  any  other  physical  or 
psychical  cause.  Cases  of  this  kind — in  which  there 
appears  to  be  no  loss  of  sanity,  in  the  ordinary 
sense,  the  mental  disturbance  affecting  the  will  and 
not  the  reason  —  are  highly  interesting  from  a 
psychological  point  of  view,  as  well  as  from  that  of 
medicine  or  jurisprudence.  Sometimes  they  are  cases 
of  "  aboulia  "  or  impotence  of  will,  when  in  spite  of 
perfect  clearness  in  a  man's  practical  judgment  he 
feels  it  simply  impossible  to  form  an  effective  volition 
in  accordance  with  his  judgment ;  sometimes,  again,  to 
use  M.  Ribot's*  terms,  he  suffers  from  "excess"  and 
not  "  defect  "  of  "  impulsion,"  and  appears  to  himself 
compelled  to  commit  some  atrocious  crime  or 
grotesque  folly,  or  otherwise  to  act  in  a  manner  con- 
trary to  his  practical  judgment,  under  the  constraint 
of  an  impulse  which  he  feels  to  be  irresistible.  But 
in  either  case  the  very  characteristics  that  give  these 

•  See  Les  Maladies  de  la  Volonti^  par  Th.  Ribot. 


UNREASONABLE  ACTION.  243 

phenomena  their  striking  interest  render  it  desirable 
to  reserve  them  for  separate  discussion. 

The  Hne  between  "  normality  "  and  "  abnormality  " 
cannot,  indeed,  be  precisely  drawn ;  and  certain  phe- 
nomena, similar  in  kind  to  those  just  mentioned,  though 
much  slighter  in  degree,  fall  within  the  experience  of 
ordinarily  sane  persons  free  from  any  perceptible  or- 
ganic disorder  or  disturbance.  I  can  myself  recall 
momentary  impressions  of  something  like  "aboulia"; 
i.e.,  moments  in  which  I  was  transiently  conscious  of 
an  apparent  impossibility  of  willing  to  do  something 
which  I  judged  it  right  to  do,  and  which  appeared 
to  be  completely  within  the  control  of  my  will.  And 
though  I  have  not  myself  had  any  similar  experience 
of  irresistible  "  excess  of  impulsion,"  I  see  no  reason 
to  doubt  that  others  have  had  such  experiences, 
apart  from  any  recognizable  cerebral  disorder ;  it 
would  seem  that  hunger  and  thirst,  aversion  to  death 
or  to  extreme  pain,  the  longing  for  alcohol,  opium, 
etc.,  occasionally  reach  a  point  of  intensity  at  which 
they  are  felt  as  irresistibly  overpowering  rational 
choice.  But  cases  of  either  kind  are  at  any  rate 
very  exceptional  in  the  experience  of  ordinary  men  ; 
and  I  propose  to  exclude  them  from  consideration 
at  present,  no  less  than  the  more  distinct  "  maladies 
de  la  volont(^ "  before  mentioned.  I  wish  to  con- 
centrate  attention   on    the   ordinary   experiences    of 


244  UNREASONABLE  ACTION 


"yielding  to  temptation,"  where  this  consciousness 
of  the  impossibiHty  of  resistance  does  not  enter  in  ; 
where,  however  strong  may  be  the  rush  of  anger  or 
appetite  that  comes  over  a  man,  it  certainly  does 
not  present  itself  as  invincible.  This  purely  sub- 
\  jective  distinction  seems  to  afford  a  boundary  line 
\within  which  it  is  not  difficult  to  keep,  though  it 
would  doubtless  be  difficult  or  impossible  to  draw  it 
exactly. 

It  may  tend  to  clearness  to  define  the  experiences 
that    I    wish   to   examine   as  those  in    which   there 
is  an  appeara7ice  of  free  choice  of  the  unreasonable 
act   by   the   agent, — however   this    appearance   may 
be  explained  away  or  shown  to  be  an  illusion.     At 
the   same   time    I    do   not  at   all   wish   to   mix   up 
the   present   discussion  with   a   discussion   on    Free 
Will.    The  connection  of  "  subjective  irrationality  " — 
or,  at  least,  "  subjective  wrongness  " — and  "  freedom  " 
is,  indeed,  obvious  and  natural  from  a  jural  point 
of  view, — so   far   at   least   as   the   popular   view  of 
punishment  as  retributive  and  the  popular  concep- 
tions of  Desert  and  Imputation  are  retained :  since 
in  this  view  it  would  seem  that  "subjective  wrong- 
ness" must  go  along  with  "freedom"  in  order  to 
constitute   an    act    fully   deserving    of    punishment. 
For    the    jurist's    maxim    "  Ignorantia    juris    non 
excusat"    is    not    satisfactory   to    the    plain    man's 


UNREASONABLE  ACTION.  245 


sense  of  equity :  to  punish  any  one  for  doing 
what  he  at  the  time  did  not  know  to  be  wrong 
appears  to  the  plain  man  at  best  a  regrettable 
exercise  of  society's  right  of  self-preservation,  and 
not  a  realization  of  ideal  justice.  But  in  a 
psychological  inquiry  there  seems  to  me  no  ground 
whatever  for  mixing  up  the  question  whether 
acts  are,  metaphysically  speaking,  "  free "  with  the 
question  whether  they  are  accompanied  with  a 
consciousness   of  their   irrationality. 

I  incline,  however,  to  think  that  the  tendency 
to  fuse  the  two  questions,  and  the  prominence  in 
the  fusion  of  the  question  of  Free  Will,  partly 
explain  the  fact  that  the  very  existence  of  unreason- 
able action  appears  to  be  not  sufficiently  recognized 
by  influential  writers  of  the  most  opposite  schools 
of  philosophy. 

I  find  that  such  writers  are  apt  to  give  an  account 
of  voluntary  action  which  —  without  expressly 
denying  the  existence  of  what  I  call  subjective 
irrationality  —  appears  to  leave  no  room  for  it. 
They  admit,  of  course,  that  there  are  abundant 
instances  of  acts  condemned,  as  contrary  to  sound 
practical  principles,  not  only  by  the  judgment  of 
other  men  but  by  the  subsequent  judgment  of 
the  agent ;  but  in  the  analysis  which  they  give 
of  the  state  of  mind  in  which  such  actions  are  willed, 


246  UNREASONABLE  ACTION. 

they  appear  to  place  the  source  of  error  in  the 
intellect  alone  and  not  at  all  in  the  relation  of 
the  will  to  the  intellect.  For  instance,  Bentham 
affirms  that  "on  the  occasion  of  every  act  he 
exercises,  every  human  being  is  led  to  pursue  that 
line  of  conduct  which,  according  to  his  view  of 
the  case,  taken  by  him  at  the  moment,  will  be  in 
the  highest  degree  contributory  to  his  own  greatest 
happiness";*  and  as  Bentham  also  holds  that  the 
"  constantly  proper  end  of  action  on  the  part  of 
every  individual  at  the  moment  of  action  is  his 
real  greatest  happiness  from  that  moment  to  the 
end  of  his  life,"t  there  would  seem  to  be  no  room 
for  what  I  call  "subjective  unreasonableness."  If 
Bentham's  doctrine  is  valid,  the  defect  of  a  volition 
Which  actually  results  in  a  diminution  of  the  agent's 
happiness  must  always  lie  in  the  man's  "view  of 
'the  case  taken  at  the  moment":  the  evils  which 
reflection  would  show  to  be  overwhelmingly  probable 
consequences  of  his  act,  manifestly  outweighing  any 
probable  good  to  result  from  it,  are  not  present 
to  his  mind  in  the  moment  of  willing ;  or  if 
they  are  in  some  degree  present,  they  are,  at  any 
rate,   not   correctly    represented    in    imagination    or 

*  Bentham,   Constitutional  Code,  Introduction,  p.   2   (vol.  ix.  of 
Bowning's  edition), 
t  Bentham,  Memoirs,  p.  560  (vol.  x.  of  Bowning's  edition). 


UNREASONABLE  ACTION.  247 

thought.     The    only    way    therefore    of    improving  | 
his     outward     conduct    must    be     to     correct     his  / 
tendencies  to  err  by  defect  or  excess  in  the  intel-/ 
lectual    representation    of    future    consequences :    as  / 
he   always   acts   in   accordance   with    his   judgment 
as  to  what  is  most  likely  to  conduce  to  his  greatest 
happiness,    if    only    all    errors    of   judgment    were 
corrected,  he  would  always  act  for  his  real  greatest 
happiness.     (I  may  add  that  so  acting,  in  Bentham's 
view,  he  would  also   always  act  in  the   way   most 
conducive    to    general    happiness :    but    with     the 
question    of    the    harmony   of    interests    in    human 
society  we  are  not  now  concerned.) 

I  do  not  think  that  Bentham's  doctrine  on  this 
point  was  accepted  in  its  full  breadth  by  his  more 
influential  disciples.  Certainly  J.  S.  Mill  appears 
to  admit  important  exceptions  to  it,  both  in  the 
direction  of  ^self-sacrifice  and  in  the  direction  of 
self-indulgence.  He  admits,  on  the  one  hand, 
that  the  "  hero  or  the  martyr "  often  has  "  volun- 
tarily" to  "do  without  happiness"  for  the  sake 
of  "  something  which  he  prizes  more  than  his  own 
individual  happiness";  and  he  admits,  on  the  other 
hand,  that  "  men  often  from  infirmity  of  character, 
make  their  election  for  the  nearer  good,  though 
they  know  it  to  be  the  less  valuable ;  and  this 
no    less   when    the    choice    is   between   two   bodily 


248  UNREASONABLE  ACTION. 


pleasures,  than  when  it  is  between  bodily  and 
mental.  They  pursue  sensual  indulgence  to  the 
injury  of  health,  though  perfectly  aware  that  health 
is  the  greater  good."*  But  though  Mill  gives  a 
careful  psychological  analysis!  of  the  former  devia- 
tion from  the  pursuit  of  apparent  self-interest,  he 
does  not  pay  the  same  attention  to  the  latter ; 
and  yet  it  is  difficult  to  reconcile  the  conscious 
self-sacrifice — if  I  may  be  allowed  the  term — of 
the  voluptuary,  no  less  than  the  conscious  self- 
sacrifice  of  the  moral  hero,  with  Mill's  general 
view  that  "to  desire  anything,  except  in  propor- 
tion as  the  idea  of  it  is  pleasant,  is  a  physical 
impossibility."  For  in  balancing  "sensual  indulgences" 
against  "injury  to  health,"  distinctions  of  quality 
hardly  come  in ;  the  prudential  estimate,  in  which 
the  pleasure  of  champagne  at  dinner  is  seen  to  be 
outweighed  by  the  headache  next  morning,  is  surely 
quantitative  rather  than  qualitative :  hence  when  the 
voluptuary  chooses  a  "  pleasure  known  to  be  the  less 
valuable"  it  would  seem  that  he  must  choose  some- 
thing of  which — in  a  certain  sense — the  "idea"  is 
less  "pleasant"  than  the  idea  of  the  consequences 
that  he  rejects.  If  so,  some  explanation  of  this 
imprudent  choice  seems  to  be  required  ;  and  in  order 

*  Utilitarianism,  chap.  ii.  f  Ibid.^  chap.  iv. 


UNREASONABLE  ACTION.  249 

to  give  it,  we  have  to  examine  more  closely  the 
nature  of  the  mental  phenomenon  in  which  what 
he  calls  "  infirmity  of  character "  is  manifested. 

But  before  I  proceed  to  this  examination,  I  wish 
to  point  out  that  the  tendency  either  to  exclude  the 
notion  of  "wilful  unreasonableness,"  or  to  neglect 
to  examine  the  fact  which  it  represents,  is  not  found 
only  in  psychologists  of  Bentham's  school ;  who 
regard  pleasure  and  the  avoidance  of  pain  as  the 
sole  normal  motives  of  human  action,  and  the  attain- 
ment of  the  greatest  balance  of  pleasure  over  pain — 
to  self  or  to  other  sentient  beings — as  the  only 
"  right  and  proper "  end  of  such  action.  We  find 
this  tendency  also  in  writers  who  sweepingly  reject 
and  controvert  the  Hedonism  of  Bentham  and  Mill. 
For  example,  in  Green's  Prolegomena  to  Ethics,  both 
the  psychological  doctrine  that  pleasure  is  the  normal 
motive  of  human  action,  and  the  ethical  doctrine 
that  it  is  the  proper  motive,  are  controverted  with 
almost  tedious  emphasis  and  iteration.  But  Green 
still  lays  down  as  broadly  as  Bentham  that  every 
person  in  every  moral  action,  virtuous  or  vicious, 
presents  to  himself  some  possible  state  or  achieve- 
ment of  his  own  as  for  the  time  his  greatest  good, 
and  acts  for  the  sake  of  that  good  ;  at  the  same 
time    explaining   that    the    kind    of   good    which    a 

person  at  any  point  of  his  life  "  presents  to  himself 

R  2 


250  UNREASONABLE  ACTION 

as  greatest  depends  on  his  past  experience."  *  From 
these  and  other  passages  we  should  certainly  infer 
that,  in  Green's  view,  vicious  choice  is  always  made 
in  the  illusory  belief  that  the  act  chosen  is  conducive  ^ 
to  the  agent's  greatest  good  ;  although  Green  is  on 
this  point  less  clearly  consistent  than  Bentham,  since 
he  also  says  that  "  the  objects  where  good  is  actually 
sought  are  often  not  those  where  reason,  even  as  in 
the  person  seeking  them,  pronounces  that  it  is  to 
be  found."  f  But  passages  in  the  former  sense  are 
more  common  in  his  book,  and  he  seems  to  make 
no  attempt  to  bring  them  into  harmony  with  that 
last  quoted. 

I  cannot  accept  the  proposition  "that  every  man 
always  acts  for  the  sake  of  what  he  presents  to 
himself  as  his  own  greatest  good,"  whether  it  is 
offered  in  a  hedonistic  or  in  a  non-hedonistic  form. 
At  the  same  time,  I  think  that  the  statements  which 
I  have  quoted  from  Bentham  and  Green  are  by  no 
means  to  be  treated  as  isolated  paradoxes  of  in- 
dividual thinkers  ;  I  think  they  point  to  a  difficulty 
widely  felt  by  educated  persons,  in  accepting  and 
applying  the  notion  of  "wilful  wrongdoing,"  i.e.^ 
conscious  choice  of  alternatives  of  action  known 
to    be    in    conflict   with   principles    still    consciously 

*  Green,  Prolegomena  to  Ethics^  book  ii.,  chap.  i. ,  f.  99. 
t  I.e.,  book  iii.,  chap,  i.,  f.  177. 


UNREASONABLE  ACTION.  251 

accepted  by  the  agent  On  the  other  hand,  this 
notion  of  wilful  wrongdoing  is  so  clearly  a  part  of 
the  common  moral  experience  of  mankind  that 
it  seems  very  paradoxical  to  reject  it,  or  explain  it 
away. 

Under  these  circumstances  it  seemed  to  me  worth 
while  to  make  a  systematic  attempt  to  X)_bserve  with/ 
as  much  care  as  possible — and  as  soon  as  possible 
after  the  phenomenon  had  occurred — the  mental 
process    that    actually   takes   place    in    the   case   of 

unreasonable  action.     I  have  found  some  difficulty : 

i 

in  making  the  observations ;  because  action  con-  \ 
^ously  unreasonable  belongs  to  the  class  of 
phenomena  which  tend  to  be  prevented  by 
attempts  to  direct  attention  to  them.  This  result 
is  not,  indeed,  to  be  deprecated  from  a  practical 
point  of  view ;  indeed,  it  may,  I  think,  be  fairly 
urged  as  a  practical  argument  for  the  empirical 
study  of  the  present  psychological  problem,  not 
only  that  the  results  of  systematic  self-observation 
directed  to  this  point  are  likely  to  aid  the  observer 
in  his  moral  efforts  to  avoid  acting  unreasonably, 
but  that  the  mere  habitual  direction  of  his  attention 
to  this  problem  tends  to  diminish  his  tendency 
to  consciously  unreasonable  conduct.  But  though 
practically  advantageous,  this  latter  result  is,  from 
a    scientific     point    of    view,    inconvenient.      This 


252  UNREASONABLE  ACTION. 

direction  of  attention,  however,  cannot  be  long 
maintained  ;  and  in  the  intervals  in  which  it  is 
otherwise  directed  the  psychological  observer  is 
probaby  as  liable  to  act  unreasonably  as  any  one 
else ;  though  probably  the  phenomenon  does  not 
last  quite  as  long  in  his  case,  since,  as  soon  as  he 
is  clearly  conscious  of  so  acting,  the  desire  to  observe 
the  process  is  likely  to  be  developed  and  to  interfere 
with  the  desire  which  is  stimulating  the  unreasonable 
volition. 

I  also  recognize  that  I  ought  not  to  put  forward 
confidently  the  results  that  follow  as  typical  and 
fairly  representative  of  the  experiences  of  men  in 
general.  It  is  a  generally  recognized  obstacle  in  the 
way  of  psychological  study,  especially  in  the  region 
of  the  intellect  and  the  emotions,  that  the  attitude 
of  introspective  observation  must  be  supposed  to 
modify  to  some  extent  the  phenomena  observed ; 
while  at  the  same  time  it  is  difficult  to  ascertain 
and  allow  for  the  amount  of  effect  thus  produced. 
Now  in  relation  to  the  experiences  with  which  I  am 
here  concerned,  the  attitude  of  disengaged  observant 
attention  is  peculiarly  novel  and  unfamiliar,  and 
therefore  its  disturbing  effect  may  reasonably  be 
supposed  to  be  peculiarly  great.  I  have,  accordingly, 
endeavoured  as  far  as  possible  to  check  the  con- 
clusions that  I  should  draw  from  my  own  experience 


UNREASONABLE  ACTION.  253 

by  observation  and  interpretation  of  the  words  and 
conduct  of  others.  My  conclusion  on  the  whole 
would  be  that — in  the  case  of  reflective  persons — a 
clear  consciousness  that  an  act  is  what  ought  not  to 
be  done,  accompanying  a  voluntary  determination  to 
do  it,  is  a  comparatively  rare  phenomenon.  It  is, 
indeed,  a  phenomenon  that  does  occur,  and  I  will 
presently  examine  it  more  closely :  but  first  it  will 
be  convenient  to  distinguish  from  it  several  other 
states  of  mind  in  which  acts  contrary  to  general 
resolutions  deliberately  adopted  by  the  agent  may 
be  done ;  as  most  of  these  are,  in  my  experience, 
decidedly  more  common  than  unreasonable  action 
with  a  clear  consciousness  of  its  unreasonableness. 
These  other  states  of  mind  fall  under  two  heads  : 
(i)  cases  in  which  there  is  at  the  time  no  conscious- 
ness at  all  of  a  conflict  between  volition  and  practical 
judgment ;  and  (2)  cases  in  which  such  consciousness 
is  present  but  only  obscurely  present. 

Under  the  former  head  we  may  distinguish  first 
the  case  of  what  are  commonly  called  thoughtless 
or  impulsive  acts.  I  do  not  now  mean  the  sudden 
purely  impulsive "  acts  of  which  I  spoke  before : 
but  acts  violating  an  accepted  general  rule,  which, 
though  they  have  been  preceded  by  a  certain  amount 
of  consideration  and  comparison,  have  been  willed  in 
a  state  of  mind  entirely  devoid  of  any  application 


;k 


254  UNREASONABLE  ACTION. 


of  the  general  rule  infringed  to  the  particular  case. 
Suppose,  for  instance,  that  a  man  has  received  a 
provocative  letter  in  relation  to  some  important 
business  in  which  he  is  engaged  :  he  will  sometimes 
answer  it  in  angry  haste,  although  he  has  previously 
adopted  a  general  resolution  to  exclude  the  influence 
of  angry  feeling  in  a  correspondence  of  this  kind  by 
interposing  an  interval  of  time,  sufficient  ordinarily  to 
allow  his  heated  emotion  to  subside.  I  conceive  that 
often,  at  least,  in  such  cases  the  rule  is  simply  for- 
gotten for  a  time,  just  as  a  matter  of  fact  might 
be :  the  effect  of  emotion  is  simply  to  exclude  it 
temporarily  from  the  man's  memory. 

I  notice,  however,  that  in  the  Aristotelian  treatise 
before   mentioned   an  alternative  possibility  is  sug- 
gested, which  may  sometimes  be  realized  in  the  case 
of  impulsive  acts.     It  is  suggested  that  the  general 
rule — say  '  that  letters  should  not  be  written  in  anger ' 
— may   be   still    present   to   the   mind ;    though   the 
'  particular  judgment,  '  My  present  state  of  mind  is  a 
f  state  of  anger ' — required  as  a  minor  premiss  for  a 
I  practical  syllogism  leading  to  the  right  conclusion — 
is  not  made.     And  no  doubt  it  may  happen  that  an 
angry  man  is  quite   unaware  that  he  is  angry ;  in 
which  case  this  minor  premiss  may  be  at  the  time 
absent  through  pure  ignorance.     But  more  often  he 
is  at  least  obscurely  conscious  of  his  anger ;  and  if 


UNREASONABLE  ACTION.  255 


he  is  conscious  of  it  at  all,  and  has  the  general  rule 
in  his  mind,  it  seems  to  me  hardly  possible  that  he 
should  not  be  at  least  obscurely  aware  that  the 
particular  case  comes  under  the  rule. 

More  commonly,  I  think,  when  a  general  resolu- 
tion is  remembered,  while  yet  the  particular 
conclusion  which  ought  to  be  drawn  is  not  drawn, 
the  cause  of  the  phenomenon  is  a  temporary 
perversion  of  judgment  by  some  seductive  feeling 
— such  as  anger,  appetite,  vanity,  laziness.  In  such 
cases  a  man  may  either  consciously  suspend  his 
general  rule  from  a  temporary  conviction  caused  by 
the  seductive  feeling  that  he  has  adopted  it  without 
sufficient  reason,  or  he  may  erroneously  but  sincerely 
persuade  himself  that  it  is  not  applicable  to  the 
case  before  him.  Suppose  he  is  at  dinner  and  the 
champagne  comes  round :  he  is  a  patient  of  Sir 
Andrew  Clark,*  and  has  already  drunk  the  very 
limited  amount  allowed  per  month  by  that  rigid 
adviser ;  but  rapidly  the  arguments  of  Dr.  Mortimer 
Granville  occur  to  his  mind,  and  he  momentarily  but 
sincerely  becomes  persuaded  that  though  an  extra 
glass  may  cause  him  a  little  temporary  inconvenience, 
it  will  in  the  long  run  conduce  to  the  maintenance  of 

*  I  have  left  unaltered  the  name  of  this  eminent  physician,  who  was 
alive  when  the  article  was  written  ;  since  there  is  no  other  name  that 
would,  at  that  time,  have  seemed  equally  appropriate. 


256  UNREASONABLE  ACTION. 

his  physical  tone.  Or,  as  before,  he  has  received  a 
letter  that  rouses  his  indignation :  he  remembers  his 
rule  against  allowing  temper  to  influence  his  answer ; 
but  momentarily — under  the  influence  of  heated 
feeling — arrives  at  a  sincere  conviction  that  this  rule 
of  prudence  ought  to  give  way  to  his  duty  to 
society,  which  clearly  requires  him  not  to  let  so 
outrageous  a  breach  of  propriety  go  unreproved.  Or 
having  sat  down  to  a  hard  and  distasteful  task  which 
he  regards  it  as  his  duty  to  do — but  which  can  be 
postponed  without  any  immediate  disagreeable  con- 
sequences to  himself — he  finds  a  difficulty  in  getting 
under  way ;  and  then  rapidly  but  sincerely  persuades 
himself  that  in  the  present  state  of  his  brain  some 
lighter  work  is  just  at  present  more  suited  to  his 
powers, — such  as  the  study,  through  the  medium  of 
the  daily  papers,  of  current  political  events,  of  which 
no  citizen  ought  to  allow  himself  to  be  ignorant. 

i  have  taken  trivial  illustrations  because,  being  not 
[complicated  by  ethical  doubts  and  disagreements,  they 
exemplify  the  phenomenon  in  question  most  clearly 
and  simply.  But  I  think  that  in  graver  cases  a 
man  is  sometimes  sincerely  though  very  temporarily 
convinced  by  the  same  kind  of  fallacious  reasoning — 
under  the  influence  of  some  seductive  feeling — that 
a  general  resolution  previously  made  either  ought  to 
be  abrogated  or  suspended  or  is  inapplicable  to  the 


UNREASONABLE  ACTION.  257 

present  case.  Such  a  man  will  afterwards  see  the 
fallacy  of  the  reasoning :  but  he  may  not  have  been 
even  obscurely  conscious  at  the  time  that  it  was 
fallacious. 

But,  again,  these  examples  will  also  serve  as  illus- 
trations of  a  different  and,  I  think,  still  more  common 
class  of  cases  which  fall  under  my  second  head  ;  in 
which  the  man  who  yields  to  the  fallacious  process 
of  reasoning  is  dimly  aware  that  it  is  fallacious. 
That  is,  shortly,  the  man  sophisticates  himself,  being 
obscurely  conscious  of  the  sophistry. 

Moralists  have  often  called  attention  to  sophistry 
of  this  kind,  but  I  think  they  have  not  fully  re- 
cognized how  common  it  is,  or  done  justice  to  its 
persistent,  varied,  and  versatile  ingenuity. 

If  the  judgment  which  Desire  finds  in  its  way  is 
opposed  to  the  common-sense  of  mankind,  as  mani- 
fested in  their  common  practice,  the  deliberating  mind 
will  impress  on  itself  the  presumption  of  differing 
from  a  majority  so  large :  if,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
restraining  dictate  of  reason  is  one  generally  ac- 
cepted, the  fallibility  of  common-sense,  and  the 
importance  of  the  individual's  independence,  will  be 
placed  in  a  strong  light.  If  a  novel  indulgence  is 
desired,  the  value  of  personal  experience  before  finally 
deciding  against  it  will  be  persuasively  presented  ; 
if   the   longing    is   for  an   old   familiar   gratification, 


258.  UNREASONABLE  ACTION. 

experience  will  seem  to  have  shown  that  it  may- 
be enjoyed  with  comparative  impunity.  If  the 
deliberating  mind  is  instructed  in  ethical  controversy, 
the  various  sceptical  topics  that  may  be  culled  from 
the  mutual  criticisms  of  moralists  will  offer  almost 
inexhaustible  resources  of  self-sophistication — such 
as  the  illusoriness  of  intuition,  if  the  judgment  is 
intuitive ;  if  it  is  a  reasoned  conclusion,  the  fact  that 
so  many  thoughtful  persons  reject  the  assumptions 
on  which  the  reasoning  is  based.  The  Determinist 
will  eagerly  recognize  the  futility  of  now  resisting  the 
formed  tendencies  of  his  nature ;  the  Libertarian  will 
contemplate  his  indefeasible  power  of  resisting  them 
next  time.  The  fallacies  vary  indefinitely;  if  plausible 
arguments  are  not  available,  absurd  ones  will  often 
suffice :  by  hook  or  by  crook,  a  quasi-rational  con- 
clusion on  the  side  of  desire  will  be  attained. 

Often,  however,  the  seductive  influence  of  feeling 
is  of  a  more  subtle  kind  than  in  the  instances  above 
given,  and  operates  not  by  producing  positively 
fallacious  reasoning,  but  by  directing  attention  to 
certain  aspects  of  the  subject,  and  from  certain 
others.  This  [e.g^  is,  I  think,  not  uncommonly  the 
case  when  an  ordinarily  well-bred  and  well-meaning 
man  acts  unreasonably  from  egotism  or  vanity :  he 
has  an  obscure  well-founded  consciousness  that  he 
might  come  to  a  different  view  of  his  position  if  he 


UNREASONABLE  ACTION.  259 

resolutely  faced  certain  aspects  of  it  tending  to  reduce 
his  personal  claims ;  but  he  consciously  refrains  from 
directing  attention  to  them.  So,  again,  in  cases  where 
prompt  action  is  necessary,  passion  may  cause  a  man 
to  acquiesce  in  acting  on  a  one-sided  view,  while 
yet  obscurely  aware  that  the  need  is  not  so  urgent  as 
really  to  allow  no  time  for  adequate  consideration. 

In  both  the  classes  of  cases  last  mentioned  we 
may  say  that  the  wrongdoing  is  really  wilful  though 
not  clearly  so :  the  man  is  obscurely  conscious  either 
that  the  intellectual  process  leading  him  to  a  con- 
clusion opposed  to  a  previous  resolution  is  unsound, 
or  that  he  might  take  into  account  considerations 
which  he  does  not  distinctly  contemplate  and  that 
he  ought  to  take  them  into  account.  But  though 
he  is  obscurely  conscious  of  this,  the  sophistical  or 
one-sided  reasoning  which  leads  him  to  the  desired 
practical  conclusion  is  more  clearly  present. 

Finally,  there  remains  pure  undisguised  wilfulness 
— where  a  man  with  his  eyes  open  simply  refuses  to 
act  in  accordance  with  his  practical  judgment,  al- 
though the  latter  is  clearly  present  in  his  conscious- 
ness, and  his  attention  is  fully  directed  towards  it. 
I  think  it  undeniable  that  this  phenomenon  occurs  : 
but  my  experience  would  lead  me  to  conclude  that 
— at  least  in  the  case  of  habitually  reflective  persons 
— it  more  often  takes  place  in  the  case  of  negative 
action,  non-performance  of  known  duty :  in  the  case 


26o  UNREASONABLE  ACTION. 

of  positive  wrong  action  some  process  by  which  the 
opposing  judgment  is  somehow  thrust  into  the  back- 
ground of  consciousness  seems  to  me  normally 
necessary.  In  other  words,  it  seems,  so  far  as  this 
experience  goes,  to  be  far  easier  for  a  desire  clearly 
recognized  as  conflicting  with  reason  to  inhibit  action 
than  to  cause  it. 

Even  in  the  exceptional  case  of  a  man  openly 
avowing  that  he  is  acting  contrary  to  what  he  knows 
to  be  both  his  interest  and  his  duty,  it  cannot  be 
assumed  that  a  clear  conviction  of  the  truth  of  what 
he  is  saying  is  necessarily  present  to  his  conscious- 
ness. For  a  man's  words  in  such  a  case  may  express 
not  a  present  conviction,  but  the  mere  memory  of  a 
past  conviction  ;  moreover,  one  of  the  forms  in  which 
the  ingenuity  of  self-sophistication  is  shown  is  the 
process  of  persuading  oneself  that  a  brave  and  manly 
self-identification  with  a  vicious  desire  is  better  than 
a  weak,  self-deceptive  submission  to  it ; — or  even  than 
a  feeble  fluctuation  between  virtue  and  vice.  Thus, 
even  a  man  who  said,  "  Evil,  be  thou  my  good,"  and 
acted  accordingly,  might  have  only  an  obscured  con- 
sciousness of  the  awful  irrationality  of  his  action — 
obscured  by  a  fallacious  imagination  that  his  only 
chance  of  being  in  any  way  admirable,  at  the  point 
which  he  has  now  reached  in  his  downward  course, 
must  lie  in  candid  and  consistent  wickedness. 


WilUam  Brendon  and  Son,  Printers,  Plymouth. 


^^,,x/fRBlTY    I 


-^ 


/v 


LOAN  DEPT. 

Rpn««    ,  Tel.  No.  642^740^^^''^^^^^  only: 

r«^  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


N0V^6]9/'0«^ 


~~lmi~~Beet^ta-&«iwiL 


TO.  cm  miii9 


/xT^P2^^-60m-8.'70 
(N8837sl0)476— A  3 


.General  Library 

University  of  California 
^rkeley 


^ 


^ 


APK    o  icju. 


U.C.BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


CD^b7^bbs^ 


■^  V"* "'•  •■'    *      •  "** 


55- 


4p 


Ill  ■  "n'C, 


^H  \  \^